Home

ComfortVIEW Operation Manual

1. Fi Allowable Entries 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters J J J SFS United Mutual Insurance Annex v lt f Description e Units K Notes L a Runtime 1 point na UN01 NM C EJ 2 Soni j alg DJE labled gt point n omal RUNO1 TP United Mutual Insurance Annex Runtime 2 pf name RUNO2 NM pi ype Normal RUNO2 TP fe United Mutual Insurance Annex E United Mutual Insurance Annex United utual Insurance Annex AHU BASEUNIT Status Display lt Ef 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 5 AHU 0 2 E DATCOLL Data Collection III E 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 AHU 0 2 DATCOLL Data Collection III 0 100 3 EE 21s On Descriptio Value Units Status Force 4 Fitler Status Dirty Alarm Enthalpy Switch igh Supply Fan Status cop Supply Fan Relay On e Speedy Data Entry For certain types of controllers the speedy data entry feature may be available to expedite the entry of configuration data The availability of speedy data entry is indicated by the presence of green coloring on a configuration decision s description text To Use Speedy Data Entry 1 Position the mouse pointer on the green highlighted Descrip tion cell and press F7 The Speedy Data En
2. Description Value Status Notes Space Temperature 74 5 Supply Air Temperature 10 0 Sensor failure Sensor Not Installed Return Air Temperature 74 1 Outside Air Temperature 55 0 Supervisor Static Pressure 1 3 Relative Humidity 36 0 Outside Air Rel Humidity 44 1 Supervisor Freeze Stat Normal Filter Status Dirty Enthalpy Switch High Supply Fan Status Off Supply Fan Relay On Heat Interlock Relay Off Inlet Guide Vanes 0 0 Mixed Air Damper 0 0 Heating Coil Valve 0 0 Cooling Coil Valve 0 0 Value Units Force Point Operator Status Name Notes Up to Communication 24 Character Status Description Figure 2 18 Sample Maintenance Table United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant AHU MAINT Maintenance Display File Edit Configure Administration Options Window Help FIS aje ds Direct connection Description Status Name Heating Coil master ref HCMR Heating Coil sub ref HCSR Heating Coil integ clamp HCIC Cooling master ref CCMR Cooling sub ref CCSR Cooling integ clamp CCIC IG Vanes master ref i IGVMR IG Vanes submaster ref i IGVSR IG Vanes integ clamp IGVIC Damper setpoint DPSP Mix Air Damp master ref MIXDMR Mix Air Damp sub ref MIXDSR Mix Air Damp integ clamp MIXDIC Outside Air Enthalpy OAE
3. Description Value Units Name Notes t Controller name CONS CNT Point Name CONS NAM Bus 0 CONS BUS Element 0 CONS ELE FID pt or PIC table 0 TABLE NO Point type Discrete POINT TP ma upper limit 0 00 FID LIMT Index 0 CONS INX Analog meter type Linear METER TP Usage report units USAGE UN Rate report units RATE UN Number of decimal places 0 DEC PLAC Data reset No CONS RES 125 126 To Modify an Option Table Description Figure 2 34 Table Definition Dialog Box Follow the instructions below to modify an option table description Caution You can modify table descriptions only Do not change table names Doing so will cause the tables to be removed from subsequent Option Table List windows and ComfortVIEW Report Panel windows Display the option table list using the instructions listed under Displaying and Configuring CCN Options Click on the table whose description you wish to modify Click on the Configure menu item then click on Modify ComfortVIEW displays the Table Definition dialog box shown in Figure 2 34 Enter the new description A description can consist of up to 24 characters Click on OK to close the dialog box and save the new table description or Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings Table Definition Table name LDSHDOIE Table description Loadshed Equipment OK Ca
4. AaBbYyZz occur while you are viewing the alarm list will not be included in the While the alarm list is displayed it is not dynamic New alarms that Updating the ey Alam List list They will however be annunciated To include new alarm messages in the alarm list Click on the Update Alarm List icon in the toolbar or click on the Functions menu item and then click on Refresh The Alarm List window refreshes and any new alarm messages display at the bottom of the list Note Any sorts that may have previously been selected will no longer be in effect Any alarms that may have previously been selected will no longer be highlighted 337 338 Sorting the Alam List You can sort the presentation of the alarm list e alphabetically by area zone element or point name e by alarm alert level from zero down to six followed by return to normals e chronologically by time date beginning with those alarms that occurred earliest You can use sorts in combination with each other The last sort chosen will have precedence For example if you select Area Alarm level then Time Date ComfortVIEW sorts the file first according to time date then by alarm level and then alphabetically by area name To sort the alarm list 1 Display the alarm list If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on the Options menu item and then click on Sort ComfortVIEW
5. Closes this dialog box and saves settings 347 348 Table 5 9 Alam Suppression Dialog Box Click on To Suppress The Hours text box Allow Help OK Cancel prohibit visual audible and alarm list indication for subsequent receipts of selected alarm specify the number of hours 1 to 168 for suppression of selected alarm When you display this dialog box again this field displays the number of suppression hours remaining allow visual audible and alarm list indication for selected alarm This cancels alarm suppresssion display help information close the dialog box and save the settings exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Deleting Alams You can delete all or selected alarms from the alarm list to remove any unnecessary alarms For example you should remove an alarm that was generated during preventive maintenance that may reflect a false condition You can only remove acknowledged alarms Note You can also delete alarms using the Cut command which appears under the Edit menu item This command differs from the Edit Menu s Delete command in that it copies alarms to the Windows clipboard before deleting them This could be useful for example if you wish to use alarms in a report that you are creating using another Windows application To delete an alarm Display the alarm list If necessary follow the instr
6. Configure Menu Run Mode 0 0 0 Run Menu Run Mode e ee eeeeeeeee Run Menu Design Mode cesses Options Menu Run Mode Options Menu Design MOE vise cesieestecusteensiesesieetea a Window Menu Run Window Menu Design Mode siti hie ini ie Help Menu Run and Desin Mode ss csssscisesests cxsvensecesth czeceetanivecs Alarm Manager 00 ceccccceseeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeees TEPMINOlO SY erse ee eiae ai neia TintOGUCtHION sessir en E Alarm Indication Methods cccceesseeeeereees Critical Alarm Indication Opto setsctecnists ot sehac treater esascest et iniaeats 327 Specifying Your Alarm Indication Preference sssini nenies 327 Viewing New and Unacknowledged Alarms 328 Flashing Icon Alarm VAC WING cenere eiee a A E EE E Rt 328 Pop up Window Alarm NAC WING ero aeren E O cases 329 Viewing the Alarm Listrssriseleninoiesinnin 330 The Alarm Menu rsisi seres sarirennorei 331 The Toolbars cuececnr irine 331 Alarm Message Format 0 0 0 eee eee 333 The Status Bar iscsi dciestentiis ee eeesets 335 Changing the Font 5 csssuieisesesiecrsevenestees 336 Updating the Alarm List eee eeeeeees 337 Sorting the Alarm List cc cccecsssessesescsceesensesess 338 Selecting Alarms eee cece ceeceseceeceseeeeeees 340 Selecting One or More Messa ESenco aen Sects R k 340 Selecting All Messages icsse 340 Acknowledging Alarms occ ee
7. _ _ _ _ _ Period 6 00 00 00 00 Period OOO CO 00 00 00 00 Period 8 00 00 00 00 Clickon To the Description text box Enabled a Day of Week Occupied From To specify a name for this master sched ule This name will be displayed in the Central Time Schedules dialog box enable or disable the functionality of this master schedule enable or disable a day of week for this occupancy period specify the hour and minute in mili tary format at which this occupied period begins Note You can also select this time by left clicking on the desired time in the Hours time bar specify the hour and minute in mili tary format at which this occupied period ends The bar graph will update to display the occupied times Note You can also select this time by right clicking on the desired time in the Hours time bar continued 531 Table 8 6 Master Time Schedule Dialog Box continued Figure 8 7 Link Overide Dialog Box Table 8 7 Link Override Dialog Box 532 Clickon To Override date in Override Schedule only select the month and date that the override schedule will take prece dence over the master schedule The Override Date dialog box will be displayed Select the month and year using the scroll bar Select the date by c
8. CONSM03S Data Collect Consumable CONSMO4S Data Collect Consumab CONSMO5S Data Collect Consumab CONSMO6S Data Collect Consumab CONSMO7S Data ect Consumab CONSMO8S Data Collect Consumab CONSMO9S Data Collect Consumab CONSM13S Data Collect Consumab CONSM115S Data Collect Consumab oDoa ooo ooo Select CNN United Mutual Insurance OK f Cancel Help Selects a report data table as the import target Table7 14 Data Table Selection eICkon W Dialog Box A CCN in the Select CCN drop down list select the CCN containing the table to modify A table in the Select Data Table list select the table containing the point whose monthly data you intend to modify continued 496 Table7 14 Data Table Selection Dialog Box continued Managing Your Report Files Click on To OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information This section describes the files that are used and created by the ComfortVIEW Report Panel application It also includes informa tion on steps to take to manage the report files in your ComfortVIEW database The Report Panel application uses or creates the following files e The actual report files These are the files that ComfortVIEW produces as a result of generating a report Depending on how you set up the report definition y
9. Reserves the selected Gateway for use when connecting to remote CCNs to perform automatic timed data retrieval for Comfort VIEW reports e Standard connection Reserves the selected Gateway for use when manually connecting to remote CCNs e Receipt of Incoming alarms Reserves the selected Gateway for use when receiving incoming alarms e Transmission of Outgoing alarms Reserves the selected Gate way for use when sending outgoing alarms Keep in mind that reserving an Autodial Gateway for a particular operation does not prevent ComfortVIEW from using the Gateway for other operations It only allows ComfortVIEW to make the best possible selection under the given conditions This option is not available if you are using an internal Gateway for remote CCN communication Note Reserving a Gateway for a particular operation is entirely optional If you do not make specific operational assign ments ComfortVIEW automatically selects an idle Gateway for use Follow the steps below to assign operations to Autodial Gateways 1 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Access ing the Carrier Network Manager 2 Click on the CCN whose Autodial Gateways you wish to assign 3 Click on the CCN Tools menu item and then click on Gateways ComfortVIEW displays the Gateway Configuration dialog box
10. Selects an Access Level for modification or deletion 393 394 Table 6 3 Access Level Functions Click on To Select an Access Level list New Modify Delete Save OK Cancel Help Add Remove select an access level to modify or delete create a new access level Type the name of the new access level in the Access Level name box select the function s from the Available functions list and click on lt lt Add modify the selected access level Select the function s you wish to add from the Available functions list and click on lt lt Add To remove a selected function from the Allowed functions list click on Remove gt gt delete the currently highlighted access level save the new or modified access level Note that the save will not apply until you click on OK close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information add selected Available functions to the Allowed functions list move selected Allowed functions to the Available functions list To Create a New Access Level To Modify or Delete an Existing Access Level Click on New to create a new access level Type the name of the new access level in the Access Level Name box Select the functions to which this access level will be allowed from the Available functions list and click on lt lt Add
11. copy a selected definition modify a selected report definition delete a selected definition update the screen with the latest report definitions display help information Creating Copying or Modifying a Report Definition _ b Create a New Report Definition 1 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Displaying the Report Definition List Click on the File menu item and then click on New ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition dialog box similar to the ones shown in Figure 7 4 and Appendix A You use this dialog box to enter the specifications for a report Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Add New report icon in the tool bar To produce a consumable runtime or history report you must enter the specifications shown below For a list of specifications for other optional ComfortVIEW reports refer to Appendix A Report Name and Description Report Type None Daily Monthly Yearly Manual Generation or Automatic Retrieval Options Report Dates Data Points on Which To Report Format Refer to Figure 7 4 and Table 7 4 and to Appendix A for instruc tions on using the Report Definition dialog box Click on OK to exit the dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes ComfortVIEW re displays the report definition list Figures 7 8 to 7 10 display different Report Definition dialog box configurations with
12. display the selected point s associated setpoint configuration table continued 313 Table 4 32 Configure Menu Run Mode continued Run Menu Run Mode Table 4 33 Run Menu Run Mode 314 Click on To Reference tables display the names of all Comfort Controller objects that are using the point in their configuration The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Run menu in run mode Click on To Enter design mode Connect Disconnect terminate run mode for the active WorkSPACE The WorkSPACE Manager displays a confirmation dialog box asking if you wish to re load the current WorkSPACE in design mode establish a remote CCN connection You must connect to a remote CCN to view dynamic status display values The Connect to dialog box is dis played Select the CCN to which you wish to connect and click on OK disconnect from a remote CCN The Disconnect from dialog box is dis played Select the CCN from which you wish to disconnect and click on OK continued Table 4 33 Run Menu Run Mode continued Run Menu Design Mode Table 4 34 Run Menu Design Mode Click on To Start trend Stop trend Re start Trend start the plotting process for the active trend The message Plotting displays in the trend window s status bar to show that the trend has been started Selecting this command after selecting the Stop tre
13. e configure timed forces central time schedules point transfers and holiday tables select each area that you wish to assign a different access level than the default access level that is specified in the Select operator s default Access Level box As you select an area the area s currently assigned access level displays in the Exception list at the bottom of the dialog box Initially all areas are assigned to the default access level If you wish to change the access level select the new access level for this area from the Exception drop down list continued Table 6 6 Operator Access Dialog Box continued Specifying Operator Alarm Indication Preferences Click on To Clear Exceptions re set all Exception Areas to the default access level OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information You can configure the method by which Comfort VIEW notifies an operator of the existence of unacknowledged alarms alerts return to normals or user specified critical alarm conditions ComfortVIEW can notify an operator in one of the following manners e A beep sounds or a user specified sound file plays with no visual indication e A flashing icon displays on top of any window that you are currently viewing e A pop up window displays on top of any window that you are curren
14. Note You may also display the alarm list by following the Flashing Icon Alarm Viewing or Pop up Window Alarm Viewing instructions Then click on the alarm window s Alarm List icon to display the alarm list ComfortVIEW displays the Alarm List window If you are initially starting up the Alarm Manager application you see messages in the alarm list sorted according to time date received If the Alarm Manager is running but was minimized alarms appear sorted in the last order defined For more information on alarm sorting refer to the Sorting the Alarm List section of this chapter A sample Alarm Figure 5 2 List window is shown in Figure 5 2 below ure Sample Alarm List amp Alarm Manager File Edit Configure Functions Options Help la eA x M lela e Alarms in system United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 8 44 23 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status Off commanded state is On Alarms in viewing buffer Filters in effect Sorted by Default Fan does not turn on when commanded all affected airhandler controls are either disabled or slowed to minimum conditions vy JOG a United Mutual Insurnace Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Return to normal at 8 49 12 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status volo a John Jacobs 10 25 25 Sep 1997 United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 at 19 49 24 Oct 1997 Supply Air Temperature 10 0 degF outside limit of 35 0 degF lola United Mutual Insur
15. SPT Air Space Temperature 70 0 dF nen P jisi Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 2 SAT Supply Air Temperature 66 2 dF won vae Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 2 DAT Dutside Air Temperature 66 2 dF now paee Foi Ee hd ae emer ie Table 3 2 Timed Force Points Clickon To Dialog Box the Group name text box Enabled Force time and Auto time Force using Local precedence Remote precedence New enter a name for this group of timed force points enable or disable the functionality of this timed force group enter the force start or end date and time These times will apply to all points in this force group The Force Time and Date dialog box will be displayed Enter the force start or end time and date If necessary you can refer to Figure and Table 7 5 in this manual s Report Panel chapter for instructions on using the Force Time and Date dialog box delete the currently displayed force or auto time and date set the force level to either a local or remote ComfortVIEW force Remote forces have a higher precedence than local The word Supervisor for local Comfort VIEW forces or Remote Monitor for remote ComfortVIEW forces appears in the points status column to indicate the type of ComfortVIEW force that is in effect add a point to this timed force group The Point Selection dialog box will be displa
16. sort key of 255 causes it to appear at the end of the controller list The default sort key number is 1 For instructions on sorting the presentation of the controller list refer to Sorting the Controller List which appears earlier in the Displaying the Controller List section of this chapter specify whether this element should be assigned a high priority NDS diagnos tic routine scan rate diagnostic poll ing takes place every 60 mins versus every 6 hours display the WorkSPACEs dialog box from which you can select a WorkSPACE to which to link this system element The selected WorkSPACE will be displayed when you use the Window menu s Jump to Table WorkSPACE command which is available from the Bus Scan or System Summary window CCN Option Table window or Controller List You can also display this WorkSPACE from the System Sum mary Basic or Detailed Bus Scan window by double clicking on a system element close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Deleting Controllers Follow the steps below to delete a controller If you remove a controller that contains CCN Options Comfort VIEW deletes the options from the Options List that is displayed using the CCN Options command in the CCN Tools menu If any option s configu ration uses points from the deleted controller modify the configura tion
17. x alolgiE Alarm Message Table 5 1 Alam Indicator Window Functions Pop up Window Alam Viewing To update the window with the most critical unacknowledged alarm display the Alarm List display help information acknowledge this alarm attach or display an operator note jump to this alarm s pre configured WorkSPACE play this alarm s pre assigned audio wav file after acknowledging an alarm disable the audible and visual alarm indication for selected re occuring alarms Sel 0 O S Ble Hs E print this alarm Note If desired you can copy the alarm to the Windows clip board by pressing and holding down the Ctrl key and then typing C If you select this alarm indication option a pop up window displays on alarm alert reception The window displays on top of the current window This pop up window is the same pop up window as the one described previously under Flashing Icon Alarm Viewing If you close the window without acknowledging the alarm alert the win dow immediately re displays until you acknowledge receipt of the alarm alert If you overlay the window with another window the alarm window is brought to the foreground 15 minutes after being hidden Critical alarm pop up windows will not display if there is an unacknowledged pop up alarm window a To view a list of all alarm alert and return to normal messages Viewing the Alam List Double click on the Alarm Manager icon
18. 1 Display the object s configuration table Note ComfortVIEW automatically displays the configura tion table as the last step in the new point or object creation process You can also display an object s configuration table at any time by clicking on the Configure Comfort Controller tabbed dialog box s Configure button or by selecting the configuration table from the expanded controller list Modify the configuration table data as desired For detailed instructions on modifying configuration tables refer to the Modifying Configuration Table Values section of this chap ter Note Be sure to Save each table modification If you are operating on line with a Comfort Controller down load your table modifications to the Comfort Con troller In certain configuration tables you may notice a magenta pink shading on point names and descrip tions This shading indicates the availability of Comfort VIEW List Entry F7 feature List Entry is designed to expedite the configuration process Refer below to List Entry for instructions on using this feature The presence of magenta shading on a point name indicates that the List Entry feature is available This feature helps expedite the configuration process by presenting a list of available entries for a configuration decision If a configuration decision s point name and description text includes a magenta pink shading you can use this timesaving feature by following the s
19. Area name United Mutual Insurance OK Cancel Help Follow the steps below to modify an existing area name 1 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager Click on the area whose name you wish to change Click on Configure and then click on Modify Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the Modify Area Definition dialog box shown in Figure 2 10 4 Modify the Area name and click on OK to save your changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving any changes Modify Area Definition Area name United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant OK Cancel Help Edits the area name 55 56 Deleting CCNs and Areas To Delete a CCN Follow the steps below to delete a CCN or area from the ComfortVIEW database Deleting a CCN also deletes all areas and controllers assigned to the CCN Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager Click on the CCN to be deleted Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Delete
20. ComfortVIEW Operation Manual Introduction i 25520555505 sesbedesssnossibaseaseslabastaecaestesiees 1 Adding Modifying CCNS eceeeeceeseeeeeeeeereeees 39 About this Manual ccccccccccscccccscesesseeseeesseseeees 2 To Add a New CON ceeccccccccccccececcccccceestececeece 39 Intended Audience 0 ceeeeeseeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 2 Modifying CONS cesccsscssseesseessesssesseesseessesses 49 Description of Chapters ssssseessenen 2 Adding Modifying Areas cccccccsssesseesesseeseeeeeene 54 Standards Used Throughout this Manual 3 To Add a New Area ccindatincsitenaisieedion 52 Sample To Attach a Note to Multiple To Modify an Existing Area AlarS ss caveds cos cesscssantisavessustinatizenb beat Ei 5 IAT e EE EA neta see eset 55 Related Documentation seseceeeerneeens 6 Deleting CCNs and Areas eececceeseeeeeeeeeeeees 56 Power UD es seid eras evcaicestvecsbicosaetesesveputeibastonestavesbantscnais 6 To Delete a CON cecececcccccccecccccccecceecceceeseseseees 56 Logging In to LO Delete an Area is cetccsisccssssiccertssepesccberse 57 WANGOWS lt s cssescoucssesdsunestenascysdoanessssntsdslipatoness 6 Displaying the Controller List c0 c cceceseeeee 58 Logging Out of Windows cseeseeen 7 Sorting the Controller List ccccsceseeceees 59 Windows XP and Fast User Switching 7 Moving the Split Bar cccccccccsecssesseesesseeses 59 LOS PIS Vi isco ccsreevectesencssie
21. Lists the available menus Each menu contains a list of commands that you can perform with this ComfortVIEW function Returns the window to its previous size This button is displayed when you click on the Maximize button continued 19 20 Table 1 6 Function ComfortVIEW Window Element Elements continued Scroll Bars Tool Bar Window Corner Clicking on the vertical or horizontal scroll bar or dragging the box in the scroll bar with the mouse allows you to move parts of the window into view when the entire contents of the window do not fit in the window You can use the scroll bars to view unseen portions of lists and other information that cannot fit in the allotted space Gives you instant access to the most frequently used commands Allows you to change the window size EW Comfort VIEW is mainly controlled by menus The menus are listed ComfortVI on the menu bar at the top of the ComfortVIEW window To operate Menus and ComfortVIEW you select a menu item from those displayed Command Lists Each menu contains commands in a command list that allow you to perform ComfortVIEW functions Commands that perform similar actions are grouped on a menu For example in the Alarm Manager application the Functions menu contains commands you use to acknowledge refresh or select all alarms Refer to Figure 1 7 below Figure 1 7 Viewing Alam Manager Me
22. NACIE HPS70CXI rl X Save dates as relative Manual Generation Options Data tables O Retrieve last month s data O Retrieve this month s data O Send report directly to CWREPORT Edits the short name of the report up to 8 characters 561 562 ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition dialog box similar to the one shown in Figure A 8 Use the Report Definition dialog box to enter the following Report Name and Description Report Type Manual Generation or Automatic Retrieval Options Report Dates Refer to Table A 2 for instructions on using the Report Definition dialog box Table A 9 describes additional report definition features not described in Table A 2 Click on the Data Tables button to display the Report Data Tables dialog box where you can select the data tables that will be included in the report Generally each customer s data is stored in its own data table so the Data Tables button lets you select which customers to include in the report Double clicking on an item moves it from one list to the other Click on OK to exit the dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes ComfortVIEW re displays the Alarm Summary Report Definition list To learn more about defining tenants and tenant billing see the Tenant Billing Option Overview and Configuration Manual 808 730 Table A 9 Additional Report Clickon To Definition Items for Tenant Billing Repor
23. NLain NLain sgl sd S1v S1V 5 yuon JaJOWUIJeM UEM MOJA MO 4 MO 4 MO 4 MO 129M MOJ 1946M x uuy a240 sep x uuy SPD 2dIQO We s x uuy WEAS HO pal lyO X Uuy _pal lud 20HO la 19414 3l 19473 4437104 4Jq1108 4qJq1i0g 4qJ1i08g YATIIHO YATIIHO xa dwog aouesnsuy jenny parun V66L 104 HOd y ajqeuinsuoy Ajied YLEL S13 31 SNO UeLJJ JSIN Y6 L LL 512 yoday Ajieq wnuny ajdwes 9Z 4 ainby X UUY JULINSUJ JENN peLUN ZL X UUY JULINSUJ JENN p LuUN LL x uuy JULINSUJ JENN palun OL Aaulyoeyy aoueinsuy jeninyy parun 9 Alaulyoeyy eoueinsuy jeninyy POLUN G Alaulyoeyy eoueinsuy jeninyy peyun t 513 pu bg X UUY JULINSUJ JeMNW palun 6 A uiy Ley aoueinsuyy jenny payiun A uy Ley aoueinsuyy jemny payiun 8 BIO UIW 9ULIMNSUJ JeMNW payiun Z A uIyILy aoueinsuyy jemny payiun Z BIO ule 9ULINSUJ JeMNW parun L pu 6 7 yews seqegjeq G dnes ajasosig p 40119 uoyesinByuoy JOU asempley Z asnjje4 UONCIIUNWWOZD L 9jqeeny 24ed ON 0 EYL eel S vk LE rire ol 06 OLE 8 9 iki ZOL ZOL S4NOH 998 Z62 988 14 EEL Lov 8eS 199 907 v99 CLO EL9 SJe OL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ve 0 oe oe 0 oe oe oe oe oe oe oe oe Ez ve oz 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 oo 09 oe 92 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 il 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 v Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv Sv 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L v6 82 0L s nuw S
24. You are now disconnected from the remote CCN The status area to the right of the toolbar displays the connect status Be aware that ComfortVIEW automatically disconnects you from a remote CCN if after an operator specified number of minutes no communication occurs quiet time The Autodial Gateway will generate an alarm to notify you of an automatic disconnect For additional information on the automatic disconnect feature refer to the explanation of the Phone Number Configuration dialog box in the Adding and Modifying CCNs section of this manual s Carrier Network Manager chapter Figure 4 22 Disconnect From Dialog Bo x Select Remote CCNs Disconnect from United Mutual Farmington Office United Mutual Syracuse Office World Headquarters OK Cancel Help Selects one or more CCNs from which to disconnect Table 4 22 Disconnect From Dialog Box Click on To the Select Remote CCNs list select the CCN from which you wish to disconnect OK close the dialog box and disconnect Cancel exit the dialog box without discon necting Help display help information 293 294 Printing ViewSPAC Es and Trends Run Mode Printing a ViewSPACE or Trend Window The File menu s Print command provides you with the capability to print ViewSPACE and trend windows and definition reports Print operation differs depending on whether you select the print command from run or from de
25. e Alarm printer names and port locations e Global parameters Metric or customary US units fixed setting chosen at instal lation Time of day at which to retrieve accumulated report data from your CCN options Period of time to retain accumulated report data in your ComfortVIEW database Number of times to re try report data retrieval should a failure occur Enable disable of system activity event logging Enable disable automatic Comfort VIEW login in conjunction with Windows NT login Enable disable of automatic alarm deletion including purge filename and threshold You can also use the Setup application to export or import an entire CCN s database 384 To launch the Setup application Ww Launching YW the Setup Double click on the Setup icon Application ComfortVIEW displays the Setup window shown in Figure 6 1 The top line of the window contains the setup menu Refer to Setup Menu Command Summary at the end of this chapter for a description of each menu item and command Figure 6 1 Setup Window S Comfort IEW Setup File Setup Administration Help eje 7 385 386 Adding Modifying Deleting Intemal Gateways In addition to using a CCN Autodial Gateway you can also connect to a remote CCN using an internal gateway which is a modem that is internal or external to your ComfortVIEW workstation Note that ComfortVIEW only supports one internal modem Mul tiple modems
26. e view and hear the alarm indicator view the pop up dialog box contain ing a description of the most severe unacknowledged alarm view the alarm list update the alarm list to include the latest alarms sort the alarm list view operator notes print selected alarms attach a WorkSPACKE to an alarm export selected alarms Note In order to receive alarms you must also set up your individual alarm indication preferences and filters For instructions refer to Setting Up Operator Profiles and Specifying Operator Alarm Indication Prefer ences which appear later in this Carrier Network Manager chapter Based on area assignments to perform the following administration and setup procedures e add upload download configure or delete a controller to from ComfortVIEW database e import and export controllers continued Table 6 4 Access Level Functions continued Function Allows You Control Element Administration continued Custom Programming Force Auto Points Setpoint Configuration Time Schedule Configuration View Data Displays e perform off line configuration e upload download controller configuration e initiate a CCN directory poll e initiate CCN diagnostics Based on area assignments to e use the custom programming envi ronment Based on area assignments to e override force a controller s auto matic control on any available point e remove overrides fo
27. exit the dialog box without saving settings display help information Follow the instructions below to modify an existing data box s display parameters location or size Note that if the Option s menu s Lock window command is enabled you will not be permit 273 274 To Delete a Data Box or Link Area ted to modify a databox s or link area s location or size You can select and modify the display parameters and size of multiple data boxes by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on each data box that you wish to change Then follow the instructions below To Modify Data Box Parameters Follow the instructions below to modify the point selection or other display parameters 1 Double click on the data box you wish to modify Note If you have selected multiple data boxes double click on the first data box you selected You must continue to press and hold the Ctrl key while double clicking The Modify Data Box dialog box is displayed Note You may also display this dialog box by clicking on the data box clicking on the Edit menu item and then clicking on Modify Object However if you have enabled the Options menu s Lock window command you will not have access to the Modify Object command 2 Modify the data box parameters as desired Refer to Figure 4 12 and Table 4 12 for an explanation of each data box parameter 3 Click on OK to close the dialog box and save modifications or on Cancel to close the dialog
28. s enter icon to enter the change a Note Clicking on the edit bar s cancel icon cancels the change 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Save To Copy and Paste If desired you can copy selected cell data to the Windows clip Cell Data board You can also paste clipboard data to a selected cell To Copy Cell Data 1 Click on the cell or drag select multiple cells that you wish to copy 2 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy Note You may also perform this command by clicking on B the Copy icon in the toolbar The selected cell s data will be copied to the Windows clip board You can now paste this data into another Carrier Network Manager table or to another third party software application To Paste Cell Data from the Windows clipboard 1 Display the table to which you wish to paste 2 Click on the cell into which you wish to paste 3 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Paste Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Paste icon in the toolbar 96 Modifying Configuration Table Values The selected cell s data will be copied from the Windows clipboard to the selected cell If you are attempting to paste data into a protected cell or are attempting to paste incompatible data an error message box displays Click on OK to close the message box Follow the instructions below to modify download and write modified configuration table values t
29. 158 Viewing or Modifying Best Tales oone e RE E E 161 Exporting Controller Configuration Data 163 Dedicating Autodial Gateways to a Specific Operationerna i 166 Connecting to a Remote CCN Using an Autodial Gateway 0 eerie 169 Disconnecting from Remote CCNS ee 170 Printing Carrier Network Manager Data 171 To Print the System Overview or Table Window Report sesinin EE 171 To Print a Controller LISE REPON onore eteen e tates 172 To Print a Controller Database Report ideii a 172 Sharing Comfort VIEW Dynamic Data with Other Applications DDE ee 175 What Data can be Sent wo eee 175 Required Conditions for Successful Data MANN ts verbs e EEE ete 175 Linking Controller Point Data to Applications that Support Paste Link oo eee 175 Linking Controller Point Data to Applications that Do Not Support Paste Link 0 175 Linking Alarm Messages to Other Applications 00 0 eee cece 178 DDE Poke iceren E AS 178 Carrier Network Manager Command SUMMA eran a ee R E a ET E E ENR 179 File Men sisesssstcetsipustensecesteen EE 181 Edit MEDU sn correi oe 182 ACCESS Ment anisnncoiee eee 184 Configure Menu siosio seserinis 185 Configure Menu is ienccoisucnn canina 189 CON Tools MENU ionerne 191 Options Mensies recenice einas 193 Options Ment niesi spent deceectesncesetooss 195 Window Menu isise rernenianecceoasioe 198 Help MENU seerder ereo EES 200 Remote Site Manager 000 0000 ccccc
30. Click on To Cascade arrange open WorkSPACE Manager windows to overlap so that each title bar is visible Tile arrange open WorkSPACE Manager windows in smaller sizes so that they fit next to each other and are all visible on your desktop Arrange icons evenly arrange all minimized WorkSPACE Manager window icons The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Help menu in both run and design modes Click on To Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information on all ComfortVIEW components and copyright 321 322 Alarm Manager Alarm Manager This chapter provides instructions on ComfortVIEW alarm viewing and alarm indication features For instructions on Tum to page configuring alarm indication methods viewing new and unacknowledged alarms viewing the alarm list changing alarm list font and point size updating the alarm list sorting the alarm list selecting alarms acknowledging alarms attaching an operator s note to an alarm suppressing alarms deleting alarms printing the alarm list attaching a custom message to an alarm displaying an existing alarm s WorkSPACE assigning a WorkSPACE to an incoming alarm selecting alarm list display colors exporting alarm data for other uses a summary of all alarm menu commands 326 328
31. Comfort VIEW login as part of Win dows login thus eliminating the need for two logins Enabling this option and setting your Operator Profile dialog box s Login name to match including case sensitivity your Windows local username that you can access in the Windows User Manager will allow you to be auto matically logged into ComfortVIEW whenever you log into Windows on the current workstation Note that the ComfortVIEW password is not used when this option is selected continued 431 432 Table6 18 Setup Globals Dialog Box continued Clickon To Alarm Purge tab Enable alarm purge Alarm purge filename Threshold at which purge occurs Number of alarms to be left in database OK Cancel Help enable or disable the automatic alarm archiving and deletion option specify the filename to which the purged alarms will be appended enter the alarm purge limit At the designated data retrieval time if the number of alarms is greater than or equal to this value ComfortVIEW purges the oldest n alarms from the database where n is calculated based on the current number of alarms minus the value entered in the Number of alarms to leave in database decision The alarms are converted into standard ASCII format and appended to the specified filename indicate the number of alarms to remain in the database after purge completion close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box an
32. Connectin Follow the instructions below to use the ComfortVIEW Remote Site aN g Manager application to dial from a Comfort VIEW Server or Client to a remote Comfort VIEW Server 1 Close all active ComfortVIEW applications and log out of ComfortVIEW Double click on the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager icon Note Itis not necessary to log in to Comfort VIEW before running this application ComfortVIEW launches the Remote Site Manager applica tion and displays the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager dialog box Refer to Figure 3 1 205 206 3 Inthe ComfortVIEW Remote Sites list click on the remote site and then click on Connect ComfortVIEW displays two message dialog boxes followed by the Authentication dialog box 4 Enter the remote Server s Windows XP 2000 user name and password and then click on OK ComfortVIEW begins the connection process The status of the connection process will be displayed in a status message box and by a series of messages on the bottom of the Remote Site Manager dialog box Once the telephone connection is successfully established ComfortVIEW attempts to log in to the remote site s Win dows operating system using your specified user name and password If the user name or password are not valid you will be so notified Click on Retry to enter a new user name and password or on Cancel to terminate the connection Once ComfortVIEW has successfully logged in to the remote site s Window
33. Delete OK Cancel Help modify an existing master link or override schedule Either the Select Table Master Time Schedule or Override Schedule dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 6 for instructions on using the Master Time or Override Schedule dialog box For instructions on using the Select Table dialog box refer to Figure and Table 4 13 in this manual s WorkSPACE Manager chapter send the master schedule or an over ride to the specified linked control lers The download will overwrite the specified controller time schedules and then update the local ComfortVIEW database to match the newly changed controller databases delete the selected link or schedule close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Figure 8 6 Master or Ovemde Time Schedule Dialog Box Table 8 6 Master or Overde Time Schedule Dialog Box Master Time Schedule Description Schedule1 Enabled Day of Week Occupied WTFS SH From To 00 00 17 00 Period 1 101102103104105106107108109 101 111 121 131 141 151 161 171 181 191201 21122123124 Period 2 00 00 00 00 Hours OO 00 00 00 00 Period 4 00 00 00 00 T w o Oo M Period 3 D Oo m Period 5 oo0og0 00 00 00 00 U E J aS S teit
34. File Menu Design Mode continued Click on To Remove ViewSPACE Trend Save ViewSPACE Trend Save ViewSPACE Trend As Print remove the active ViewSPACE or trend from the displayed WorkSPACE In the confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to remove the ViewSPACE or trend from the WorkSPACE or on No to prevent the deletion Note that this function does not delete the ViewSPACE or trend from the ComfortVIEW database It only removes the selected item from the displayed WorkSPACE save the active ViewSPACE or trend in the ComfortVIEW database save the active ViewSPACE or trend under a new name The Save Current ViewSPACE or Trend As dialog box is displayed Enter a ViewSPACE or trend name specify the ownership designation owned or global enable or disable the auto start and connect options and click on OK print selected ViewSPACE and trend screen captures or to print WorkSPACE and trend definition reports The Print Options dialog box is displayed Click on Selected ViewSPACE Trend if you wish to print the selected ViewSPACE or trend window Click on Custom Print and then click on one of the following to enable or disable the definition you wish to print WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend continued 303 Table 4 27 File Menu Design Mode continued File Menu Run Mode Table 4 28 File Menu Run Mode 304 Click on To Print setup Exit configure the output and sel
35. For other CCN system element points you can display the point s table of origin status display maintenance or configuration table 1 Double click on the point name corresponding to the point whose parameters or history you wish to view These point names are displayed above the plot The WorkSPACE Manager displays the Point Data dialog box This box displays the point s value description operator note and trend history If there is an alarm or force condition currently in effect an alarm or force status indication message is displayed in the lower half of the dialog box Make point description value or operator note changes as desired Refer to Figure 4 6 and Table 4 6 which appear later in this WorkSPACE Manager chapter for an explanation of the fields in the Point Data dialog box To view the last 50 trend data samples click on the History drop down list box If you wish to view all trend data samples you can do so by saving your trend data to a file Refer to To Save Trend Data to a File To display a point s associated configuration maintenance time schedule or setpoint table click on Configuration table Maintenance table Time schedule or Setpoint table Clicking on Reference table s with a Comfort Controller point selected will display a list of all Comfort Controller objects that are using the trend point in their configuration Clicking on Table of Origin with a point from any CCN system element s
36. OK Cancel Help 41 Table 2 4 Add New Dialog Box Click on T Carrier Comfort Network add a new CCN to the ComfortV IEW database Area add a new area to the Comfort VIEW database OK close the dialog box and save the changes made Either the New Area Definition or the New CCN Definition dialog box displays depending on whether you are adding a new Carrier Comfort Network or area Instructions for using the New Area Definition dialog box can be found in the Adding Modifying Areas section of this chapter Refer to Figure 2 5 and Table 2 5 below for instructions for using the New CCN Definition dialog box Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Figure 2 5 T New CCN Definition NOMIC CMDS NED Dialog Box CCN name CCN number Used CCN numbers 100 ACCESS OK Cancel Help Sets CCN access parameters 42 Table 2 5 New CCN Definition Click on To Dialog Box CCN name edit box CCN number edit box Used CCN numbers Access OK Cancel Help enter the new CCN name Up to 48 characters are allowed modify the displayed CCN number You can modify the CCN Number if desired or leave it set at the displayed default value which is the lowest available CCN number This number is used internally by ComfortVIEW Reports and Ala
37. Refer to Figure 7 7 and Table 7 7 for instructions on using this dialog box close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Figure 7 5 Data Range Dialog Box Table7 5 Data Range Dialog Box DEIGHE EO G Set time and date 02 30 p October 1994 Su M Tu W Th F S Jee ef 7 fof of v4 16 7 16 1 5 25 21 2e 20 2e 2525 2o 27 2820 0 2 4 OK Cancel Help Selects the date scroll bar selects the month Click on To a day in the calendar the scroll bar s down or up arrow OK Cancel Help modify the displayed day of month modify the month and year close the dialog box and save the settings close the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information 467 Figure 7 5a Data Retrieval Period Data Retrieval Period Dialog Box Retrieval period C Daily e Weekly Monthly Retrieval day of week Monday 4 Table 7 5a Cli ickon To Data Retneval Period Dialog Box Daily retrieve history data from the Data Collection Option module every day at the hourly interval you specify under Data retrieval interval Retrieval will begin at the hour you specify using the Setup application Weekly retrieve history data from the Dat
38. The selected graphic background loads and displays in the ViewSPACE window The message Load ing background image displays in the lower left corner of the window during the load process create a data box on the active continued 311 312 Table 4 31 Configure Menu Design Mode continued Click on To New Link Area Set Default WorkSPACE ViewSPACE The Modify Data Box dialog box is displayed Select the data box style Normal or Animated discrete points only background font and the data elements that you wish to display point name description etc You can also select a color for the data box background and for each data element The sample data box that is displayed in the lower half of the dialog box displays your current dialog box style and element selections If you select an animated moving picture data box style you must assign graphics that have been pre drawn using a third party graphics application and named according to the frame creation guidelines listed in this chapter s Animated Data Box Frame Creation Guidelines section place a new link area on the active ViewSPACE The Modify Link Areas dialog box is displayed Select the WorkSPACE to which you wish to link click on Border to enable or disable the box border display and then click on OK The WorkSPACE Manager displays the link area box on your graphic background screen You can re size the box by drag ging the box
39. You can display DDE supported application data in a ComfortVIEW ViewSPACE You can also modify DDE data When you create the ViewSPACE specify the appropriate DDE point information in the Create Data Box dialog box To modify the DDE data In Run mode double click on the DDE point data box The DDE Source Interface dialog box is displayed Enter any desired point modification in the Data to send edit box and click on Send data Refer to Figure and Table 4 8 for instructions on using this dialog box DDE Source Interface Current DDE link Excel Book1 Sheet1 R8C3 Data to send ie 19 Serd data Timeout secs Link poke A r O Link execute Ulose Help Table 4 8 DDE Source Interface Dialog Box Alarm Wizard Click on To the Data to send edit box Link poke Link execute the Timeout edit box Send Data Close Help enter the new value to send to the DDE linked application update the data in the DDE linked application For example if the DDE link represents a cell in an Excel spreadsheet Link Poke will update the data in that cell trigger functions in the DDE linked application For example in the DDE link represents a cell in an Excel spreadhsheet Link Execute could be used to save or close the spreadsheet indicate the number of seconds that the process should wait after initiating a Poke or Execute before reporting that no response was received from the
40. close the dialog box and save the changes made Note Changes will not take effect until you exit the previous Point Transfer dialog box exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Holiday Broadcast Cental Time Schedules A ComfortVIEW server that has been configured to be a time broadcaster using the Enable Time Broadcast decision in the Carrier Network Manager s Standard CCN Settings dialog box will send holiday status along with the time date and day of week when broadcasting to all locally connected CCNs The holidays which will be sent are read from the group of holidays that you specify here by selecting the Functions menu s Holiday tables command Selecting this command displays the Holidays dialog box Use this dialog box to select each holiday by clicking on a day in the calen dar Select the month and year using the scroll bar For a list of all currently configured holidays select the File menu s Print command The Global Function Manager gives you the ability to create master occupancy time schedules and to link these schedules to up to 100 existing occupancy schedules in specified CCN system elements on any locally connected CCN If desired you can also create an override schedule that will supersede the master schedule on a specified day Once a day or when you manually select Download ComfortVIEW will download the master a
41. control and modify the point s value The Force dialog box is displayed Refer to Figures 4 6 and 4 7 and Table 4 7 for instructions on using this dialog box continued 237 Table4 5 Point Data Dialog Box Click on To continued Submaster Auto Save Upload Download Configuration table 238 transmit a submaster reference force value to an analog out data point in a UT203 FID controller When you force the submaster reference Comfort VIEW will disregard the submaster reference value that was calculated in the FID s master control loop For more informa tion on the FID s submaster reference value refer to the UT203 FID Overview and Configuration Manual Note You cannot transmit this submaster force if the selected data point already has a Supervisor force remove a force and return the point to the controller s automatic control save point changes in the ComfortVIEW database copy configuration data point values from the controller to the ComfortVIEW database send modified data to the controller Note Clicking on this Download button sends this specific configuration change to the controller To send all ViewSPACE configuration data point changes to the controller click on the Configure menu item and then click on Download display the point s associated configura tion table continued Table4 5 Point Data Dialog Box Click on To continued Maintenance tab
42. etc This directory path will be located in CWORKS CVIEW or other directory in which you installed ComfortVIEW ComfortVIEW uses the following report file naming con vention Rptname xxx where Rptname is replaced by the 8 character name you enter in the Report Name text box and xxx is the report number ranging from 001 to 999 Note that this number is incremented each time you re generate this report continued Table 7 13 Report Viewer Menu Commands continued File Menu Commands Use this command to Save As Print save the currently displayed report file The name of the currently displayed report appears in the top line of the window following ComfortVIEW Report Viewer The File Save As dialog box displays To save the file with a name different from the one displayed in the File Name box type the name for the file You may also select a different drive and a different directory or folder For your convenience a REPORTS directory is supplied on your disk This directory will be located in the CWORKS CVIEW or other direc tory in which you installed ComfortVIEW To save the file on another network computer click on the Network button print the currently displayed report file The name of the currently displayed report appears in the top line of the window following ComfortVIEW Report Viewer The Print dialog box displays To print selected report pages click on Pages and enter
43. most popular spreadsheet applications Press To the up down right or left arrow key scroll one row up or down or one column left or right Page Up scroll up one window Page Down scroll down one window Ctrl Page Up scroll left one window Ctrl Page Down scroll right one window Home move to the cell in the upper left corner of the window End move to the cell in the lower right corner of the window To Adjust a Column s Width Drag the line to the right of the column heading Clicking on the Options menu item and then clicking on Best fit gives you the ability to quickly adjust column widths to the best fit for the longer entry in each column To Hide a Column or Row 1 Click on the header of the column or on the box to the left of the row you wish to hide 2 Click on the Options menu item and then click on Hide Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Hide icon in the toolbar To Make Row Hides Permanent Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Save The row will not appear the next time you view this table Displaying Point IDs Trend Wizard To Make Column Hides Permanent Click on the Options menu item and then click on Save settings on exit A checkmark v appears before the command to indicate that it is enabled The column will not appear the next time you view this table Note Row hides apply to specific tables and are hidden for all ComfortVIEW operators Column hides a
44. or System Activity icon ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition List window similar to the one displayed in Figure 7 3 This window lists the up to 8 character report name and up to 48 character description of all existing report definitions for the type of report selected consum able runtime history and system activity Some of the report definitions may be preceded by a red icon These are reports that have been specified to be automatically generated Refer to the explanation of the Report Definition Dialog Box that appears later in this chapter for additional information on this option The top line of the window contains the menu bar Refer to Report Definition List Menu Command Summary at the end of this chapter for a description of each menu item and command The second line of the window contains the toolbar Refer to Report Panel Definition List Window Toolbar below for information on using each toolbar button The third line of the window contains the status bar This line displays the name and description of the currently highlighted report definition Note If desired you can remove the status bar from the Report Definition List window by clicking on the Options menu item followed by clicking on Status bar To return the status bar to the window perform these two commands again You may also change the window s font and point size by clicking on the Options menu item followed by clicking on Font For further inst
45. shown in Figure 2 44 This box lists the name and description of all Gateways in the selected CCN Figure 2 44 Gateway Configuration Dialog Box 4 Click on an Autodial Gateway and then click on each function that you wish to assign to it Refer to Figure 2 44 and Table 2 44 for information on using this box 5 Repeat Step 4 for each Autodial Gateway in the list 6 Click on OK to close the dialog box and save the settings or click on Cancel to close the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings Note In the procedure above you have reserved selected Gate ways for particular operations Keep in mind that you still must set up each Autodial Gateway s configuration tables in order for the Gateway to perform its specific alarm handling functions Gateway Configuration Select a gateway AUTODIAL Autodial Gateway 0 51 AUTODIAL Autodial Gateway 0 50 X Standard connection X Timed data retrieval reports _ Incoming alarms _ Outgoing alarms OK Cancel Help Selects a gateway 167 168 Table 2 44 Gateway Configuration Dialog Box Click on To a Gateway in the Select a Gateway List Standard connection Timed data retrieval Incoming alarms Outgoing alarms OK Cancel Help select a Gateway to which you wish to assign a function make this Gateway the one that will connect to remote CCNs to perform all Comfort VIEW
46. tion list It is also the report title that prints on the top line of the report use yesterday s event data in the report create a report using today s event data The report will contain today s data starting from midnight to the current time create a report using data from a range of dates Enter the date or click on the button to the right of the Events from and Events through dates to display the Data Range dialog box Refer to Figure 7 5 and Table 7 5 in the Report Panel chapter for instructions on using the Data Range dialog box When defining a report based on a single day s data enter the corre sponding date in both the Events from and Events through text boxes For Alarm Summary reports the field names are Alarms from and Alarms through but the functions are exactly the same continued 541 542 Table A 2 Report Definition Clickon To Dialog Box continued Save dates as relative automatically adjust the Events from and Events through dates relative to the current date For example you create a report definition on 8 10 97 You specify the Events from and Events through dates to be 8 3 97 and 8 10 97 On 8 18 97 you generate another report from this existing definition ComfortVIEW will auto matically adjust these dates relative to 8 18 97 Automatic Generation Options Enable automatic report generation Save tab separated data file automatically after data
47. uoz uoz z dwing L duing snjeis snjejs Bunyi Huny Huny BHunybiq psossaidwog g s0ossaidwog gz jossaidwog JOssaidwiog 19 6M paylyD 1942M PNY Uey unyay uey Ajddns OSIIN ISIN ISIN OSIIN ABI YD ABINYUD 4311149 4311149 4311149 4311149 cHV LHV ch LL OL 6 8 A 9 G v Z L x jdwo aoueinsy jenny paun 66L 8Z 19q0 90 104 Hodey wnuny jy uon VEEL S19 9 SNOsuUe 99SI N Y6 L LL 514 515 pod y Apes auuny ajdwes gZ 4 any xauuy JULINSUJ eniny peliup ZL X uuy JULINSUJ JeMNW peliup LL x uuy JULINSUJ eNinyy Peliup OL X uUY JULINSUJ JENN pallun 6 Aiauiyoeyy eoueinsu jemny peyun 8 Aiauiyoeyy eoueinsu JEMINA parun 9 Aiauiyoeyy eoueinsu JENNAN parun Aiauiyoeyy eoueinsu jenny peyuN t Aiauiyoeyy eoueinsu jemny peyun BIO ule BoUBINSY Jenny paun zZ Asauiyoeyy BOUBINSU ENING paylup zZ BIO UIEW soUeINSU jemny palun L pu b 7 lZE9E YOGEBEE og9ze OGLSE FYEG SILLE Z LELL cOSHEL c Eo00 L c SY9L CELSE 8 8LGL S E O L SLVE L6LE 6 ESE V OEE ceS 8 894 Sle 0 S9 ec9l 2992 L vyz 8 Gpz PO O SEE LLE 8g 9pE LEZE e822 8 99 C LLL 6 Gce VOLL G 62e 699z l 89Z deg LYZE 2 0E co 9EE SELES eve G66 F09 Z 06L vest 8 00 G9L2e L LL Bny c 8c v 90E L6EE FZLE ZG8L 9 9ES G L6Z 9 89 9 844 8 z6zZ c 69g E0 mnf LYZE 2 COE co 9EE SELE Gov O SEL FZZ Oc 6 6cl CELZ 8 964 9961 unf 689 VSEE FLE 6 9pE 262 8 26 est 8Srl 68 v9Ort OVEL oc GEL Kew O9LE OSE 2 68 VEE L 6S egZ 8 26 9 84 8 99 c
48. 1 Client 2 Client 3 Delete Client 4 E a OK Cancel Help Click on To a computer name in the Workstations list New Delete select a workstation to delete to add a new workstation to the Workstations list Comfort VIEW displays the New Workstation dialog box For instructions on completing this dialog box refer to Figure 6 13 and Table 6 13 Note The Setup Workstations dialog box is typically used when Comfort VIEW workstations are operating on a local area network or as a dial in connection delete the selected workstation from the Workstations list continued Table 6 12 Setup Workstations Dialog Box continued Figure 6 13 New Workstation Dialog Box Table 6 13 New Workstation Dialog Box Click on To OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information New Workstation Workstation Name Workstation OK Cancel Help Edits workstation name Click on To Workstation name text box Cancel Help enter the new computer name Note This is the computer name that was specified during Windows instal lation This name appears as the Computer Name in the Control Panel s Network dialog box under the Identifi cation tab For Win 2000 select Network and Dial up Connections Advanced me
49. 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 E 19XL Chiller 2 0 4 bg AHU Air Handler Unit with DX 0 2 i United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant Area HE 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 LE 19XL Chiller 2 0 4 AHU Air Handler Unit with DX 0 2 l i _ Address Up to 24 Character Description Up to 8 Character Controller Name Controllers Displaying a Controller s Status Display Table or WorkSPACE abl Sorting the Controller List Moving the Split Bar While viewing the controller list you can use the Windows menu s Jump to Table WorkSPACE command to display a selected system element s status display table or linked WorkSPACE For more information on this command refer to the menu command summary at the end of this Carrier Network Manager chapter You can sort the presentation of the controller list alphabetically by controller name numerically by ascending address or by sort key number By default on launching the Carrier Network Manager application the controller list appears sorted by sort key 1 Click on the Options menu item and then click on Sort Note You may also sort the Controller List by clicking on the Sort by Name Sort by Address or Sort by Sort Key icons in the toolbar 2 Perform one of the following actions e Click on Name to sort the list alphabetically by name e Click on Address to sort it in ascending numerical order by address e Clic
50. 26 S0 L Lb 560 Defining a Tenant Billing Report Figure A 8 Report Definition Dialog Box for Tenant Billing Reports The Tenant Billing report lets you create reports showing the timed override and resulting charges for each tenant you have defined as part of your CCN The timed override is the amount of time a tenant has exceeded their scheduled occupancy hours In order to create Tenant Billing Reports your CCN must include a Tenant Billing Module This is an optional piece of hardware which resides on the CCN and collects the data needed for the report To create a Tenant Billing report definition follow these steps Launch the Report Panel application by double clicking on the Report Panel icon shown at left Double click on the Tenant Billing icon shown at left You will see a list of all the existing Tenant Billing report defini tions Click on the File menu item then click on New You can also click on the Add New Report icon on the tool bar shown at left Report Definition Report Name BLDG3 Report Description Billing report for Building 3 Report Report Dates None Last month s data Summary This month s data Activity Range of times dates i p Data from Automatic Retrieval Options 00 00 371737 i X Enable automatic data retrieval 00 00 971797 L X Enable automatic report generation Data through O Save tab separated data file 33 59 9 30 97 4 Print to
51. 278 219 288 290 294 298 301 213 214 Terminology The following terms are used throughout this WorkSPACE Manager chapter Animated Data Box A graphic that displays an animated mov ing picture of the discrete point it is representing For example a fan circulating air or a filter with air passing through it Auto To remove a force and return a point to the controller s automatic control Bookmark A tag which you place on a WorkSPACE while operating in run mode to allow you to quickly jump to and display it using the File menu s Open bookmark command The presence of a bookmark icon in the lower right corner of a WorkSPACE window indicates that the WorkSPACE is currently bookmarked Controller A CCN system element with an address status display and configuration tables A controller performs the actual HVAC monitoring and control operations The Carrier Comfort Network supports several types of controllers These include PICs FIDs Comfort Controllers System Managers examples TSM FSM CSM and CCN options Data Box A rectangular box which is superimposed on a ViewSPACE s graphic background that contains the following user configurable information configuration status display or maintenance point s name 24 character description value and units communication or alarm status and or force state Data boxes for discrete points can also appear as animated graphics Design
52. As Integer ByVal Controller As Integer ByVal OccupancyTableNumber As Integer ByVal OccupancyTableName As String TableId As Integer As Integer Example CCNNumber 1 Bus 0 Controller 10 OccupancyTableNumber 1 OccupancyTableName String 255 0 Tableld 0 Result CW_OpenOccupancyTable CCNNumber Bus Controller OccupancyTableNumber OccupancyTableName Tableld CW _CloseOccupancyTable int CW_CloseOccupancyTable unsigned short Tableld int Saveflag This function closes the occupancy table specified by TableId You can can also set SaveFlag to save any changes made to the table with the CW_WritePeriod function The results of the function CW_WritePeriod will not be stored in the database until the CW_CloseOccupancyTable function is called with a non zero value for Saveflag If the CW_CloseOccupancyTable function fails it may fail at different stages of completion The function GetErrorBuffer will display the extent of the error If the error indicates that a table is successfully downloaded into the ComfortVIEW database but not downloaded into the controller the table will not be downloaded into the controller at a later time automatically by Comfort VIEW 571 572 CW ReadPeriod Parameters Tableld This is the Tableld obtained from the CW_OpenOccupancyTable Function Saveflag If this flag is set to a non zero value the table will be saved to the database and downloaded to the controller If it is set
53. CW_DisconnectFromRemoteCCN The following sections describe each of these functions including return values and parameters C prototypes from the DLL and sample Visual Basic declarations and function calls Note that for those functions which return string values to their parameters the parameter variable must be initialized with some value not just declared or dimensioned before the function is called You must use the CW_InitLib function to establish the connection to the ComfortVIEW server before using any of the other functions For all functions except for CW_CloseLib and CW_GetErrorBuffer the result should be checked for an error use the CW_GetErrorBuffer function to display the actual error 567 568 CW Initlib CW Get norBuffer int CW_InitLib char Server This function initializes the connection to the ComfortVIEW server This connection must be established before any tables or setpoints can be read or written to Parameters Server The name of the ComfortVIEW Server Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_InitLib Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal Server As String As Integer Example Server ProgCentral2 Result CW_InitLib Server int CW_GetErrorBuffer char ErrBuf This function retrieves any
54. Click on OK to exit the dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes ComfortVIEW re displays the Time Schedule Report Defini tion list Sample Report The following page shows a sample Time Schedule report 559 00 0 00 0 00 LZ Sve Sully paidnosoun 06 0 00 01 00 0 O 01 00 0 00 0 OE zZ L 00 0 00 94 Ow paidnosoup 00 01 00 0 O 01L 00 0 00 0 OEZ L 00 0 00 94 Sully paidnosoun 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 72 Ow paidnosoun 0040 3ed 00 0 00 0 SLEE 00 0 oul paidno99 SS 1ppy 00 0 00 01 00 0 SLEE 00 S L 00 0 0 8 00 0 oul paidno99 00 0 00 01 00 0 SLEE 00 S L 00 0 0 8 00 0 oul paidno99 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 oul paidno09 SS 1ppy X X X H S S H S S H S S H S S X X X d L M X X X X X X d L M X X X X X X d L M d L M yodey ainpeyos ew yodey ainpayos ew l00d990 jnp y S SUL Pore euog od jesjuanbold NHV WEN Bay OWEN NDD WEN 19 01 U0D SJUIOg payeloossy AiosiMiadns Aouedno99 S 00d990 9INPAYOS Su S JUIOg payeloossy Aiosiajadns Aouedno99 2z00d990 jnp y s w L S UlOd pajepossy Aiosiajadns Aouednooo l00d990 jnp y s Sw Pare euog od euog pod H1H91X6 4 WEN Bay OWEN NOO OWEN 18 0 7U0 9 0 60
55. DDE source send the specified data back to the DDE linked application close the dialog box display help information While displaying a ViewSPACE in run mode you can select a data box and then click on the Alarm Wizard toolbar icon to quickly and easily configure an alarm for the selected point Note that wizard operation will differ depending on the type of point and CCN system element For Comfort Controllers and UT203 FIDs the wizard first guides you through point alarm creation and configura tion and then ComfortVIEW custom message creation For all other CCN system elements the wizard provides ComfortVIEW custom alarm creation only Follow the steps as presented 243 244 Trend Wizard Report Wizard While displaying a ViewSPACE you can select any data box and then click on the trend wizard toolbar icon shown at left to quickly and easily set up a trend of that point 1 In the Trend Wizard dialog box enter the new trend name and click on Finish if you are satisfied with the trend s default 15 second scan rate or click on Modify to display the Modify Current Trend dialog box and add other points to the same trend or change the default scan rate Refer to Table and Figure 4 18 for instructions on using this dialog box Clicking on Finish saves the trend for later use Note To view and run the newly created trend use the WorkSPACE Manager s File menu s Open ViewSPACE trend command To associate and save
56. Date ComfortVIEW will sort the file first according to time date then by alarm level and then alpha betically by area name Selecting Default removes all sorts currently in effect and sorts alarms by time and date of reception beginning with those alarms received earliest save any changes you make using commands on the Options menu For example if you change the font and then exit the Alarm Manager the text appears in the new font the next time you start the Alarm Manager This command also saves the size and position of all Alarm Manager win dows Window Menu Table 5 23 Window Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Alarm Manager s Window menu Command Use this command to Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information on all ComfortVIEW components and copyright 381 382 Setup Setup This chapter provides information on ComfortVIEW Setup applica tion For information on Tum to page launching the Setup application 385 adding modifying and deleting internal gateways 386 adding modifying deleting ComfortVIEW operators e adding a new or modifying an existing operator 389 e deleting an operator 390 e defining system access levels 392 e setting up operator profiles 398 e setting up your own operator profile 398 e assigning access levels to operators 401 e
57. Definition dialog box shown in Figure 2 12 3 Enter the Element name description address bus and element number and sort key for the new controller Specify whether this controller should be assigned a high priority NDS diagnostic scan rate Refer to Figure 2 12 and Table 2 12 for instructions on using this dialog box 4 Select the action that will add the controller s configuration tables by clicking on one of the following e Upload e Copy from e Import from Refer to Table 2 12 for information on each of these functions Figure 2 12 CCN Element Definition Dialog Box After entering all information click on OK The new controller can be accessed when the Ready for Use message is displayed Initially the controller will appear dimmed in the controller list Click on the Window menu item and then click on Refresh to activate it CCN Element Definition Element name 1l Element description Bus Element Sort key L High priority element for NDS diagnostics Upload O Copy from O Import from 61 Table 2 12 CCN Element Definition Click on To Dialog Box the Element name edit box the Element description edit box the Bus edit box the Element edit box the Sort key edit box High priority element for NDS diagnostics 62 enter the name of the new controller The name can consist of up to eight characters enter
58. Font ComfortVIEW displays the Font dialog box Refer to Figure 2 3 In the Font box select the font you want to use The text in the Sample box changes to reflect the font you select In the Font Style box select any style options you want to use for example bold or italic In the Size box select the point size you want to use the larger the point size the larger the characters appear on your screen Click on OK Note Figure 2 3 Font Dialog Box Font To make the font change permanent click on the Options menu item and then click on Save settings on exit A checkmark 3 appears before the command to indicate that it is enabled The text will appear in this new font and point size the next time you start the Carrier Network Manager This command also saves the size and position of all Carrier Network Manager windows Follow the steps below to add a new CCN into the ComfortVIEW database Font Style Geneva Regular Regular MS MS MS MS Sans Serif Sans Serif Sans Serif Sans Serif AaBbYyZz 1 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview Adding window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and Mod ifying CCNs areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager To Adda Note If you are creating a new database there are no New CCN CCNs or areas in the database The only visible icon is the System Overv
59. JM CII IL ase i AW Wich ss Ent cm J at Jin Ce J HIE 02 3 14 Shift Ctrl At L Right Arrow Up Down Arrows L Left Arrow Table 1 5 ComfortVIEW Keys Key Function Alt Ctrl Use Alt and the underlined menu bar letter to select a menu item and display the menu item s command list Use Alt in dialog boxes to clear selected options Use Alt in dialog boxes in conjunction with an under lined letter to select options Use Alt in conjunction with the Tab key to jump to another active ComfortVIEW function For ex ample hold this key down and press Tab key to jump from Carrier Net work Manager to Alarms When a command list is not displayed use Ctrl in conjunction with the specified command list letter as a short cut to select a specified com mand The Ctrl key combinations are displayed after each command on the command list continued 15 Table 1 5 Function ComfortVIEW Keys Key continued Tab Shift Esc Up Down arrows Left Right arrows F3 16 Use Tab in dialog boxes to move to the next text box button or option Use Tab in conjunction with Alt key to jump to another active ComfortVIEW function For ex ample hold down the Alt key and press Tab to jump from Carrier Net work Manager to WorkSPACE Man ager Use Shift in dialog boxe
60. Mask key End If Next key 576 CW _OpenSetPointlable int CW_OpenSetPointTable unsigned long CCNNumber unsigned short Bus unsigned short Controller char SetPointTableName unsigned short SetPointTableld unsigned short SetPointCount This function opens the setpoint table which is identified by the function s arguments CCN number bus number controller element number and table name When a setpoint table has been success fully opened a system generated integer is returned to SetPoint Tableld This number is then used by the CW_CloseSetPointTable CW_WriteSetPoint and CW_ReadSetPoint functions to identify the appropriate table Parameters CCNNumber Bus Controller SetPointlableName SetPointTableld SetpointCount Return Value The CCN number of the controller whose setpoint table you want to open The number of the CCN bus the controller is on The ID number of the controller The controller s setpoint table name Returns the table id of the opened table Returns the number of points in the setpoint table The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_OpenSetPointTable Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal CCNNumber As Long ByVal Bus As Integer ByVal Controller As Integer ByVal SetPointTableName As String SetPointTableld As Integer
61. Mode The WorkSPACE Manager mode that you enter to create or modify ViewSPACEs and trends While in design mode you perform operations such as selecting a graphic background assigning data points to display on the ViewSPACE or trend and establishing links to other WorkSPACEs You enter design mode by clicking on the run mode s Run menu item and then clicking on Enter design mode or by pressing the F6 key Download To copy configuration table data from the ComfortVIEW database to a controller Performing a download overwrites all configuration at the controller Force To override a controller s automatic control and modify the point s value Global A WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend that can be used modified or deleted by any user You designate whether a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend will be Global during the save process Link areas Boxes which you add to ViewSPACEs to provide a quick jump to another WorkSPACE You can create up to 15 link areas in a ViewSPACE window Double clicking on a link area while in run mode closes the current ViewSPACE and WorkSPACE and displays the linked WorkSPACE Object A Comfort Controller hardware or software point system table algorithm setpoint alarm or function Owned A WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend that can be displayed by any user but can only be modified or deleted by the creator You designate whether a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend will be O
62. New Delete Point transfer 06 New Delete Point transfer 07 New Delete Point transfer 08 New Delete v Point transfer information Enabled Fregency minutes 1 Read from Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 2 SPT Air Space Temperature Write to Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 32 SPT Space Temperature Status of last attempt Force level Not processed Supervisor force Table 3 3 Point Transfer Clickon To Dial x l alog Be New configure a new point transfer or broadcast instance The Modify Point Transfer dialog box is displayed Refer to Table and Figure 8 4 for instructions on using this dialog box Modify modify a point transfer or broadcast The Modify Point Transfer dialog box is displayed Refer to Table and Figure 8 4 Note Double clicking on any point transfer instance also will display this dialog box OK close the dialog box and save the 524 changes made continued Table 8 3 Point Transfer Dialog Box continued Figure 8 4 Modify Point Transfer Dialog Box Table 8 4 Modify Point Transfer Dialog Box Click on To Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Modify Point Transfer M Enabled Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 2 SPT Air Space Temperature Transfer Write to Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 32 SPT Space Temperature Force level
63. On condition animation Frame 1 Fan blades in Position 1 FANS_1_1 BMP Fan On condition animation Frame 2 Fan blades rotated to Position 2 FANS_1_2 BMP Fan On condition animation Frame 3 Fan blades rotated to Position 3 FANS_1_3 BMP Fan On condition animation Frame 4 Fan blades rotated to Position 4 FANS_1_4 BMP Fan On condition animation Frame 5 Fan blades rotated to Position 5 FANS_1_5 BMP Fan On condition animation Frame 6 Fan blades rotated to Position 6 WorkSPACE Manager Menu Command Summary File Menu Design Mode Table 4 27 File Menu Design Mode This section describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager window menus Refer to Figure 4 2 in the Accessing the WorkSPACE Manager section of this chapter to view a copy of the WorkSPACE Manager window Note that the menu changes depending on whether you are in run or design mode The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s File menu in design mode Click on To New WorkSPACE Open WorkSPACE Save WorkSPACE Save WorkSPACE As create a new WorkSPACE If a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend is currently displayed the WorkSPACE Manager will prompt you to save any unsaved changes and will display a blank undefined WorkSPACE window in run mode open an existing WorkSPACE The Open WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed Select a WorkSPACE and then click on OK sa
64. Preferences Dialog Box continued Defaults OK Cancel Help 410 alarms on receipt of a critical alarm The Audio Configuration dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure 6 10 and Table 6 10 for instructions on using this box select the following default alarm indication preferences critical alarm threshold 0 visual indication flashing icon visual critical alarm indication disabled audible alarm indication enabled customized audible indication for alarms audible critical alarm indication disabled close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Figure 6 8 Alam Filters Dialog Box Table 6 8 Alam Filters Dialog Box Alarm Filters Alarm filter 0 Alarm filter 1 Alarm filter 2 Alarm filter 3 Alarm filter 4 Alarm filter 5 Alarm filter 6 Area Element Level Any Enable this filter Clickon To Filter select an alarm filter number from the drop down list There are 25 unique filters that you can set up and assign to a single operator These filters are for this operator only Use the down arrow key to scroll through the list of filters If a filter is already configured its associated area element and level display in the respective text boxes continued 411 412 Table 6 8
65. Run The CCN Areas dialog box will be displayed if in Step 2 an area was not selected Select an area in which to place the system elements and click on OK ComfortVIEW will present a confirmation dialog box asking if you wish to perform an update poll Typically before performing a cold call you should update the NDS system element directory Click on Yes to do so An activity indicator displays during the update poll and cold call processes On completion of the cold call the Controller List window will be displayed The names and addresses of all controllers in the NDS system element directory will be displayed in the Controller List Note Cold call does not update the ComfortVIEW database It only includes the name and address of controllers in the Controller List window Controllers for which ComfortVIEW has no database infor mation will appear dimmed You must use the Configure menu s Upload Import or Copy commands to add the controllers to the database enter the number of the CCN Bus for which you wish to perform a basic or detailed bus scan continued Table 2 22a Bus Services Dialog Box continued Clickon To First element Last element Include only CCS and ComfortID devices Use external NDS Module Use internal NDS function Automatically determine best method Diagnostic priorities enter the lowest system element address on the specified bus The bus scan will examine those sy
66. Server definition 201 Setpoint Tables displaying in a graphical for mat 80 198 320 Setup accessing 385 commands 443 globalparameters 430 launching 385 overview 385 Shadow Controller 51 86 Sharing ViewSPACE data DDE Showing columns 76 Sort Key s modifying controller 66 numbers 62 67 purpose 62 67 Sortkey s 59 definition 31 Sorting alarms 338 controller list 59 Specifications animated graphic 299 Specifying globalparameters 428 Speedy Data Entry availability indication use of in configuring Comfort Controllers 153 use of in configuring other control lers 101 Split bar moving 59 Standards manual 3 Sta rting trends 230 Status reportdata 484 Status Bar alarm list 335 Camier Network Manager 33 displaying removing 454 WorkSPACE Manager 229 Status Display Tables autoing 94 displaying 70 example 72 format 74 messages 74 modifying forcing values 92 modifying point descriptions 96 viewing 70 Status Messages Maintenance Tables 74 Status Display Tables 74 Stopping trends 229 Submaster 241 244 data point 238 Suppressing alarms 346 System Access Levels defining 392 System Activity Report contents 539 defaults 543 enabling tracking 431 event retention period 431 System Elements adding 60 System Overview Report printing 171 System Overview Window displaying 32 example 34 icons 35 System Summary 82 90 System Table definition 31 T Table J umps from configuration tables 80 155 fro
67. SetPointCount As Integer As Integer 577 578 CW CloseSetPointlable Example CCNNumber 1 Bus 0 Controller 10 SetPointTableName String 255 0 SetPointTableName SSO1 SetPointTablelId 0 SetPointCount 0 Result CW_OpenSetPointTable CCNNumber Bus Controller SetPointTableName SetPointTableld SetPointCount int CW_CloseSetPointTable unsigned short SetPointTableld int Saveflag This function closes the setpoint table specified by SetPointTableld You can can also set SaveFlag to save any changes made to the table with the CW_WriteSetPoint function The results of the function CW_WriteSetPoint will not be stored in the database until the CW_CloseSetPointTable function is called with a non zero value for Saveflag If the CW_CloseSetPointTable function fails it may fail at different stages of completion The function GetErrorBuffer will display the extent of the error If the error indicates that a table is successfully downloaded into the ComfortVIEW database but not downloaded into the controller the table will not be downloaded into the control ler at a later time automatically by ComfortVIEW Parameters SetPointTableld This is the SetPointTableId obtained from the CW_OpenSetPointTable Function Saveflag If this flag is set to a non zero value the table will be saved to the database and downloaded to the controller If it is set to zero any changes will not be saved CW ReadSetPoint Return
68. View Suppressed select all alarm messages in the alarm list You must select alarms that you wish to acknowledge delete or print The background of the selected messages will be highlighted Per forming this command again will de select all messages and remove the highlighting assign a WorkSPACE to selected alarms The alarm specific toolbar that is displayed below each alarm in the Alarm List contains a WorkSPACE icon If an alarm s WorkSPACE icon does not appear to be activated is not a blue color a WorkSPACE has not been assigned to this alarm Click on the non blue WorkSPACE icon or use the Options Menu s Attach WorkSPACE com mand to display the Attach WorkSPACE Dialog Box which allows you to assign a WorkSPACE to this alarm Note that you are assigning a WorkSPACE to the selected existing alarm s This WorkSPACE alarm assignment is not valid for any subse quent occurrences of this alarm update the alarm list and include suppressed alarms The suppressed alarms do not contain a Suppression icon in their alarm specific toolbar continued Table 5 21 Functions Menu continued Command Use this command to Note display or add an operator note to the selected alarm s If you are attaching a note to a group of alarms the note will be appended to existing notes Alarms that currently have an operator s note attached to them appear with a toolbar icon resembling a scribbled note Alarms that
69. ViewSPACE and up to ten trend windows The WorkSPACE Manager application gives you the ability to create and use customized graphic and trend displays of critical ComfortVIEW data These graphic and trend displays are referred to respectively as ViewSPACEs and trends The data that can be displayed in a ViewSPACE or trend can be of any type status display maintenance and configuration and can include informa tion from any controller in one or multiple CCNs You create and save ViewSPACEs and trends in collections or groupings known as WorkSPACEs A WorkSPACE can contain of up to ten individual ViewSPACE windows and up to ten individual trend windows You can create a WorkSPACE to simultaneously see all the critical information about your system on a single screen For example you can create a WorkSPACE with a ViewSPACE graphic of your main chiller and air handler plus trends plotting key operating data for your chilled water system You can then save the WorkSPACE so it is available to access time and again WorkSPACEs containing trends and ViewSPACES displaying data from multiple controllers are troubleshooting time savers allowing you to adjust the operation of one parameter and see how it affects another part of the system all on the same screen You operate the WorkSPACE Manager in one of two modes design mode or run mode Design mode is for creating or modifying ViewSPACEs and trends while run mode is for displaying Vi
70. a high precedence to WorkSPACEs that have very specific incoming alarm criteria Give lower precedence to WorkSPACEs that have more general criteria save the new or modified WorkSPACE and its attachment criteria in the WorkSPACE list The save will not apply until you click on OK close the dialog box and restore previous settings close the dialog box and save the settings 369 370 Table 5 15 Wildcards Wildcard Symbo Meaning _ underscore takes the place of any single character Example Specifying TEMP_ for the point name means that any incoming alarm s point name that has five characters where the first four are the letters T E M P will be acceptable as a match for the point name Acceptable matches for this example TEMP or TEMPS takes the place of one or more charac ters Example Specifying TEMP for the point name means that any incoming alarm message s point name that has T E M P as its first four letters will be acceptable as a match for the point name Acceptable matches for this example TEMP1 TEMP99 or TEMPS534 Follow the steps below to select the color of alarm alert return to Selecting normal custom alarm and acknowledgement messages Alam List Display Colors 1 Display the Alarm List If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on Options and then click on Colors ComfortVIEW displays the Alarm Colors dialo
71. a new override schedule by clicking on the name of an existing master schedule and then clicking on New The Link Override dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 7 Select either Link or Override You could also create a new link or override by expand ing the directory tree clicking on Links or Overrides and then clicking on New Modify an existing master link or override schedule by clicking on the name of the master link or override schedule and then clicking on Modify If you are modify ing a link the Select Table dialog box will be displayed If you are modifying a master or override schedule the Master Time Schedule or Override Schedule dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 6 Download a master schedule to all associated links and override schedules if appropriate by clicking on the name of the central schedule and then clicking on Down load Delete an existing master override or linked schedule by clicking on the schedule override or link name and then clicking on Delete In the confirmation dialog box click on Yes to delete the schedule or on No to close the dialog box without completing the deletion Click on OK to close the Central Time Schedules dialog box and save your settings or on Cancel to close the dialog box without saving settings Figure 8 5 Central Time Schedules Dialog Box Table 8 5 Central Time Schedules Dialog Box Daily at 3 00 am ComfortVIEW w
72. a sub category from this list A sample configuration table appears in Figure 2 22 Figure 2 22 Sample Configuration Table United Mutual Insurance Engineering Office AUTODIAL STDPSWDS fats Direct connection lt lt gt gt Allowable Entries 1 8 alphanumeric characters A2F Description Value Units Name Off Network Location Farmington OFFNETLO Password Enable YES PSWDEN Standard Password A2F STDPSWD 24 character Value Units 8 character Operator Description Name Notes 79 Configuration Table Format lt lt and gt gt Buttons Viewing UT203 AD Service Configuration Tables Table J umps from Configuration Tables 80 Like status display and maintenance tables configuration table windows are similar to most popular spreadsheet application worksheets in that they consist of a rectangular grid of columns and rows The intersection of each column and row is a cell the unit in which data is stored The worksheets include the 24 character description value units eight character point name and a notes column where you can enter an optional up to 48 character note You can move around the worksheet adjust hide and show columns and rows and modify point descriptions in the same manner as when displaying status display or maintenance tables For instruc tions refer to Moving Around a Worksheet Adjusting and Hiding Worksheet Columns and Rows and Mo
73. accessing a Comfort Controller that has been newly added to the ComfortVIEW database all points will display Unconfigured If you are modifying a previously configured Comfort Controller the configured points will display in the 139 140 Figure 2 37 Object Definition Dialog Box format Channel Name Description where Channel Name consists of the up to eight character user selectable point name and Description is the up to 24 character point descrip tion Click in the Points list to select the point to create or modify Click on New to create a new point or click on Modify to modify the selected existing point ComfortVIEW displays the Object Definition dialog box shown and described in Figure 2 37 and Table 2 37 If you are modifying an existing point the channel type sensor type point name and description display in the dialog box s corresponding fields If the point is currently unconfigured all fields will appear blank Continue to Step 4 Object Definition Hardware points Temperature input 4 Sensor type units KE Name Quantity MAT_01 S g Description Mixed Air Temp 01 Download to Comfort Controller Create Cancel Help Table 2 37 Object Definition Dialog Box Click on To the Hardware points Software points Setpoints System tables Alarms Functions or Control Algorithms drop down list the sensor type units sta
74. and Autodial Gateway capability e Adding new Comfort VIEW operators e Adding new trends e Adding new ViewSPACE databoxes Comfort IEW Logout sa System Administrator Logout Cancel Help Logs out of ComfortViIEW 25 26 Carrier Network Manager Camer Network Manager This chapter provides instructions on ComfortVIEW Carrier Net work Manager application For instructions on Tum to page launching the Carrier Network Manager application and displaying the System Overview and Controller List windows changing the font and point size of Carrier Network Manager text adding and configuring CCNs and areas e adding a new or modifying an existing CCN e adding a new or modifying an existing area e deleting CCNs and areas adding controllers e displaying the controller list e sorting the controller list e adding modifying controllers deleting controllers viewing controller data e viewing status display and maintenance tables e viewing configuration tables e viewing alarm history tables performing Bus Services functions e polling the CCN Bus and updating the NDS Module Update Poll e obtaining a list of system elements on a CCN Cold Call 32 38 39 54 56 58 59 60 69 70 78 81 82 184 82 27 28 For instructions on Tum to page modifying controller data e forcing autoing status display and maintenance tables 92 e modifyin
75. and Maximum Heat Demand Element The list of CCS or ComfortID devices will begin with the master or monitor stat displayed first followed by all other CCS or ComfortID system elements in descending order by address As in the Bus Scan windows those elements that have not been added to the ComfortVIEW database will be preceded by a dimmed icon Double clicking on a system element will display the element s linked WorkSPACE if one has been assigned or the element s status display table If the selected system element has no display table and has not been configured with a linked WorkSPACE you will be given an opportunity to identify a WorkSPACE to link to the given system element 91 92 Modifying Forcing Status Display or Maintenance Table Values roe You can make the following modifications in status display or mainte nance tables e Force or modify a point s value by forcing or overriding a controller s automatic control of the point e Auto or clear a force and return a point to a controller s automatic control e Modify any point s description e Copy cell data to the Windows clipboard This allows table data to be copied to other PC applications or other Carrier Network Man ager tables e Paste cell data from the Windows clipboard Follow the instructions below to force a point s value or status Note Points can also be forced and autoed by third party PC applications that support DDE poke F
76. and save the selection Cancel exit the dialog box without saving the selection Help display help information 436 Importing CCNs You can use the File menu s Import CCN command to copy previ ously exported CCN database files to ComfortVIEW This function would typically be used by a Carrier representative during off line preparation of a ComfortVIEW database CCN database files that were previously exported using the File menu s Export CCN command will be copied to the ComfortVIEW database Follow the instructions below to import previously exported CCN database files to a Comfort VIEW hard disk 1 Display the Setup window If necessary refer to Launching the Setup Application 2 Click on the File menu item and then click on Import CCN Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Import CCN icon in the toolbar The Import Source Selection dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure 6 21 3 Inthe Import Source Selection dialog box select the drive and directory that contains the CCN that you wish to import and then click on OK ComfortVIEW displays the Imported CCN Definition dialog box This dialog box functions the same as the New CCN Definition dialog box that displays when you are adding a new CCN 4 Enter the name and number of the CCN being imported CCN names may consist of up to 48 characters If necessary refer to Figure 6 22 and Table 6 22 for instructions on using the CCN Defi
77. ated points on a controller by controller basis To create a report definition for a Time Schedule report follow these steps Launch the Report Panel application by double clicking on the Report Panel icon shown at left 2 Double click on the Time Schedule icon shown at left You will see a list of all the existing Time Schedule report defini tions 3 Click on the File menu item then click on New You can also click on the Add New Report icon on the tool bar shown at left ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition dialog box similar to the one shown in Figure A 7 4 Use the Report Definition dialog box to enter the following e Report Name and Description e Manual Generation or Automatic Retrieval Options Refer to Table A 2 for instructions on using the Report Definition dialog box Report Definition xi Report Name SCHEDA Report Description Time schedule for main campus Automatic Generation Options X Enable automatic report generation X Save tab separated data file CCN elements Print to ACIESHP870CXI Manual Generation Options O Send report directly to CWREPORT Ld a Edits the report description up to 48 characters 5 Click on the CCN Elements button to display the CCN Ele ments dialog box where you can select the CCN elements whose schedules will be included in the report Double clicking on an item moves it from one list to the other 6
78. audible beeping sound occurs or a wav sound file plays with no visual indication You must view the Alarm List to see the alarm or alert The alarm alert is displayed in the list along with all other CCN alarms and alerts e A flashing alarm icon displays along with the word alarm alert or return to normal and the level 0 to 6 The level indicates the highest level unacknowledged alarm alert in the system The icon displays on top of the current window and continues to flash until you double click on it and acknowl edge receipt of the alarm alert This option also produces an audible beep or plays a wav sound file plays on initial alarm reception Additional information on this option is in the Flash ing Icon Alarm Viewing section of this chapter e A pop up window displays on top of the current window If you close the window without acknowledging the alarm alert it immediately re displays until you acknowledge receipt of the alarm alert This option also produces an audible beep or plays a wav sound file on initial alarm reception Additional informa tion on this option is in the Pop up Window Alarm Viewing section of this chapter Note If you are logged out of Comfort VIEW and an alarm alert occurs you are notified in the manner that you have selected using the Setup application s Log out state com mand Refer to the Specifying Operator Alarm Indication Preferences section of this manual s Setup chapter for additional in
79. box and restore the previous settings The data box re displays with the newly selected parameters To Modify the Data Box Location and Size 1 Click on the data box you wish to modify Note If you have selected multiple data boxes double click on the first data box you selected You must continue to press and hold the Ctrl key while double clicking 2 To re size the box drag a corner 3 Drag the box to re position it within the ViewSPACE 1 Click on the data box or link area you wish to delete Note If you have enabled the Option s menu s Lock window command you cannot delete data boxes or link areas To Add a New Data Box T Adda New ity Link Area To Modify a Link Area Click on the Edit menu item then click on Delete The WorkSPACE Manager deletes the selected data box or link area Note If desired you can place the data box or link area on the clipboard before deleting it by clicking on the Edit menu item then clicking on Cut This gives you the capability to delete a data box or link area from one location and place it in another You can create new data boxes by copying an existing box and modifying its parameters You may also create new data boxes by clicking on the Create New Data Box icon in the toolbar a SS Note If you have enabled the Options menu s Lock window command you cannot create new data boxes Click on the data box you wish to copy Click on the Edit menu item
80. by any user when displaying this ViewSPACE or trend in run mode automatically attempt to establish a connection to all remote CCNs containing points from this ViewSPACE or trend on displaying this trend in run mode cause the trend to automatically start on displaying this ViewSPACE in run mode include time and date on the display close the dialog box and save current settings exit the dialog box without saving display help information 271 272 Modifying An ViewSPACE To Modify the ViewSPACE Name Follow the instructions below to modify an existing ViewSPACE You can modify the ViewSPACE name and all data box parameters including data box locations and sizes You can also add new and delete existing data boxes and link areas 1 If necessary enter design mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager displays the selected WorkSPACE in design mode The message Design will display in the lower right corner of the window Display the ViewSPACE that you wish to modify by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open ViewSPACE Trend Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Modify ViewS
81. can also paste clipboard data to a selected cell You do this using the Edit menu s Copy and Paste commands For step by step instructions refer to To Copy and Paste Cell Data in the Modifying Status Display or Maintenance Table Values section of this chapter 103 104 fz Modifying Table Names and Descriptions Comfort VIEW gives you the capability to modify all controller table descriptions and Loadshed and Occupancy table names Note that you can also modify Comfort Controller table names and descriptions To do this however you must follow the instructions in the Configuring Comfort Controllers section of this chapter Table names and descriptions appear in the controller list and as table headers throughout Comfort VIEW You would typically modify table descriptions if you wished to customize your control ler list displays You would modify Loadshed and Occupancy table names to maintain a one to one correspondence between the table names in the option and the table names in the equipment that the option affects Note Exercise caution when modifying Loadshed and Occu pancy Option table names modify only the numbers that appear in the table name Do not modify other char acters in the name For example you can change the name of the Loadshed Option s LDSHDO1E Table to a name such as LDSHDO2E LODSHO2E however would be an invalid modification Follow the steps below to change the name or description of a co
82. can be supported however if they are connected to external communication ports Prior to initially using an internal gateway you must specify the modem s communication port and telephone number Follow the instructions below to add a new or to modify or delete an existing internal gateway 1 Click on the Setup menu item and then click on Gateway ports ComfortV IEW displays the Gateway Ports dialog box Refer to Table and Figure 6 la The names of any communication ports that have been previously designated for use by an internal gateway are displayed In the Gateway Ports dialog box click on one of the follow ing depending on whether you wish to configure a new port modify an existing port s telephone number or delete an existing port To delete a port s modem designation click on a port in the Select Gateway port list and then on Delete At the confirmation message click on Yes to complete the deletion or on No to cancel To modify a currently configured port s telephone num ber click on a port in the Select gateway list and then on Modify The New Gateway Port dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 6 1b In the New Gateway Port dialog box modify the tele phone number as desired To configure a new port for use with a modem click on New The New Gateway Port dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 6 1b Figure 6 la Gateway Ports Dialog Box Table 6 la Gatewa
83. click on Select all The background of all alarm messages becomes highlighted with the highlight color that you have selected in your Win dows control panel This indicates that a message is se lected Clicking on a selected alarm message un high lights the background and de selects the message You can acknowledge receipt of alarm messages You can acknowl Ac dging edge one multiple or all alarm messages Once you ve acknowl Alarms edged an alarm message ComfortVIEW adds your user name and a time and date stamp to the selected alarm message Note You may also acknowledge alarms by following the instructions listed under Viewing New and Unacknowl edged Alarms and then clicking on the Alarm Window s Alarm Acknowledge icon Acknowledging 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions One Alarm listed under Viewing the Alarm List Message 2 Click on the Alarm Acknowledge icon that appears in the alarm specific toolbar below the alarm message you wish to acknowledge Note You may also acknowledge a single alarm message by selecting the alarm that you wish to acknowledge Refer to Selecting Alarms and clicking on the Functions menu item and then clicking on Acknowl edge or by clicking on the Alarm Acknowledge icon in the toolbar The alarm list re displays and your user name and the time and date of acknowledgement display along with the ac knowledged alarm Refer to Figure
84. clicking on the Modify icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the CCN Element Definition dialog box shown in Figure 2 15 4 If desired modify the following information for the selected controller Element name Element description Sort key High priority NDS element Refer to Figure 2 15 and Table 2 15 for instructions on using this dialog box 5 After modifying the desired information click on OK to close the dialog box and save your modifications or click on Cancel to exit the box and restore the previous settings Figure 2 15 CCN Element Definition Dialog Box Table 2 15 CCN Element Definition Dialog Box CCN Element Definition AIF TERM Air Terminal io o Click on ARO OS oo To the Element name edit box the Element description edit box the Sort key edit box modify the controller name The name can consist of up to eight characters modify the controller description The description can consist of up to 24 characters specify a sort key number for this controller 1 to 255 Sort keys give you the capability to customize the order of your controller list A con troller with a sort key of 1 appears before a controller with a sort key of 2 and so on Assigning a controller a continued 67 68 Table 2 15 CCN Element Definition Dialog Box continued Click on To High priority element for NDS diagnostics Linked WorkSPACE OK Cancel Help
85. clip board You can now paste this data into another configuration table 3 To paste the data into another table display the destination table 4 Click on the destination cell or cells Note To paste into an entire column of data click on the column heading 5 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Paste Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Paste icon in the toolbar The selected cell s data will be copied from the Windows clipboard to the selected cell If you are attempting to paste data into a protected cell or are attempting to paste incompatible data an error message displays Click on OK to close the error message dialog box ComfortVIEW provides you with the capability to transfer control lers from one area to any other area in your ComfortVIEW database by dragging controller icons with the mouse When you move a controller ComfortVIEW transfers the controller and all of its configuration tables to the specified area The controller will now appear in the new area in the controller list It will no longer appear in its previous area 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List Note Moving controllers between areas display both the source and destination controller lists You can use the Cascade or Tile command in the Window menu to re arrange controller list windows Position the mouse pointer on
86. corner or can drag the box to re position it within the ViewSPACE specify the currently displayed WorkSPACE to be the default WorkSPACE On launching the WorkSPACE Manager application this selected default WorkSPACE window will open and its associated ViewSPACEs and trends will display in run mode Configure Menu Run Mode Table 4 32 Configure Menu Run Mode The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Configure Menu in run mode Click on To Save ViewSPACE data save all ViewSPACE configuration changes in the Comfort VIEW database Upload ViewSPACE data to display controller configuration table Download ViewSPACE data Set Bookmark Configuration table Maintenance table Time schedule Setpoint table values on screen for viewing or editing If desired you can save the displayed table data in the Comfort VIEW data base using the Save ViewSPACE data command send ViewSPACE configuration data from the Comfort VIEW database to the controller s place or remove a bookmark on the active WorkSPACE A checkmark v appears before the Set bookmark command to indicate that it is enabled A bookmark icon displays in the lower right corner of bookmarked WorkSPACEs display the selected point s associated configuration table display the selected point s associated maintenance table display the selected point s associated time schedule configuration table
87. custom engineering units to Comfort Controller points select the desired engineering unit from the sensor type units state drop down list that appears in the Carrier Network Manager s Object Definition dialog box Note that when using the Building Supervisor the Network Service Tool or another interface device to view Comfort Controller points that have been assigned custom units the units will appear blank In the left discrete states column enter the state that signifies an open contact In the right discrete states column enter the state that signifies a closed contact Note For DI devices it is assumed that the FID s Sensed Discrete Logic Type decision is set to Standard Logic For DO devices this assumes that the Output Signal decision is set to Straight Logic In the Analog units text box enter the name for the analog unit 425 426 Table 6 16 Custom Units Disc rete States Dialog Box Clickon To the Analog units text box the Discrete states left column the Discrete states right column OK Cancel Help enter the name for the analog unit enter the state that signifies an open contact enter the state that signifies a closed contact close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Figure 6 17 Custom Units Disc rete States Dialog Box Custom Units Discrete States
88. dialog box Once you have re positioned and re sized the data box as desired click on the Y button in the lower left corner of the WorkSPACE Manager window to save the new ViewSPACE and return to run mode or on the X button to exit the ViewSPACE without saving and return to run mode Figure 4 5 Point Data Dialog Box Table 4 5 Point Data Dialog Box Point Data Mutual Of Farmington Cold Call 0 SPT dF Point description Space Temperature Point value 75 0 Operator note Sensor Broken History No alarm condition Force in effect Supervisor Force J Configuration table Auto Maintenance table J Submaster Time schedule Setpoint table Save Reference table s Upload Table of origin Download Close Hep Modifies this point s description Click on To Point description edit box modify the point s description Up to 24 characters are allowed Point value edit box modify the displayed point value This edit box is available for configuration points only To modify a status dis play or maintenance point s value or status click on Force Operator note edit box add a new or modify the existing operator note History drop down list if the point is currently being sampled in a trend display a tabular display of the point s last 50 trend samples Force override the controller s automatic
89. display Click on Run to proceed with the scan An activity indicator will be displayed during the scan On completion the Basic Bus Scan window will be displayed along with an accompany ing menu bar Refer to Figure 2 22b Menu commands allow you to print display status display tables and WorkSPACEs add system elements to the ComfortVIEW database and copy configuration You will also be able to use the File menu s System Summary command to search for and produce a list of all CCS and ComfortID monitor or master thermo stats and associated zone and bypass controllers Refer to the Carrier Network Manager Command Sum mary at the end of this chapter for a description of each Bus Scan window command examine the specified CCN bus and system element range and produce a Detailed Bus Scan display Click on Run to proceed with the scan An activity indicator will be displayed during the scan On completion the Detailed Bus Scan window will be displayed along with an accompany ing menu bar Refer to Figure 2 22c All basic bus scan functions can also be performed from the Detailed bus Scan window A complete description of each Bus Scan window menu command can be found under Carrier Network Manager Command Sum mary at the end of this chapter Table 2 22a Bus Services Dialog Box continued Click on To Perform update poll Perform cold call update the Network Directory Ser vices NDS system element directo
90. displays 5 Configure each point s service configuration tables 6 Configure each point s configuration tables If necessary refer to the Viewing Configuration Tables and Modifying Configuration Table Values sections of this chapter FID Point Selection 203FID Air Handler Control 0 33 Data Points in System Data Points Available 007 t 010 lt lt Add 022 R 024 Remove gt gt Ok 061 a Modify Download new point assignments 1003 Analog Input 3 Humidity OK Cancel Help Shows the selected data points 129 Table 2 35 To FID Point Selection Dialog Click on Box points in the Data Points Available list Add Remove Download new point assignments Modify OK Cancel Help 130 select the FID points that you wish to activate activate the selected points The point names will display in the Data Points in System list de activate the selected points The point names will be removed from the Data Points in System list and returned to the Data Points Available list enable or disable downloading of point selections to the FID controller assign the point type and algorithm to the point currently selected in the Data Points in System list ComfortVIEW displays the FID Point Assignment dialog box Refer to Figure 2 36 and Table 2 36 for instructions on using this dialog box close the d
91. do not have an operator s note appear with a plain yellow note icon Options Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Alarm Manager s Options menu Table 5 22 Options Menu Command Use this command to Font change the font that Comfort VIEW uses to display alarm list text When you change the font all alarm list text is affected Colors select the display colors for the alarm alert return to normal custom mes sage and acknowledgement message text Toolbar hide or display the alarm list toolbar that appears in the second line of the alarm window continued 379 380 Table 5 22 Options Menu continued Command Use this command to Status bar Sort Save settings on exit hide or display the status bar that appears in the third line of the alarm window The status bar displays the following information the total number of alarms that have been received the number of alarms that the currently logged on operator is seeing the alarm filters that are currently in effect an indication of how the alarm list is currently sorted sort the presentation of the alarm list You can sort the presentation of the alarm list alphabetically by area zone element or point name by alarm level from zero to seven or chronologically by time date You can use combina tion sorts The last sort chosen will have precedence For example if you select Area Alarm level and then Time
92. for analog points indicate the time and date to remove the force This option is only available for those PIC controllers that support a force expiration ComfortVIEW displays the Auto Time and Date dialog box Click on the day of the month and enter the time to remove the force To change the month click continued Table 4 7 Force Dialog Box continued T Jump to a Linked WorkSPACE To Share ViewSPACE Data with Other Applications DDE Click on To Note Auto Force Cancel Help on the scroll bar s down or up arrow Click on OK to close the dialog box and save your settings add an operator note in the Force dialog box The Force Note dialog box displays In the Force note box enter a new or edit the existing note Click on OK to save the changes or click on Cancel to exit without saving changes remove any current force that may exist on the point transmit the force to the point exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 1 Position the mouse within the boundaries of the ViewSPACE s link area The cursor pointer changes shape to indicate that you are posi tioned on a link area 2 Double click the left mouse button ComfortVIEW will close the existing WorkSPACE and open the linked WorkSPACE If you plan on returning to the original WorkSPACE you can hold down the Ctrl key when double clicking This
93. for confirmation before downloading Click on Yes to complete the download or click on No to prevent the download from taking place If you have selected multiple controllers and wish to download all click on Yes to All Clicking on Cancel aborts the download A function status box that indicates the table and block that are downloading is displayed during the process The control ler list re displays on completion 115 116 To Download a Specific Table Uploading Controller Data to ComfortVIEW When the download successfully completes the Controller List window re displays If there are errors encountered during the download a dialog box displays indicating that errors were encoun tered If you wish to view an error report click on Yes This opens the Windows Notepad application and displays the error report To Print the Notepad Download Error Report Click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Print To Close the Notepad File Click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Exit 1 Display the Controller List window and expand it to display the list of controller tables 2 Click once on the configuration table you wish to download or double click to display the table whose configuration you wish to download 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Down load Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Download icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW sends the co
94. history data Report Definition The specifications for a report The first step in creating a ComfortVIEW report is to create a report definition In the report definition you specify parameters such as the report name and description report type the points on which to report and the range of dates from which to compile data ComfortVIEW main tains a list of all report definitions in its database Area A logical grouping of system elements within a CCN For example an area could be a building a floor a wing or a chiller plant Data Retrieval The act of uploading data from the Data Collec tion Option module to the ComfortVIEW database Report Generation The act of compiling the report data that data retrieval has uploaded from the Data Collection Option module to the ComfortVIEW database Accessing the Report Panel Table 7 1 Reports ComfortVIEW Report Panel function gives you the capability to generate reports from data that the Data Collection Option Module collects from the network The types of reports currently available to you include consumable runtime and history Samples of these report types appear at the end of this chapter Refer to Table 7 1 below for a description of each report type Additional report types may become available As new report types are installed their icons automatically display in the report panel window Refer to Appendix A Additional ComfortVIEW Reports for more i
95. icon that appears in the alarm specific toolbar below the alarm message 361 ComfortVIEW displays the Attach WorkSPACE Dialog Box which allows you to select a pre configured WorkSPACE and assign it to the selected existing alarm s Refer to Figure 5 13 and Table 5 13 for further instructions on using this dialog box Note You are assigning a WorkSPACE to this specific existing alarm This WorkSPACE alarm assignment is not valid for any subsequent occurrences of this alarm Figure 5 13 Attach WorkSPACE Dialog Box Attach Workspace Select a Workspace OK Cancel Help Identifies a work space to be attached to selected alarms 362 Table 5 13 Attach WorkSPACE Dialog Box Modifying an Existing Alanm s WorkSPACE Click on To A WorkSPACE in the list select it Help display help information OK close the dialog box and attach the selected WorkSPACE to the selected alarm Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Follow the steps below to change an alarm s WorkSPACE assign ment 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List Select the alarm message or messages whose WorkSPACE link you wish to modify by clicking on the appropriate messages The background of the selected messages is highlighted This indicates that a message is selected If you
96. in status display maintenance or configuration table worksheets Click on the header of the column you wish to hide or click on the box to the left of the row you wish to hide Click on the Options menu item and then click on Hide The highlighted column or row will be removed from the worksheet To Make Row Hides Permanent Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Save The row will not appear the next time you view this table To Make Column Hides Permanent Click on the Options menu item and then click on Save settings on exit A continued Table 4 35 Options Menu Run Command Use this command to Mode continued Hide continued Show Point IDs Best fit Save settings on exit checkmark appears before the command to indicate that it is enabled The column will not appear the next time you view this table Note Row hides apply to specific tables Column hides apply to all tables in all controllers Also row hides are hidden for all operators Column hides are hidden for indi vidual operators show hidden rows and columns in status display maintenance or con figuration table worksheets Click on the Options menu item and then click on Show The Show Rows Columns dialog box displays The dialog box shows any hidden rows or columns Select the rows or columns to add and click on OK Any hidden columns will be added to the worksheet display each point s item reference numbe
97. logical groupings of system elements within a CCN for example buildings floors wings chiller plants You can also perform other operations such as e adding controllers to and deleting controllers from your ComfortVIEW database e viewing and modifying controller configuration maintenance and status display data e exporting controller databases to diskette e connecting to remote CCNs and remote ComfortVIEW workstations Follow the steps below to launch the Carrier Network Manager application open the System Overview window and display a list of the database s CCNs and areas 1 Double click on the Carrier Network Manager icon ComfortVIEW opens the Carrier Network Manager and displays a System Overview window similar to the one shown in Figure 2 1 This window displays in a directory tree fashion the CCNs that make up your ComfortVIEW database The top line of the window contains the menu bar Refer to the Carrier Network Manager Command Summary section of this chapter for a description of each menu bar command The second line of the window contains the toolbar Refer to Carrier Network Manager Toolbar which appears later in this section for information on using each toolbar button The third line of the window contains the status bar This line displays in all Carrier Network Manager windows and sup plies information on the path you have taken to arrive at the current window For example it displays the
98. modifying and deleting operators name and pass word assignments quiet time for auto logoff access level creation modifica tion and deletion alarm annunciation and viewing criteria including setting up alarm filters alarm administration For example creating custom alarm messages specifying alarm printing criteria WorkSPACE alarm condi tion relationships ComfortVIEW Setup application For example alarm printer location and options LAN computer names global report data retrieval settings CCN administration For example adding modifying and deleting CCNs areas including setting PC address and baud rate alarm acknowledgment capability continued 403 Table 6 6 To OperatorAccessDialog Clickon Box continued Report setup Report generation WorkSPACE setup Global functions the Exceptions Areas list 404 enable disable report setup privileges These privileges include access to the following operations e creating report definitions e install optional and custom reports e configure reports that have custom groupings of data consumable runtime history perform the following operations e generate view and print any report standard optional or custom enable disable WorkSPACE setup privileges These privileges allow you to create and modify WorkSPACEs ViewSPACES and trends enable disable access to the following Global Function Manager operations
99. need additional information on selecting alarms refer to the Selecting Alarms section of this chapter Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Attach WorkSPACE ComfortVIEW displays the Attach WorkSPACE Dialog Box which allows you to assign a WorkSPACE to this alarm Select a WorkSPACE from the list of pre configured WorkSPACEs and click on OK Note You are assigning a WorkSPACE to this specific existing alarm This WorkSPACE alarm assignment is not valid for any subsequent occurrences of this alarm Refer to Figure 5 13 and Table 5 13 for further in structions on using this dialog box 363 364 Assigning WorkSPACES to Incoming Alarms Whatis a WorkSPACE Rules for WorkSPACE Assignment A WorkSPACE is a group of windows containing graphics and trend plots of CCN data You use the ComfortVIEW WorkSPACE Manager application to create and view WorkSPACEs For ex ample you could set up a WorkSPACE to include a plot of tempera ture and a graphic of the associated chilled water system You could then display these windows simultaneously As part of the ComfortVIEW Alarm Manager application you set up links between alarms and WorkSPACEs This gives you the ability to jump from the Alarm List window to the WorkSPACE Manager and view the graphic or trend plot that is pertinent to the selected alarm You set the criteria Area Zone Element Point and Precedence for attaching WorkSPACEs to incoming alarms
100. new or modify the existing remote site and remote Server computer name in the appropriate text boxes You can either enter the remote modem phone number or enable the Phone Book Entry option to use the telephone number that is specified using the Windows NT 2000 RAS function Note Commas may be used in the phone number as pauses between numbers so that internal building telephone exchanges can be accommodated Click on OK to accept the entries as entered or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving 209 210 If you enabled the Phone Book Entry option you will be presented with either the Windows XP 2000 New Phone Book Entry Wizard or the Windows NXP 2000 Remote Action service configuration series of dialog boxes depending on whether you are adding a new or modifying an existing site Note Be sure that the Windows XP 2000 phonebook entry name matches the ComfortVIEW Add or Modify Remote Site dialog box s Remote Site Name exactly Figure 3 2 New Remote Site Dialog Box Figure 3 3 Modify Remote Site Dialog Box Add Remote Site Remote Site Name Hartford Hospital Remote server computer name Phone Book Entry Remote modem phone number Modify Remote Site Remote Site Name Hartford Hospital Remote server computer name WServerl Phone Book Entry Remate modem phone number 211 212 a Deleting a ComfortVIEW Remote Site List Double click on the ComfortVIEW
101. of CCN would typically be used for off line database configuration to hold your library of controller off line con figurations Double click on a CCN to dis play its areas A CCN that is physically wired to your PC Double click on a CCN to display its areas A CCN that you can communicate with using a CCN Autodial Gateway Double click on a CCN to display the areas in this CCN A CCN that you can communicate with using a CCN to Ethernet Converter Double click on a CCN to display its areas An area of a CCN Double click on an area to display the controllers in this area A controller within an area Double click ona controller to display its tables A Comfort Controller within an area Double click on a Comfort Controller to display its tables A Comfort ID controller within an area A 33CS controller within an area A status display maintenance configuration or alarm history table category Double click on a category to display the tables in that category A status display maintenance alarm history configuration table Tables that are dynami cally updating status display or mainte nance have red icons Tables that are not updating configuration tables have black 35 and white icons 36 Caner Network Manager Toolbar Table 2 2 Camer Network Manager Toolbar Icons The second line of the System Overview window contains the toolbar If you use a mouse the toolbar gives you instant access to the mos
102. of the affected option accordingly 1 Display the Controller List window 2 Click on the controller you wish to delete Note ComfortVIEW allows you to delete multiple control lers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Controller List window 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Delete Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Delete icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before deleting the controller 4 Click on Yes or No If you have selected multiple controllers and wish to delete all click on Yes to All Note If ComfortVIEW displays the message Controller Is In Use you have attempted to delete a controller that is currently being accessed by you or another ComfortVIEW operator Attempt the delete again when the controller is available 69 Viewing Status Display and Maintenance Tables Table J umps from Status Display and Maintenance Tables Reference J umps from Comfort Controller Status Display Tables 70 Status display and maintenance tables contain real time data for all controller points Follow the steps below to display a controller s status display or maintenance tables For instructions on modifying forcing status display or maintenance table values refer to the Modifying Status Display or
103. on Stop Trend e You close the WorkSPACE by double clicking on a ViewSPACP s link area by opening a new WorkSPACE or by exiting the WorkSPACE Manager application entirely e 1000 scans have been completed e You remove the trend from the current WorkSPACE e You leave run mode and enter design mode To Start a Trend Click on the Run menu item and then click on Start Trend The message Plotting displays in the window s status bar to show that the trend has been started To Re start a Trend Click on the Run menu item and then click on Re Start Trend The message Plotting displays in the window s status bar to show that the trend has been started To View or Modify Trend Data Point Parameters and Trend History Follow the instructions below to modify a trend point s value description or operator note or to view the last 50 trend data samples for the point For configuration points you can upload configuration data from the controller download data to the controller and save configuration data changes in the ComfortVIEW database For point status or maintenance table points you can force and auto point values and save changes You can also use ComfortVIEW table jump feature to display and modify a trend point s associated configuration maintenance time schedule or setpoint table In addition you can display the names of all Comfort Controller objects that are using a selected trend point in their configuration
104. override value for analog points indicate the time and date to remove the force This option is only available for those PIC controllers that support a force expiration ComfortVIEW displays the Auto Time and Date dialog box Click on the day of the month and enter the time to remove the force To change the month click on the scroll bar s down or up arrow Click on OK to close the dialog box and save your settings add an operator note in the Force dialog box The Force Note dialog box displays In the Force note box enter a new or edit the existing note Click on OK to save the changes or click on Cancel to exit without saving changes Force notes appear in the System Activity report remove any current force that may be on the point transmit the force to the point exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 95 To Modify Point If desired you can modify any point s description ves Tpuons Note These instructions do not apply to UT203 FIDs or Com fort Controllers To modify point descriptions for these two system elements refer to Configuring UT203 FIDs or Configuring Comfort Controllers which appear later in this Carrier Network Manager chapter 1 Click on the description cell and type the new name The text appears in the cell and in the edit bar which is located below the window s status bar 2 Press Enter or click on the edit bar
105. prevent its deletion To Remove a ViewSPACE Creating and Modifying Trends The WorkSPACE Manager closes the ViewSPACE window and deletes the ViewSPACE from the ComfortVIEW database Follow the instructions below to permanently remove a ViewSPACE from a WorkSPACE Note that this function does not delete the ViewSPACE from the Comfort VIEW database It only removes the selected ViewSPACE from the selected WorkSPACE l Display the ViewSPACE that you wish to delete If neces sary refer to Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE If necessary switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager displays the selected WorkSPACE in design mode The message Design will display in the lower right corner of the window Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Remove ViewSPACE Trend In the confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to remove the ViewSPACE from the WorkSPACE or on No to prevent its deletion Save the WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on the Save WorkSPACE command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar The trending function is best suited for loop tuning and short term performance tracking If you wish to perform extended trendin
106. retrieval generate the specified report using the data that is stored in the ComfortVIEW database save the actual report that is created as part of the report generation process ComfortVIEW will save the report to the CWORKS REPORTS report type directory path where report type is replaced by the type of report being generated CONSUME HISTORY RUNTIME SYSTACT etc Comfort VIEW uses the following report file naming convention Rptname xxx where Rptname is replaced by the eight character name you enter in the Report Name text box and xxx is the report number ranging from 001 to 999 Note that continued Table A 2 Report Definition Dialog Box continued Click on To the Print to drop down list Manual Generation Options Send report directly to CWREPORT printer Defaults this number is incremented each time you re generate this report You would only select this option if at some later time you intend to use the report in a word processing or spreadsheet application select a printer on which to automati cally print the report When several printers exist in your system this option gives you the capability to specify a different printer for each report bypass the report viewer and print the report without first displaying it If you do not enable this option ComfortVIEW will display the report on screen allowing you to view it before printing it The report will print on the CWRE
107. selected point save the configuration to the database hide selected columns and rows show hidden columns and rows launch the report wizard and quickly and easily add a new consumable history or runtime report definition launch the alarm wizard and quickly and easily configure an alarm for the selected point launch the trend wizard and quickly and easily add a new trend modify the selected CCN area controller or table name delete the selected CCN area or control ler upload the selected controller or configura tion table display download the selected controller or con figuration table display transmit time date and holiday informa tion to the selected CCN 37 38 Table 2 2 Camer Network Manager Toolbar Icons continued To Changing the Font Fone Bas examine a specified CCN bus and obtain a list of all system elements sort the presentation of the controller list alphabetically by name sort the presentation of the controller list by address sort the presentation of the controllerlist by sort key update the currently selected window with the most recent data that was written to the database display help information You can change the font that the Carrier Network Manager uses to display text When you change the font all Carrier Network Manager text is affected To change the font 1 Click on the Options menu item followed by clicking on
108. selections Help display help information Figure 4 19 Tend Range Dialog Box Trend Range Mutual Of Farmington Cold Call HPM High Press Chiller Mon 0 48 LOAD Low limit jo High limit 150 OK Cancel Help 286 Table 4 19 Trend Range Dialog Box Figure 4 20 Save Current Trend As Dialog Box Click on To the Low limit edit box set the low trend limit This is the plot s Y axis minimum value the High limit edit box set the high trend limit This is the plot s Y axis maximum value OK close the dialog box and save your selections Cancel exit the dialog box without saving selections Help display help information Save Current Trend As Name 23XL Chiller Monitor Trend OK Cancel Help Modifies the trend s name 287 288 Table 4 20 Save Current Trend As Dialog Box Deleting Removing Trends To Delete a Trend Click on To the Name edit box Owned Global Auto Start Auto connect OK Cancel Help enter the new trend name Up to 48 charac ters are allowed allow this trend to be displayed by any user but only modified or deleted by you the creator or allow this trend to be displayed modified or deleted by any user start the trend when it is displayed in run mode when displaying this trend in run mode automatically attempt to establish a connec tion to all re
109. should resize the background as required using a third party graphics utility rather than using this command remove a ViewSPACE s graphic background and re size and re arrange all data boxes to appear in a tabular format re arrange and display a ViewSPACE s data boxes in a cas caded format continued Table 4 36 Options Menu Design Mode Window Menu Run Mode Table 4 37 Window Menu Run Mode Click on To Save settings on exit save any changes you make by using commands on the Options menu For example if you hide the hide the status bar it will be hidden the next time you start the WorkSPACE Manager This command also saves the size and position of all WorkSPACE Manager windows The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Windows menu in run mode Click on To Cascade Tile Arrange icons Refresh Home WorkSPACE Previous WorkSPACE arrange open WorkSPACE Manager windows to overlap so that each title bar is visible arrange open WorkSPACE Manager windows in smaller sizes so that they fit next to each other and are all visible on your desktop evenly arrange all minimized WorkSPACE Manager window icons update the information displayed in open WorkSPACE Manager windows ComfortVIEW updates the currently selected window with the most recent data that has been written to the database return to the first WorkSPACE that yo
110. shown in Figure 4 3 is plotting the value or status of the following points LOAD ECW LCW CWEL The trend started at 2 18 11 pm The X axis horizontal axis displays the time and the Y axis vertical axis displays the point value range The currently displayed Y axis displays the range for the LOAD point The legend which is displayed to the right of the trend plot displays the area name controller name and description and point name and description for each trend point 227 MOPUIM pud a dwes E p ainby 4p dwa see Bunes MOT Op 0 UOWN H3140 SS Ad YBIH INdH Weld fearshyd enny Apun 4p dwa seven unaua M9I Op 0 UOW J340 SS Id YBIH dH Weld yeaishyd enny Apun peo 191000 QYO7 Op O UOW 431140 SS ld YBIH WdH quel fearshyd enny Apun 4 ME puau sovoy 13yo IXE puebeq LCW Leaving Water Temp dF Wd LE60 0 Wd bees a a a EE e Buod spuooas 0 ayey ues Y6 LL ZL Wd 11 60 ULIS JUdD9Y ISON VOLL eL Wd HEBEZ UedS S1l4 pua JONUOW JAI UO TXEZ 228 Satus Bar To Display a Point s Range in the Y Axis To Display a Trend Value ata Selected Time To Sop Pause a Trend Yu The second line of the trend window contains the status bar This status bar displays the time the displayed trend started First Scan the most recent scan time and the trend status Not Active or Plot
111. stop the copy To Copy All Tables with the Configure Menu s Copy Command 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Click on the controller that you wish to configure copy from Note ComfortVIEW allows you to copy multiple control lers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Controller List window 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Copy ComfortVIEW displays the Areas dialog box 4 In the Select target area list click on the area containing the controller whose tables you wish to copy to and then click on OK ComfortVIEW displays the CCN Elements dialog box 109 110 Click on the CCN element whose tables you wish to copy to and then click on OK A confirmation dialog box displays re confirming the source and destination controllers Click on Yes to complete the copy or on No to prevent the copy If you have selected multiple controllers and wish to copy all click on Yes to All A Copy Status Box is displayed during the copy This box displays each table and block number as it is being copied Clicking on Abort will stop the copy To Copy and Paste Individual Tables There are three ways to copy individual tables Dragging and dropping the table icon on top of another table icon
112. successfully displays on completion Note The ComfortVIEW export procedure will terminate if any single file to be exported is larger in size than the diskette to which you are exporting For ex ample if you are exporting to a 720 kb diskette and a graphic file is 1 Mb in size the export procedure will terminate Figure 6 19 Export CCN Selection Select CCN to export Export CCN Selection United Mutual Insurance CCN1 United Mutual Insurance CCN2 Cancel Help Selects CCN to export To Dialog Box Table6 19 Export CCN Selection Click on Dialog Box en OK Cancel Help select a CCN to export close the dialog box and save the selection The Export Target Selection dialog box will be displayed For more information on using this dialog box refer to the Export Target Selec tion Dialog Box figure and table below exit the dialog box without saving the selection display help information 435 Figure 6 20 Export Target Selection Export Target Selection Dialog Box Select directory for export files d cworks apps ec F cworks 7 apps d Selects directory in which to store export data files Table 6 20 Export Target Selection Click on To Dialog Box the drive drop down list select the drive where you want the files saved a directory to select a directory where you want the files saved OK close the dialog box
113. the point whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified custom message enter the level of alarms you wish to attach to this custom message Click ing on the down arrow gives you these choices Alarm Alert Return to Normal Any Click on the desired level or on Any to select all levels assign a priority level to this custom message Note You could potentially have more than one custom message that meets the criteria for attachment to an alarm ComfortVIEW will look at the precedence level and assign the message with the higher precedence level to the alarm In general you should give a high precedence to custom alarm messages that have very specific incoming alarm criteria Give a lower precedence to custom alarm messages that have more general criteria continued Table5 11 Assign Custom Alarm Messages Dialog Box continued Table 5 12 Wildcards Click on To Save OK Cancel Wildcard Symbol save the new or modified custom message and its attachment criteria in the custom message list The save will not apply until you click on OK close the dialog box and save the settings close the dialog box and restore previous settings Meaning takes the place of any single character Example Specifying TEMP_ for the point name means that any incoming alarm s point name that has five characters where the first four are the letters T E M P will be acceptable as a match for the
114. the CCN Access Definition dialog box 49 Figure 2 7 Standard CCN Settings Dialog Box Table 2 7 Standard CCN Settings Dialog Box 50 Standard CCN Settings Bus Element Retries Baud rate 9600 baud 7 O Enable alarm acknowledgement C Enable NDS diagnostics O Enable Time Broadcast Edits the element s address Click on To Bus specify the ComfortVIEW bus number You can enter a value or click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed number Note If you set the Bus number to a non zero value the Enable alarm acknowledgement and Enable NDS diagnostics functions will not be sup ported Element specify the ComfortVIEW system element number You can enter a value or click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the dis played number Retries specify the number of times that ComfortVIEW will attempt to communicate with a system element if it fails to respond You can enter a value or click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the dis played number continued Table 2 7 Standard CCN Settings Dialog Box continued Clickon To Enable alarm acknowledger Enable NDS diagnostics Enable Time Broadcast assign ComfortVIEW to be the CCN alarm acknowledger You must specify only one alarm acknowledger ona CCN enable NDS diagnostic routine polling of all system elements in a local direct connect CCN RS 232 RS 485 or Ethernet G
115. the Down arrow gives you these choices Alarm Alert Return to Normal Click on the desired level or on to select all levels Note You can specify the Area Element or Level criteria using wildcards Refer to Table 6 9 for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards Click on Enable this filter to assign the selected filter s alarms to the selected printer Click on OK to close the dialog box and save changes made or Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings Note Clicking on Reset clears all alarm filters You must specify new alarm filters for this printer to receive alarms Alarm Printers Select a printer Alarm Printer 1 Alarm Printer 2 SERVER LPT1 Filters OK Cancel Help Defining ComfortVIEW Local Area Network Workstations To Add a New Workstation When you connect Comfort VIEW workstations via a local area network LAN you must enter all server and client computer names in the Setup Workstations dialog box Comfort VIEW uses these computer names to link clients and servers and to send data between Comfort VIEW workstations on the LAN Note To allow a remote ComfortVIEW workstation to dial into a Comfort VIEW server you must enter the remote Comfort VIEW computer name in the server s Setup Work stations dialog box Follow the steps below to add or delete LAN workstations 1 Display the Setup
116. the Table Jump Selection dialog box which lists the controller s configuration maintenance time or setpoint schedule tables If you select the Configuration or Mainte Comfort C ontoller Reference J umps Viewing Alarm History Tables nance command from a magenta shaded cell ComfortVIEW will jump directly to the configuration entry s associated configuration or maintenance table While you are viewing Comfort Controller configuration tables the Carrier Network Manager provides you with a means to list the names of all Comfort Controller objects that are using a selected configuration point in their configuration This feature is only avail able for magenta highlighted configuration points To display a point s associated objects click on the Configure menu item fol lowed by clicking on Reference tables If desired you can then display a selected object s associated configuration or maintenance table Alarm history tables are used to display a controller s alarm history data These tables exist in certain CCN controllers such as Comfort Controllers and some PICs Follow the steps below to display a controller s alarm history tables 1 Display the System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager 2 Display the controller list If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Displaying the Contr
117. the ViewSPACE or trend from the ComfortVIEW database modify a selected WorkSPACE name and its owned global designation The Modify Current WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed modify the active ViewSPACE or trend name and ownership designation modify the selected data box or link area parameters The Modify Data Box Dialog Box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 12 and Table 4 12 which appear in the Creating a New ViewSPACE section of this chapter for instructions on using this dialog box Edit Menu Run Mode Table 4 30 Edit Menu Run Mode The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Edit menu in run mode Click on To Copy copy data from a selected ViewSPACE data box to the Windows clipboard This command could be used to copy values from one data box to another This command could also be used if you wish for example to link ViewSPACE data to a DDE supported third party spreadsheet application If the application to which you wish to link supports the Paste Link command click on the data box containing the data you wish to link click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy ComfortVIEW auto matically copies the data and its DDE link information to the Windows Clipboard You can then open the DDE supported application and use the application s Paste Link command to insert and link the selected ComfortVIEW data When the ViewSPACKE is active and point
118. the box and restore the previous settings Table Names Select a table CMe ALARMDEF Configuration ALARMLIM Service Configuration ALARMSO1 Alarm POC Data AOSS 01E AOSS Equipment AOSS 01S AOSS Supervisory AOSSDEFC Configuration AOSSDEFM Maintenance Display BASEUNIT Status Dlsplay BROCASTS Broadcast Supervisory BRODEFS Broadcast Supervisory CNS POC1 Configuration CONFIG Configuration CONSUME Data Collect Consum Eqp CtlrID Device Configuration DXCOOL Status Display ELECHEAT Status Display HOLDY01S Holiday HOLDY02S Holiday HOLDY03S Holiday HOLDY04S Holiday Modify Closes this dialog box Table 2 27 Table Names Dialog Box Copying and Moving Controller Configuration Data Copying Controllers Click on To the Select a table list select a table to modify Modify modify the selected table ComfortVIEW displays the Table Definition dialog box described previ ously Close close the dialog box and restore the previous settings Help display help information ComfortVIEW provides you with the capability to duplicate a controller s configuration data and copy it to another similar controller either in the same area or in any other area in your ComfortVIEW database When you copy a controller ComfortVIEW copies all of the controller s configuration tables to the specified controller or area You can use this feature to expedite the en
119. the controller that you wish to move Note ComfortVIEW allows you to move multiple control lers between areas Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Controller List window Press and hold down the Shift key Press and hold down the mouse button and drag the mouse to re position it on the destination area A small square icon appears next to the mouse pointer Release the mouse button and then release the Shift key when the square is positioned on the destination area ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before moving the controller Click on Yes to complete the move or click on No to prevent the move from taking place Clicking on Cancel aborts the copy If you have selected multiple controllers and wish to step through the moves one by one click on Yes A Move Status Box is displayed during the move Clicking on Abort will stop the move Note If ComfortVIEW displays the message Controller Currently Locked or Controller Is In Use you have attempted to move a controller that is currently being accessed by you or another ComfortVIEW operator Attempt the move again when the control ler is available 113 114 Verifying Controller Configuration Against Your Database You can compare a selected controller s configuration data with the associated configuration data t
120. the description for the controller The description can consist of up to 24 characters specify the controller s bus number 0 to 239 You can also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decre ment the displayed value specify the element number 1 to 239 You can also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decre ment the displayed value specify a sort key number for this controller 1 to 255 Sort keys give you the capability to customize the order of your controller list A control ler with a sort key of 1 appears before a controller with a sort key of 2 and so on Assigning a controller a sort key of 255 causes it to appear at the end of the controller list The default sort key number is 1 For instructions on sorting the presentation of the controller list refer to Sorting the Controller List which appears earlier in the Displaying the Controller List section of this chapter specify whether this element should be assigned a high priority NDS diagnostic routine scan rate diagnos tic polling takes place every 60 mins versus every 6 hours continued Table 2 12 CCN Element Definition Dialog Box continued Click on To Upload Copy from Import from copy all configuration tables from the actual CCN controller to the ComfortVIEW data base duplicate the configuration tables from another similar controller Click on the button to the right of the Copy from edit box C
121. the message you wish to modify before clicking on Modify delete an existing custom message You must select the message you wish to delete before clicking on Delete ComfortVIEW does not remove the message until you click on OK display the Speedy Data Entry dialog box where you can quickly and easily select the area element table and point whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified custom message This dialog box is described in the Speedy Data Entry section of this manual s Carrier Network Manager chapter enter the up to 48 character name of the area whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified custom mes sage Note You can specify the Area Zone Element Point or Level criteria using wildcards Refer to Table 5 12 that follows for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards 357 Table5 11 Assign Custom Alarm Messages Dialog Box continued Click on To Zone Element Point Level the Precedence drop down list enter the up to 48 character name of the zone whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified custom mes sage This criterion is applicable only to CCN system manager type products for example TSM HSM PSM FSM CSM enter the up to 8 character element name of the CCN system element whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified custom message This name can be found in the Carrier Network Manager s controller list Ex AHU enter the up to 8 character name of
122. the page numbers To change the displayed print quality make your selection from the drop down list Enter the desired number of copies in Copies and if desired click on Collate Copies Click on OK continued 491 492 Table 7 13 Report Viewer Menu File Menu Commands Commands Use this command to continued Print continued Print Preview Print Setup Note If you wish to change the report s orientation the default is landscape click on the Print dialog box s Properties button and in the Print Properties dialog box select Portrait By default the report will print on the CWREPORT printer created in the Windows NT Print Manager If you wish to print on another printer click on the Name drop down list and select a printer return to the Print Preview Window and view the report override the CWREPORT printer assignment By default manually generated reports print on this printer which is created in the Windows NT Print Manager Selecting this command allows you to override the CWREPORT printer assignment The Print Setup dialog box displays If you wish to change the printer from the one displayed select from the drop down lists Click on Portrait or Landscape to select the report s orientation If you wish to select another network printer click on the Network button and in the Connect to Printer dialog box select a printer continued Table 7 13 Report Viewer Menu
123. the start Minute of period 0 59 OccupiedEndHour Returns the end hour of period 0 24 OccupiedEndMinute Returns the end Minute of period 0 59 Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_ReadPeriod Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal Tableld As Integer ByVal PeriodNumber As Integer DOWFlags As Integer OccupiedStartHour As Integer OccupiedStartMinute As Integer OccupiedEndHour As Integer OccupiedEndMinute As Integer As Integer Example PeriodNumber 1 DOWFlags 0 OccupiedStartHour 0 OccupiedStartMinute 0 OccupiedEndHour 0 OccupiedEndMinute 0 Result CW_ReadPeriod TableId PeriodNumber DOWFlags OccupiedStartHour OccupiedStartMinute OccupiedEndHour OccupiedEndMinute 573 574 CW WhitePeriod The DOWFlags are stored as a packed byte The sample code below shows a way to translate the data to a more usable form CheckDay0 CheckDay8 are eight variables which correspond to the MTWTEFESSH of the DOWFlags 1 indicates that the day is in the period O indicates that it is not DOWMask 8 As Integer DOWMask 0 128 DOWMask 1 64 DOWMask 2 32 DOWMask 3 16 DOWMask 4 8 DOWMask 5 4 DOWMask 6 2 DOWMask 7 1 For key 0 To 7 DayLoop CheckDay amp key If DOWFlags And DOWMask key Then Me Day
124. the top line of the report continued 459 460 Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports continued Clickon To Report None specify that you do not wish to generate reports every time you automatically re trieve module data Daily create a daily report You can create daily reports for yesterday today or for a speci fied range of dates Monthly create a monthly report for the dates speci fied under Range of data Yearly create a yearly report for the dates specified under Range of data History create a history report Report Dates Yesterday create a daily report using yesterday s data Today create a daily report using today s data The Range of times dates Data from Data through report will contain today s data starting from midnight to the current time create a report using data from a range of times and dates Click on the button to the right of the Data from and Data through dates to display the Data Range dialog box Enter the data start and end times and dates Refer to Figure 7 5 and Table 7 5 for in structions on using the Data Range dialog box When defining a report based on a single day s data enter the corresponding date in both the Data from and Data to text boxes Note If in a runtime report definition you enter a whole hour Data through time for example 3 00 ComfortVIEW will subtract 1 minute and display the res
125. the trend in a WorkSPACE enter design mode open a WorkSPACE open the trend and then save the WorkSPACE While viewing a ViewSPACE in run mode you can click on any data box and then on the Report Wizard toolbar icon to quickly and easily add a new consumable runtime or history report definition to the Report Panel Follow the steps presented 1 2 3 Select the report type Specify the report name and description Select the points to be included in the report Initially the list of points presented will include those that were selected from the ViewSPACE Select a specific Data Collection Module in which to allocate the Data Collection Tables By default the wizard locates an available module on the current CCN But you also have the ability to identify a specific module if desired From the next dialog box click on Report Options to view or modify the default settings if desired Follow the steps below to launch the WorkSPACE Manager appli cation and create anew WorkSPACE Creating a New WorkSPACE Note Ifthe WorkSPACE Manager application is already run ning and is operating in run mode start with Step 3 below When in design mode you can create a new WorkSPACE at any time by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on the New WorkSPACE command 1 Double click on the WorkSPACE Manager icon to launch the WorkSPACE Manager application The Open WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed 2 Inthe Open Wo
126. ting Note If desired you can remove the status bar from the window by clicking on the Options menu item followed by clicking on Status bar To return the status bar to the window perform these two commands again Trend point names display above the trend To activate the Y axis to display a point s range click on the point name as it is displayed above the trend The minimum and maximum values that are displayed in the plot s Y axis change to display the selected point s range 1 Display the range for the point in question in the Y axis See above 2 Point to a location on the trend line and hold down the left mouse button The point value will be displayed along with its corresponding trend sample time and date 1 Click on the Run menu item and then click on Stop Trend Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Start Stop Trend icon in the toolbar The message Paused displays in the window s status bar to show that the trend is stopped 229 230 To Sartor Re slaita Tend You can start or re start a trend at any time Starting a trend causes it to resume trending data from the point it was at when you stopped it Re starting a trend clears out initializes all previous trend data and starts the trend again Once you ve started a trend the trend keeps running until one of the following conditions is met e You stop the trend by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking
127. tions refer to the instructions which appear later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section 145 Creating and Modifying Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms 146 When working off line however be sure to keep track of the amount of Comfort Controller memory you will be using Refer to the EEPROM Memory Usage Summary Sheet in the Comfort Controller Overview and Configuration Manual for approxi mate database object memory usages Click on Create to create the new or modified point informa tion and display the configuration table or Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings ComfortVIEW displays a message dialog box during the creation process At the conclusion the point s configuration table is displayed You can opt to configure the point here or you can exit the configuration table and return to configure the point at a later time using the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box s Configure button For configuration instructions refer to Configuring Database Objects which appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section Follow the instructions below to create or modify the following Comfort Controller database objects e Setpoint schedules e System tables Consumable Runtime Holiday Network Time Schedule Loadshed Language Conversion e Alarms Limit Setpoint Limit Discrete State First Out Runtime Number
128. uploading 4 Click on Yes to complete the upload or click on No to prevent the upload from taking place If you have selected multiple control lers and wish to upload all click on Yes to All Clicking on Can cel aborts the upload A function status box that indicates the table and block that are copying is displayed during the upload The controller list re displays on completion When the upload successfully completes the controller list re displays Perform the steps below to display a controller s configuration table on screen for viewing or editing If desired you can save the displayed table data in the ComfortVIEW database Note If uploading a UT203 FID it is recommended that you upload the entire controller Uploading individual tables may not update ComfortVIEW with all of the latest FID values 1 Display the Controller List window and expand it to display the list of controller tables 117 118 Modifying and Sending Time and Date Click once on the configuration table you wish to upload or double click to display the table whose configuration you wish to upload Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Upload Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Upload icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW sends the specified table s configuration from the controller to the ComfortVIEW screen If you have up loaded with the configuration table displayed the table re displays
129. while you are in design mode displays the ViewSPACE or trend for modification The second line of the WorkSPACE window contains the toolbar If you use a mouse the toolbar gives you instant access to the most frequently used WorkSPACE Manager commands By simply clicking the mouse button you can perform operations such as opening a WorkSPACE opening a ViewSPACE or trend and downloading configuration data to the controller Note If desired you can remove the toolbar from the WorkSPACE window by clicking on the Options menu item followed by clicking on Toolbar To return the toolbar to the window perform these two commands again The table below describes the buttons that appear on the WorkSPACE Manager toolbar To open an existing WorkSPACE save the WorkSPACE open a bookmarked WorkSPACE open an existing ViewSPACE or trend w e Le Ww save the ViewSPACE or trend ih continued 221 222 Table 4 2 WorkSPACE Manager Toolbarlcons continued Click To print the contents of a ViewSPACE or trend window or print a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend definition report modify the ViewSPACE or trend create a new data box create a new link area connect to a remote CCN disconnect from a remote CCN save configuration data displayed in the ViewSPACE to the database upload configuration data from the CCN download configuration data to the system element s st
130. will automatically apply for consequent years Note Up to a maximum of 366 overrides can be created for one central schedule close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 533 Global Function Manager Menu Command Summary File Menu Table 8 8 File Menu Functions Menu Table 8 9 Functions Menu 534 The following table describes each of the commands that appear in the Global Function Manager menus The following table describes each of the commands that appear in the File menu Command Use this command to Print Print Setup Exit print a report of timed force groups central time schedules point transfers or holidays The Print dialog box displays Select the type of report to print select a printer and printing options The Print dialog box displays To change the printer from the one dis played click on the drop down list Click on Properties to access Page Setup orientation and size options exit the Global Function Manager application The following table describes each of the commands that are in the Functions menu Command Use this command to Timed Force automatically force and auto groups of specified points based on user specified time parameters The Timed Force Groups dialog box displays continued Table 8 9 Functions Men
131. you can remove the status bar from the window by clicking on the Options menu item then clicking on Status bar To return the status bar to the window perform these two commands again 335 336 P You can change the font that Comfort VIEW uses to display alarm Changing the Font list text When you change the font all alarm list text is affected To change the font 1 6 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List Click on the Options menu item and then click on Fonts ComfortVIEW displays the Font dialog box Refer to Figure 5 4 In the Font box select the font to use The text in the Sample box changes to reflect the font you select In the Font Style box select any style options to use for example bold or italic In the Size box select the point size to use the larger the point size the larger the characters appear on your screen Click on OK All alarm list text displays in the new font Note To make the font change permanent click on the Options menu item and then click on Save settings on exit A checkmark vV appears before the command to indicate that it is enabled The text will appear in the new font style and point size the next time you display the alarm list Figure 5 4 Font Dialog Box Font Font Style l enev Regular Regular Tanet J MS Sans Serif MS Sans Serif MS Sans Serif C MS Sans Serif 4
132. you the capability to print to an other printer on the local area network Click on the Help button to display Windows help information exit the WorkSPACE Manager applica tion The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Edit menu in design mode Click on To Cut delete the selected data box or link area after placing it on the clipboard Click on the data box or link area you wish to delete Then click on the Edit menu item and click on Delete The WorkSPACE Manager places the data box or link area on the clipboard and deletes it from the ViewSPACE continued 307 308 Table 4 29 Edit Menu Design Mode continued Click on To Copy copy the selected data box or link area to the clipboard Paste paste a data box or link area that has been previously cut or copied to the clipboard on a ViewSPACE or trend window Delete delete the selected data box or link area Delete WorkSPACE close any currently displayed Delete ViewSPACE Trend Modify WorkSPACE Modify ViewSPACE Trend Modify Object ViewSPACE and trend windows delete the WorkSPACE from the ComfortVIEW database and display a new undefined WorkSPACE window Note that deleting a WorkSPACE does not delete its associated ViewSPACEs and trends You can display these ViewSPACEs and trends by opening them from another WorkSPACE win dow close the active ViewSPACE or trend window and delete
133. your CCN and are currently connected to another remote CCN Comfort VIEW displays a message indicating that you are unable to connect Click on OK to close the message dialog box 4 Inthe Select Remote CCNs list click on the CCN to which you wish to connect 5 Click on OK to connect or click on Cancel to prevent the connect from taking place You are now connected to the remote CCN The status area to the right of the toolbar displays the connect status You can now view all ComfortVIEW data as if you were connected locally 290 Figure 4 21 Connect To Dialog Box Table 4 21 Connect To Dialog Box Connect to Select Remote CCNs United Mutual Farmington Office United Mutual Syracuse Office World Headquarters OK Cancel Help Click on To the Select Remote CCNs list select the CCN to which you wish to connect OK close the dialog box and connect Cancel exit the dialog box without connect ing Help display help information 291 292 To Disconnectfiom a Remote CCN 1 Click on the Run menu item and then click on Disconnect The Disconnect From dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the names of all CCNs to which you are cur rently connected Refer to Figure 4 22 and Table 4 22 2 Inthe Select Remote CCNs list click on the CCN from which you wish to disconnect 3 Click on OK to disconnect or click on Cancel to prevent the disconnect from taking place
134. your CCN and are currently connected to another remote CCN ComfortVIEW displays a message indicating that you are unable to connect Click on OK to close the message dialog box Click on Yes to connect or click on No to prevent the connect from taking place You are now connected to the remote CCN The status area to the right of the toolbar displays the connect status You can now use all ComfortVIEW applications and functions as if you were connected locally If in the Setup application you have the Setup menu s Remote status command enabled the names of all CCNs to which you are currently connected will display in the Setup s application s ComfortVIEW Remote Connections window You could now use the CCN Tools Bus Services command to obtain a list of all system elements on the remote CCN For further infor mation on the Bus Services command refer to the Carrier Network Manager Command Summary which appears at the end of this chapter 169 170 Disc onnec ting from Remote CCNs Follow the steps below to disconnect from a remote CCN Note You can disconnect while displaying either the System Over view or the Controller List window If you are disconnecting from the System Overview window however you must click on the remote CCN from which you wish to disconnect prior to performing the instructions below 1 Click on the Access menu item and then click on Disconnect Note ComfortVIEW will display the message CCN
135. 01 Air Supply Temperature 57 3 degF SAT Return Air Temperature 74 1 degF RAT Outside Air Temperature 71 3 degF OAT Static Pressure 1 3 H20 SP Relative Humidity 36 11 RH Outside Air Rel Humidity 43 5 Freeze Status Normal FRZ Sc roll Filter Status Clean Bar Enthalpy Switch Low Supply Fan Status On Supply Fan Relay On Heat Interlock Relay nlet Guide Vanes O closed 100 0pen Mixed Air Damper O closed 100 0pen Heating Coil Valve O closed 100 open Cooling Coil Valve O closed 100 open Window Corner Drag to resize Table 1 6 ComfortVIEW Window Elements Element Function Title Bar Control Menu Box Maximize Button Minimize Button Close Button Menu Bar Restore Button Displays the name of the ComfortVIEW function you haveselected Displays a menu with commands for sizing and moving the Comfort VIEW window switching to another ComfortVIEW application or to an other PC application and closing this ComfortVIEW application Clicking on this button enlarges the ComfortVIEW window so that it fills the entire window Clicking on this button performs the same result as the Maximize command under the Control Menu When the window is maximized this button is replaced with a Restore button Shrinks this ComfortVIEW application to a task on the taskbar Clicking on this button per forms the same result as the Minimize command under the Control Menu Closes this ComfortVIEW application
136. 0L L 9L6E8L gt velG9c GLO8SEL v LOBE LOZZEZ Z 9 880 4 GGpvlst Govllb OSESsl 69169 gt 068 rV 909 E r89 lGEEZZ g 8999v v96ZZ 90997 06999 OSELLL Z voe 6209 GO09LES 8 0096 LOErve clLGOV 6962S G L996 L 6 190 HM HMA NLaN Naw sgl sgl s11v9 S1v D ra JBJOWIE AA JBJOWPCAA MOj MO 4 MO 4 MO 4 MO 138M MO 138M xouuy 3910 Sed x uuy SPD 801Ij O Wed IS XOUUY WRAIS SHO palyg xeuuy pai lyd 91O 9l419373 3419373 Y37109 437109 437109 437109 Y3T7IH 4377IH x jdwo9 JueLeInsuj jenn p unNn 66L 19q0 90 104 WOdayY sjqewinsuog ly uoN vel SAD SNOBUP JSOSI N v6 L LL yoday Apea ajqeuunsuoy ajdwes gz z any abesn yead sajeaipul gt 8Z920 r908Z1S E1809P89l 0 8 0808Z LZELZ691 Lv8r8zs7 8LEZEZOb E98EGLZ9 ES E OL POSOLE 669215 TARA 0Sz0b0b L96LLbe GZL6z lb G96L06S 809986 2O 1y996z ZObb6b 9 Z69SZ94 Lz91929 Z8ZE0191 y96esoz 1928679 89Z1 804 des LEZLZE 96eShS Z tLYLZI 6 9Sbz02 0 1996802 6Z6S 1811 Bny Pren gt 6ELZE gt S9S S S ZOZLZL S ZLOZOZ 0 gt L1ZL02L gt 98Z LOZ np 111926 61L9bbS Z 0909 92900101 92 619 y6Zze01 1928679 89Z1 804 unf LIV9ZE LOLbbS I GZ0Z1ZL L SZLOZOZ ZGL8EZ 1 L8gr902 260 v7 9S6v8E2 ken LOESLOE 89120S Z LZS090Z 8 ZIZHEPE 628S01Z 66260S yesesoz 26087 ludy gg0g6z yI8ley L LSESVSZ 8 29ezbep oseLogz pegceey 0 0 Jew 02298Z 87297 LL8L0 0 6 ZLEOSOS 1889608 89r191S 0 0 qe4 Lgg6lz 6z6G9h gt Z S6 LSIE gt GzEzGzs gt 9S02Ze gt Z6L9 S 0 0 uer r661 HM HM
137. 157 158 Table 2 41 Table J ump Selection Dialog Box continued Downloading ComfortVIEW Data to a Comfort Contoller Clickon To Cancel exit the dialog box without making a selection Help display help information As with all other controllers you use the Download command to send configuration table data to the Comfort Controller You can download the entire controller or only a single configuration table When you download an entire Comfort Controller ComfortVIEW sends data from its database to the controller You can optionally re program the entire Comfort Controller with the ComfortVIEW database data or preserve the Comfort Controller data and add only new or revised objects in the Comfort Controller database To Download a Specific Table To download a specific Comfort Controller configuration table display the configuration table and click on the Configure menu item and then click on Download Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Download icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW sends the configuration shown on screen to the controller It overwrites the controller s current configuration To Download an Entire Comfort Controller 1 Display the Controller List window and select the Comfort Controller whose configuration you wish to download 2 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Down load Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Download icon in the
138. 330 336 337 338 340 341 343 346 349 350 353 361 364 371 374 374 323 324 Terminology Alarm The occurrence of an abnormal condition such as a value outside specified limits or a communication failure detected by the NDS Module Alarms can originate from a CCN system element such as FID a CCN option a PIC an NDS Module or an Autodial Gateway Alert The occurrence of an abnormal condition such as a value out side specified limits or a communication failure detected by the NDS Module Alarms can originate from a CCN system element such as a FID a CCN Option a PIC an NDS Module or an Autodial Gateway Autodial Gateway A Communications Input Output CIO Module containing software that enables it to communicate by means of a modem over telephone lines with other Autodial Gateway equipped CCNs CCN Option A Communications Input Output CIO Module that contains a special purpose algorithm and accompanying communication software designed to provide a function for the entire CCN or a desig nated portion of it Comfort Controller A micro processor based control module that provides general purpose HVAC control and monitoring capability in a standalone or network environment using closed loop direct digital control The Comfort Controller can monitor or control up to 64 field points NDS Module The NDS Network Directory Services Module is a Communications Input Out
139. 4 generating reports manu ally 483 484 generating required condi tions 481 History Report 451 History sample 516 icons 452 initiating third party report applica tions 499 launching 452 new report profile 499 500 501 other required documenta tion 452 producing overview 453 reporttypes 451 Runtime Daily sample 513 Runtime Monthly sample 514 Runtime Report 451 Runtime Yearly sample 515 Sample Reports 509 System Activity Report 539 Report Viewer menucommands 490 overview 488 Reports CamerNetworkManager 171 ControllerDatabase 171 Device Config 171 Required Conditions dynamic data exchange 77 175 remote connection 202 reportgeneration 481 Retrieval Options reportdefinition 461 542 563 Retry data retrieval 428 numberallowed 428 Run Mode displaying trend 283 displaying ViewSPACE 233 jumping to bookmarked WorkSPACE 224 printing trend window 294 306 printing ViewSPACE 294 306 trend 226 Runtime Report contents 451 Daily sample 513 defaults 466 example 477 Monthly sample 514 required conditionsfor 482 Yearly sample 515 Runtime Tables configuring in CCN Options 120 configuring in Comfort Control lers 146 S Samples Consumable Daily 510 Consumable Monthly 511 Consumable Yearly 512 dialog box 6 History 516 illustration 5 instructions 4 Runtime Daily 513 Runtime Monthly 514 Runtime Yearly 515 Saving trend data to file 232 trends 282 ViewSPACEs 271 276 WorkSPACEs 249 Selecting alarms 340
140. 5 New Report Profile Dialog Box New Report Profile Report name Po Menu entry a Icon File z Help Text ooo E Executable eS OK Cancel Help Table7 15 New Report Profile Dialog Click on To Box the Report Name textbox enter a name for the report or applica tion This name will display beneath the icon in the Report Panel window the Menu entry text box enter a command name for the report This name will display in the com mand list when you click on the Report Panel window s Report menu item Note To allow a user to invoke this command using a shortcut key place an amp character before the letter that will be the shortcut key continued 500 Table 7 15 New Report Profile Dialog Box continued Report Panel Menu Command Summary Reports Menu Click on To the Icon text box enter the directory path and file name of the report icon that you wish to add to the Report Panel window You may also click on the box to the right of the text box to search your directo ries for the proper icon file the Help text box enter any help text that you want presented in the Report Panel when the user selects your report applica tion the Executable box enter the name of the executable file ComfortVIEW will invoke to start your report application You may also click on the box to the right of the text box to search your directorie
141. 5 6 below Figure 5 6 Acknowledging a Single Alarm Ala anage vS File Edit Configure Functions Options Help xE VAE 7 Alarms in System 7 Alarms in viewing buffer 7 Filters in effect Sorted by Default United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 2 at 9 30 25 Aug 1994 Supply Fan Status Off commanded state is On t Fan does not turn on when commanded all affected air handler controls are either disabled or slowed to minimum conditions O o John Jacobs 10 52 16 Sept 1994 341 342 Acknowledging 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions More Than One listed under Viewing the Alarm List orAll Alarm Messages 2 Select the alarms that you wish to acknowledge by following the instructions listed under Selecting Alarms 3 Click on the Alarm Acknowledge icon that appears in the alarm list toolbar in the second line of the screen or click on the Functions menu item and then click on Acknowledge The alarm list re displays and your name and the time and date of acknowledgement display along with the acknowl edged alarm See Figure 5 7 below Figure 5 7 Alarm List with Acknowledged Ala ms amp Alarm Manager File Edit Configure Functions Options Help Bas eE x vi elen 2 Alarms in system 3756 Alarms in viewing buffer Filters in effect Sorted by Default United Mutual Insurance Utility Floo
142. 561 Sample REDONS vccssceecscseessievsetescenewesers 563 Comfort VIEW is a trademark of Carrier Corporation Appendix B CWACCESS DLL 0ce OVERVIEW ssh vcivicacasscacccececgedsedecavseseesendesebenienct Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Vi Manual Revisions The ComfortVIEW Operation Manual is catalog number 808 239 Rev 03 06 The following changes were made since the last version Section Chapter Changes Introduction 1 On page 1 added Windows 2003 Server to the sentence The software designed to run under the Microsoft Windows 2000 Windows 2003 Server or Windows XP Professional operating system enables you to quickly identify informa tion and intuitively perform all operator functions Vil Vili Introduction Introduction ComfortVIEW is the Carrier Corporation software that is the primary man machine interface to the Carrier Comfort Network CCN The software designed to run under the Microsoft Win dows 2000 Windows 2003 Server or Windows XP Professional operating system enables you to quickly identify information and intuitively perform all operator functions Comfort VIEW provides the tools you need for monitoring config uring and analyzing your facility s daily HVAC operations You can achieve optimum results using the following ComfortVIEW features and functions WorkSPACE Manager Application You can create cust
143. 6 History Report contents 451 defaults 465 explanation 473 required conditionsfor 482 sample 516 History Tables 94 517 adding 124 configuring in CCN Options 120 Holiday Status modifying sending 118 specifying 527 Icons alarm 332 alarm indicator window 329 Canmier Network Manager tool bar 36 flashing alarm 326 328 Report Definition List 456 ReportPanel 452 System Overview Window 35 Importing a CCN sdatabase 437 configuration tables 63 data to Consumable or Runtime data files 495 J Jumping bookmarked WorkSPACE 224 from Comfort Controller status display tables 70 from configuration tables 81 155 156 from status display and mainte nancetables 70 from trends 231 K Keyboard functions 15 selecting commands 23 usage 14 L LAN Workstation adding 419 defining 419 deleting 420 setup 420 421 Launching areas short cut 34 Camier Network Manager 32 CNM short cut 34 ReportPanel 452 Setup 385 WorkSPACE Manager 217 Link Area adding 275 deleting 274 modifying 270 275 showing all 316 List Entry 153 to configure Comfort Control lers 153 Locking a ViewSPACE 260 Logging In automatic 431 Windows 6 Logging Out ComfortVIEW 10 WindowsNT 7 M Magenta Shading on point names 70 81 153 156 Maintenance Tables autoing 94 displaying 70 example 73 fomat 74 linking data to other PC applica tions 78 81 messages 74 modifying forcing values 92 modifying point descript
144. 64 Activity Report January 1998 January 1998 January 1998 January 1998 January 1998 January 1998 22 23 24 ZONE3 ZONE1 ZONE1 Timed Override Start 12 00 12 00 12 00 Requested Duration hh mm 0 14 0 36 0 20 Total Duration hh mm 0 14 0 36 0 20 565 566 Appendix B CWACCESS DILL Overview Comfort VIEW includes a dynamic link library DLL which allows third party programs to access CCN system elements central time schedules and occupancy and setpoint schedules It also lets those programs use Carrier s Autodial Gateway and Telink products to connect to remote CCNs This new DLL CWACCESS DLL is installed in the CVIEW Apps directory at the same time ComfortVIEW is installed The DLL is designed so that applications which use it can work independently of ComfortVIEW You do not need to be logged in to ComfortVIEW to use the DLL nor does ComfortVIEW need to be installed on the machine from which you are accessing the DLL s functions ComfortVIEW must however be installed and running on a ComfortVIEW server computer that is located on the same network as the computer from which you are accessing this DLL The DLL provides the following functions CW_InitLib CW_GetErrorBuffer CW_CloseLib CW_OpenOccupancyTable CW_CloseOccupancyTable CW_ReadPeriod CW_WritePeriod CW_OpenSetPointTable CW_CloseSetPointTable CW_ReadSetPoint CW_WriteSetPoint CW_ConnectToRemoteCCN
145. 8 3 Under the Data retrieval tab in the Time at which to retrieve data box enter the hour of day for automatic data retrieval of report data ComfortVIEW Report Panel application will automatically retrieve report data from your CCN options at ten minutes past the hour specified You may also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed hour For additional information on automatic data retrieval refer to the Report Panel chapter of this manual 4 Inthe Number of data retrieval retries box enter the number of times to re try automatic report data retrieval Should a failure occur that interferes with timed data retrieval ComfortVIEW will re try data retrieval every minute for the Figure 6 18 Setup Globals Dialog Box number of times specified You may also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed value 5 Inthe Data Retention Period text box enter the number of days that ComfortVIEW will retain retrieved report data in its database You can generate reports using the retained data until the end of this retention period At the end of the reten tion period the data will be automatically deleted Only retrieved report data for example consumable runtime and history data is subject to this purging Tab separated report files that are saved to the database as a result of a report generation process are not affected Note Valid entries range from 0 to 99 days Enterin
146. 98 NuUIW Se nul seynulW SAMUI So NUIIN s nui So NUIIN s nu So nuIIN SO NUIIN So NUIIN sw y uoz g uoz z uoz uoz z dwing L dwnd snes snjyeis Bunyb6rq Luny Bunybiq Huny puosseidwog Jossaidwoy z 10Ssaidwoy 10Sssaidwiog 1946M PAYD 19 86M pay uey unyay uey Ajddns SIN SIN OSIIN ISIN 4 1 49 4311149 4 49 ABINUD ASUS 431149 cHV LHV oh LL OL 6 8 Z 9 G v Z L x jdwo JueLnsu enny parun Jaquinn V66L 8Z 19q0 90 104 Wodey wnuny Ajleq VEEL x9 pul S19 9 SNOBUL 99SI Y6 L LL pusbs yoday AjujuOoW wyuny ajdwes ZZ 4 any xauuy aoueINsu jemny pallup ZL x uuy aoueINsU jemny Paliuy LL xauuy aoueINsU jemny payun OL x uuy aoUeINSU jemny parun 6 Araulyoeyy auesnsuyy jemny payun 8 Aaulyoeyy eoueinsuy jeninyy paun 9 Aaulyoeyy eouesnsuy JENIN peyun G Aaulyoeyy aouesnsuy JENIN peyun t Alaulyoeyy eouesnsuy Jenny payun aE ule 9ULINSUJ JeMNW POLUN Z A uUIyYJLy 2ULINSUuJ jenjnyy paun Z BIO ule BoUBINSU Jenny palun L pu 6 7 SLVE L6LE 6 eSe voce c Eg 8 894 Gk 0992 E Z9L 2992 Lyre 8Sv e Sjejo EYL eel Sv Sel rad VL 06 ELL 8 9 FLL OL OL Le 0 0 00 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 oe BL el 8 gL ol 6E 6r F9 Le r9 9G 9G 62 Zvi LE ZGk FYL EZ ol Z6 E LH OL vik GOL GOL 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 A BL el 8 gL ok 6 E 6r l9 Ze l9 9G 9G L v6 9O s noH snog snog snog sinoy siInoH sino sino sino sinoH sinoH sinoH 3a yau0z g uoz z
147. Air Space Temperature Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU OAT Dubie Air Temperature 70 0 dF Displays a list of force groups Table 8 1 Timed Force Groups Click on To Dialog Box the name of a group in the Force groups list New Modify select a group to modify or delete create a new force group The Timed Force Points dialog box is displayed Refer to Table and Figure 8 2 for instructions on using this dialog box modify the selected force group The Timed Force Points dialog box is displayed Refer to Table and Figure 8 2 Note Double clicking on an existing group in the Force Groups list also will display this dialog box continued 519 520 Table 8 1 Timed Force Groups Dialog Box continued Figure 8 2 Timed Force Points Dialog Box Clickon To De lete OK Cancel Help Timed Force Points Group name orce_Group1 Enabled Force using Local precedence Remote precedence Point Nationwide Mutual Insurance AHU 0 2 delete the selected force group At the confirmation dialog box click on Yes to delete the group or on No to close the dialog box without completing the deletion close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Force time 10 21 1997 02 40 PM Auto time 10 22 1997 02 40 PM Value
148. Alam Filters Dialog Box continued Click on To Area text box Element text box ComfortVIEW compares incoming alarms to your specified criteria and establishes which alarms are routed to which operators using the following rules ComfortVIEW begins by identifying criteria that might qualify the alarm for routing One possibility that will qualify is an exact match between your user defined criteria and the incoming alarm Other possibilities involve any wildcards that you use to specify criteria An incoming alarm must satisfy each of the three user defined criteria before the incoming alarm will be routed to any operator Refer to Table 6 9 for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards enter an up to 48 character name of the area whose alarms you wish this operator to receive Note This name must match the area name exactly as it appears in the System Overview window including case Enter the wildcard to receive alarms from all areas display the Speedy Data Entry dialog box where you can quickly and easily select the area element category table and point whose alarms you wish to present to this operator This dialog box is described in the Speedy Data Entry section of this manual s Carrier Network Manager chap ter enter an up to eight character element name of the CCN system element whose alarms you wish this operator to receive continued Table6 8 Alam Filters Dialog Box Click on
149. All 35304 Explanation The Excel spreadsheet will be able to read the following data for the ComfortVIEW point that corresponds to item number 35304 Description Point Value Units Status and Force Status 177 178 Linking Alarm Messages to Other Applications Table 2 48 ComfortVIEW Item Reference Names DDE Poke To link ComfortVIEW alarm messages to other PC applications use your application s specified method for creating programmed DDE links To link ComfortVIEW alarm messages you must specify the fol lowing link information in the DDE supported application e ComfortVIEW application name ComfortWORKS e Topic Name AlmNew e Item Reference See Table 2 48 for names of available alarm data Data Item Reference Alarm Message and Associated Custom Message AlmAll Alarm Message Only AlmMsg Custom Message Only AlmCMsg Example of Excel s requirements for creating programmed DDE alarm message links You would enter DDE alarm data link information in an Excel cell in the format shown below Note that this format varies dependent on the PC application to which you are linking ComfortWORKSI Topic Name Item Reference Example of Excel s actual cell formula ComfortWORKSIAIlmNew AlmMsg Explanation The Excel spreadsheet will be able to read the most current alarm message received by ComfortVIEW Using an established link from a third party application that supports D
150. Analog units Discrete states 0 1 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 OK Cancel Help Edits custom analog units 427 428 Specifying Global System Parameters Follow the steps below to specify the following global system parameters Metric or customary US units fixed setting chosen at installa tion e Time of day at which to automatically retrieve accumulated report data from your CCN options e Period of time to retain accumulated report data in your ComfortVIEW database e Number of times to re try report data retrieval should a failure occur e Disable enable of automatic alarm deletion including purge filename and threshold e Disable enable of system activity event logging length of time to retain system activity events in your ComfortVIEW database and automatic Comfort VIEW log in option Note Changes to the automatic data retrieval time report data retention period and number of retries parameters will take effect at the top of the hour 1 Display the Setup window If necessary refer to Launching the Setup Application 2 Click on the Setup menu item and then click on Globals ComfortVIEW displays the Setup Globals dialog box shown in Figure 6 1
151. CCN area and controller name that you have selected Note If desired you can remove the status bar from the System Overview window by clicking on the Op tions menu item followed by clicking on Status bar To return the status bar to the window perform these two commands again You may also change the window s font and point size Refer to the Changing the Font section of this chapter for instructions Double click on the System Overview icon to expand the directory tree and display the CCNs in your database Note Double clicking on an expanded System Overview icon collapses the tree Double click on a CCN to expand the directory tree and display the areas in that CCN Note If this is the first time you are accessing the Carrier Network Manager since installing ComfortVIEW there will be no CCNs Refer to Adding Modifying CCNs Double clicking on an expanded CCN collapses the tree Figure 2 1 shows an expanded System Overview window Refer to Table 2 1 for an explanation of the System Overview tree icons 33 The Contoller List Short Cut Figure 2 1 System Overview Window Tool Bar Status Bar Double click ona CCN to display its areas Double click again to hide the areas Double click on an area to display its controllers Double click again to hide the controllers 34 Double clicking on an area displays the list of controllers in that area A controller is a CCN system element with an addr
152. CCN Bus scissscssessteasessesbisaseedeseabestaeveenacis 82 Basic BUS Scaieni asie 89 System SUMMALY 00 ee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeees 90 Modifying Forcing Status Display or Maintenance Table Values 000 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 92 Forcing a POMMIT is sss cots oie enesestivies eevsseses 92 Antoing a Point 2 ccssepssessssseessnsssesssesessensss 94 To Modify Point Descriptions 96 To Copy and Paste Cell Data 0 96 Modifying Configuration Table Values 97 Drag and Diop isis ecsscssacsonesscncdsansistarsnisdssisies 98 Speedy Data Entry sescca 101 Modifying Configuration Decision Descriptions eects 103 Copying and Pasting Cell Data cicsseigevnesiessopieneiestaakedieetisets sce E 103 Modifying Table Names and Descriptions 104 Alternate Method oie eee eeeeeeeeereeeees 106 Copying and Moving Controller Configuration Data 0 s cscsscessccsesecesssoneecnessessveens 107 Copying Controllers sssssrerasiss irrien 107 Moving Controllers eects eeees 112 Verifying Controller Configuration Against Your Databases 114 Downloading ComfortVIEW Data to Controllers o occciseicncesevestesebesvarsvetevereasdetevserevecasiasns 115 To Download an Entire COMtOM ER eirinen 115 To Download a Specific PADIS 2 scctcsiveedeeett secenteevsr crete ie eisein 116 Uploading Controller Data to Comfort VIEW sinenengan 116 To Upload an Entire COMMONER Soevsectstoswzevsevidevt ch scdatettooleciesteveees 117 To Upload a Specific Tab
153. CCN access method If you are adding a Local Direct Connection CCN RS232 485 Click on the Port drop down list and select the computer serial port to which the CCN is attached CCN Ethernet Gateway Specify the IP address of this CCN s CCN to Ethernet converter Then click on the Extended button to display the Standard CCN Settings dialog box and select additional CCN parameters such Figure 2 4 Add New Dialog Box as address and baud rate Refer to Table 2 7 following these instructions for an explanation of the fields in this dialog box If you are adding a Remote Gateway or Modem Connection CCN Under Phone number select one of the following actions e Click on Add to add a new remote Gateway phone num ber and password to the phone number list or e Select a phone number and then click on Modify to change the number or e Select a phone number and then click on Delete to delete it 10 Refer to Figure 2 6 and Table 2 6 for further instructions on using the CCN Access Definition dialog box 11 Once you have entered all CCN access parameters click on OK This permanently saves the changes and closes the CCN Access Definition dialog box 12 Click on OK to close the New CCN Definition dialog box ComfortVIEW re displays the System Overview window The new CCN appears in the window in alphabetical order Add New Add new Carrier Comfort Network CCN O Area Building Floor Zone etc
154. CE Trend icon in the toolbar or on the Modify button in the trend window The Modify Current Trend dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 18 and Table 4 18 Click in the Name edit box to specify a new or modify the existing name Click on Select point to select a new or modify an exist ing trend point The Data Point Selection dialog box is displayed From the Select Area Select Element Select Category Select Table and Select Point drop down lists select the area element and table and name of the point that you wish to display on this new trend Refer to Figure 4 13 and Table 4 13 which appear earlier in this chapter for instructions on using the Data Point Selection dialog box 281 282 To Save the Trend 10 11 12 e Click on OK to select the currently displayed point and close the Data Point Selection dialog box or click on Cancel to close the dialog box without saving the point selection The Modify Current Trend dialog box is re displayed f Repeat Steps c to e to select each trend point In the Scan rate box enter the rate at which you would like to sample data You may also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed value Enable the Auto start option if you would like the trend to start every time the trend is displayed in run mode If you wish to save trend data to a file which you can then open and display at a later time enter an Archive file name C
155. ComfortVIEW compares incoming alarms to your specified criteria and establishes alarm WorkSPACE links using the following rules ComfortVIEW begins by identifying any criteria that might qualify the WorkSPACE for attachment One possibility that will qualify a WorkSPACE for attachment to an alarm is an exact match between your user defined criteria and the incoming alarm Other possibili ties involve any wildcards that you use to specify criteria If ComfortVIEW does not find any set of user defined criteria that qualify for attachment then the alarm will not have a WorkSPACE attached For example you may have one generic WorkSpace that is config ured for attachment to every air handler alarm and another WorkSPACE that is configured for attachment to air handler fan status alarms specifically To ensure that the fan status WorkSPACE gets attached to air handler fans status alarms you should assign a higher precedence to the fan status WorkSPACE than to the generic air handler WorkSPACE You would assign the fan status WorkSPACE a precedence of Very High and the air handler WorkSPACE a precedence of Medium If more than one WorkSPACE qualifies for attachment ComfortVIEW uses the one with the highest user specified precedence Follow these steps to assign a WorkSPACE to an incoming alarm or to modify an existing WorkSPACE incoming alarm assignment 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing t
156. Commands continued File Menu Commands Use this command to Exit exit the Report Viewer Window The Report Definition list re displays Options Menu Commands Use this command to Toolbar hide or display the toolbar that appears in the second line of report panel windows Status bar hide or display the status bar that appears along the bottom of the Report Viewer Window Help Menu Commands Use this command to Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information and copyright 493 494 Editing Report Data To Create the Text File ComfortVIEW gives you the ability to modify the consumable and runtime and tenant billing data that it retrieves from the Data Collec tion and Tenant Billing Options and stores in its database Specifically if there are missing or erroneous daily values in your monthly data you can insert the missing or modify the existing daily values by following the instructions below ComfortVIEW then automatically updates your monthly and yearly totals accordingly To edit your report data e Use the Windows Notepad application to create a text file con taining the new or modified daily values For instructions refer below to To Create the Text File e Display the report definition list and use the File menu s Import data command to import the Notepad text file into the ComfortVI
157. Connection Select RS 485 if you are adding a CCN that is physically wired to the local workstation using an internal RS 485 card or similar type device Select RS 232 if the workstation s serial port is connected to an external RS 232 485 convertor for example a CCN Repeater If you select either RS 485 or RS 232 you must now click on Port to specify the workstation name and associated serial port Select CCN Ethernet Gateway if the workstation is connected to the CCN over a building s Ethernet LAN using the CCN to Ethernet converter You must now enter the IP address associ ated with the CCN to Ethernet con verter Notes The Ethernet to CCN connec tion can only be associated with the ComfortVIEW server s network connection ComfortVIEW only supports Ethernet connections through one network card If you have mul tiple CCN to Ethernet connections they all will be associated with the same network card Remote Gateway Connection Select this method if you are adding a CCN that you will communicate with using a Gateway If you select this method you must click on Phone Number and specify the Gateway modem tele phone number of the remote CCN modem Optionally you can also click on Gateway to select a specific Gate way to use If you do not select a Gateway ComfortVIEW will search 45 46 Table 2 6 CCN Access Definition Dialog Box continued Click on To continued Port CCN Ethernet Gatewa
158. DE links between Comfort VIEW and the other PC software application in order to send the data You can also use another PC application that supports DDE poke to override forceable CCN point values Refer below to DDE Poke for further information on this feature e Controller point data The following controller point data will be sent any time there is a change in the data Point description Point value Point units Point status Point force status e The most recently received Carrier Comfort Network alarm The following alarm data can be sent Alarm message and associated custom alarm message Alarm message only Custom alarm message only e The application that is to receive the data must be linked to the appropriate ComfortVIEW data point See Linking Controller Point Data to Applications that Support Paste Link Linking Controller Point Data to Applications that Do Not Support Paste Link and Linking Alarm Messages to Other Applications below e You must be logged in to ComfortVIEW e The dynamic data must be changing in order to receive an update in the linked application One application that supports DDE is Microsoft s Excel spread sheet program To send data from ComfortVIEW to Excel you must establish a DDE link between the two applications This link is 175 176 Linking Controller Point Data to Applications that Do Not Support Paste Link easily established using commands available in the ComfortVIEW and
159. DE poke you can override force any forceable dynamic CCN point by establishing a DDE link to either the PntValue or CCNPntValue topic name The exact method to use to accomplish this varies based on the third party application If the target CCN point is analog the poked value must be an ASCII string represen tation of a number within the point s forceable limits The CCN Camer Network Manager Command Summary File Menu Table 2 49 File Menu point will be forced with a priority equal to that of a ComfortVIEW force If the target CCN point is discrete the value can take on several formats it can be an ASCH string representing a number in which case 0 will force the point to its off state and a non zero value will force the point to its on state or it can be an ASCII string equivalent to one of the two possible discrete states To auto re move a poked force poke a null value empty string or a carriage return line feed string to the DDE point This section describes each of the commands that appear in the Carrier Network Manager menus Command Use this command to Import copy a CWX configuration table file to a controller in the ComfortVIEW database Either enter the file name with extension CWX with the appropriate path or click on the button to the right of the Import from edit box and select the file from the File Open dialog box You could use this command after performing a Cold call to copy data to a c
160. Definition List Click on the report definition you wish to print Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Print icon ComfortVIEW opens the Windows Notepad application and dis plays the report definition information To print the Report Definition Click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Print To close the report Click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Exit You can change the report definition list font When you change the font all report definition list text is affected To change the font 1 6 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Dis playing the Report Definition List Click on the Options menu item followed by clicking on Font Comfort VIEW displays the Font dialog box Refer to Figure 7 11 In the Font box select the font you want to use The text in the Sample box changes to reflect the font you select In the Font Style box select any style options you want to use for example bold or italic In the Size box select the point size you want to use the larger the point size the larger the characters appears on your screen Click on OK Figure 7 11 Font Dialog Box E Generating a Report Required Conditions for Manual and Automatic Report Generation Note To Make the New Report Definition List Font and Point Size Permanent Click on the Options menu
161. Download copy the selected table s database from the ComfortVIEW database to the controller Verify compare the selected table s database Configuration table Maintenance table Time schedule Setpoint table Reference tables as it is stored in the controller with the associated database that is stored in the ComfortVIEW database display the selected point s associated configuration table display the selected point s associated maintenance table display the selected point s associated time schedule configuration table display the selected point s associated setpoint configuration table display object tables that reference that use the selected Comfort Control ler point in their configuration 189 Table 2 53a The following table describes each of the commands for the Config Configure Menu ure Menu that displays when you are viewing a Basic Bus Scan Detailed Bus Scan or System Summary window Command Use this command to Modify Copy Add to database 190 when viewing a Bus Scan window modify the selected controller s name sort key or linked WorkSPACE The CCN Element Definition dialog box will be displayed For an explana tion of each dialog box option refer to the Adding Modifying Controllers section of this chapter copy a selected system element s database to one or more similar system elements The Areas dialog box will be dis played Select the target area The CC
162. Downloading ComfortVIEW Data to Controllers To Download an Entire Controller You use the Download command to send configuration table data to a selected controller You can download an entire controller or only a single configuration table Performing a download overwrites the configuration at the controller When you download an entire controller ComfortVIEW sends data from its database to the controller When you download a single table ComfortVIEW sends the on screen data which may be different from its database data to the controller You could for example edit table data and send it to the controller without saving the edited data in the ComfortVIEW database Instructions on downloading data to the Comfort Controller can be found in the Configuring Comfort Controllers section of this chapter 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List Click on the controller whose configuration you wish to download Note ComfortVIEW allows you to download multiple controllers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Contoller List window Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Down load Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Download icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking
163. E name Up to 48 characters are allowed close the dialog box and save current settings exit the dialog box without saving display help information Modifying an WorkSPACE Follow the instructions below to launch the WorkSPACE Manager application and modify an existing WorkSPACE You can modify the WorkSPACE name and its owned global designation If desired you can also modify or delete the WorkSPACE s existing ViewSPACEs and trends or add new ViewSPACEs and trends to the WorkSPACE Note If the WorkSPACE Manager application is already running and in design mode you can modify an existing WorkSPACE at any time by e clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on the Open WorkSPACE command or by clicking on the Open WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar e selecting the WorkSPACE that you wish to modify e proceeding to Step 6 in the following list Double click on the WorkSPACE Manager icon to launch the WorkSPACE Manager application The Open WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed In the Open WorkSPACE dialog box click on Cancel The dialog box closes and ComfortVIEW displays a new blank WorkSPACE window in run mode Switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode Click on Yes when asked whether you wish to load the current WorkSPACE for design The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and displays a blank WorkSPACE The message Design displays in the lowe
164. E6 9 98 0 98 ady FESE 0 Z9 6907 6 6ZE oer oes 90L gee Gee ceS 6 87 c 6r Jew elev 6 86 cry BSLV 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ges elev 6 86 cry 6ClLY 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 uef v66L s noH snog snog sJnOoH sunoH S NOH sinoH sinoy sunoy sinoH sinoH sinoH yuon y uoz g uoz z uoz 9u0Z z dund L dwing snjyeis snes uny Bunny Buiyybiq Gunybrq p s0ssaidwoyg g 10ssaidwog z 10ssaidwog JoSSaidwoy 1948M PAYS 1918M Pally Uey unyay Uey Ajddns OSIN OSIIN OSIN OSIIN 4311149 41311149 1311149 1311149 1311149 1311149 cHV LHV rA LL OL 6 8 Z 9 e v rd L x jdwo9 Juensul jemny parun V66L 8Z 4940190 104 Wodey sumuNY IYLUON S19 8IN SNO ULJJ JSIN DL EL Y6 L LL yoday OVIH B dwes 67 2 any x uuy aoueINSsU JeMNA payun ZL x uuy JULINSUJ jenjny payun LL x uuy aoueINsU jenny parun OL x uuy aoUeINSU jemny palun 6 Aaulyoeyy eoueinsu jenny peyun 8 Aaulyoeyy eoueinsu jenny parun Z Aaulyoeyy eoueinsuy JENIN payun 9 Alauiyoeyy aoueinsuy jenny peyun G Alauiyoeyy aouesnsuy jenny paun t Alaulyoeyy aouesnsuy enny paun 21JO ule eoUeINSUY JENIN paun Z aoWO ule eoUeINSU JENIN paun L pu b 7 YyoJeusiyy aseqejeg G dnyels 21219S1q p JOU uoneIn yuop JOU 2JEMPIEH Z ainjje4 UONCIIUNWIWIOD L 3jqeleay 2812eq ON 0 YSL loz S0 vo SS EZ 8g S4 Z 6L z o zo LLl9 1 S9 G29 0S E2 ool v6l Vo Vo ZE ols 00 0 Gres vst v9l Vo Vo GE els 00 0 SLO VG
165. EW database If you are modifying existing daily totals the text file data will overwrite the existing values If you are inserting missing daily totals the text file data will be inserted into the monthly data The monthly and yearly data will automati cally update accordingly For instructions on importing the Notepad text file refer below to To Import the Data into the Consumable Runtime or Tenant Billing Data File 1 Use the Windows Notepad application to create a file with the new or modified data Note You must type each line of data in the format shown below Separate each piece of data with a Tab For Consumable and Runtime Data Year Tab Month Tab Day Tab Numeric Value Tab Index where Year the 4 digit year Ex 1999 Month 1 12 Day 1 31 Numeric Value the daily value Index 0 Consumable 1 8 Runtime Index For Tenant Billing Data Year Tab Month Tab Day Tab Hour Tab Minute Tab Zone Tab Name Tab Duration where Year the 4 digit year Ex 1999 Month 1 12 Day 1 31 Hour 1 24 Minute 1 60 Zone the tenant billing zone Name the zone name Duration time in minutes To Import the Data into the Consumable Runtime or Tenant Billing Data File Save the Notepad text file in the directory CVIEW REPORTS using the RPT file extension Example Notepad text file containing consumable data EXAMPLE RPT 1994 9 1 21113 2567 0 Explanation When this text fil
166. EZ Eve GOL cele gt 894 962Z LEE Gc9S 00 8 LEZ OSE cv9l OLEL 0894 008z GLEE Gc9S Gp Z oe Jaye anje YIH eq snes cv 89 As GS89EL z Ovs oot L 0 0 Gv 0 OV OZ S48 GS89EL ves oleae 0 0 0 0 cv 69 Les GB9EL Ors 0045 0 0 SLO lv OZ As GS89EL Ovs oorl 0 0 00 0 v6 LE OL HM HM NLain NLaIN sql sgl SsTv9 S1V5 oul JOJOWIYLC AA JOJOWYeAA MO MO 4 MO j MO 4 MOJ 198M MO 4 138M x uuy JIHO seg x uuy Sed 3010 wWe 3 S xouuUy WELS 39 JJO paly gt xouuy P INYO 39O JIYLOATS 314193713 YsTIO d Y4311I0d 43 11I0d 43 110d Y3STIIHO Y3TIHHO x jdwo soueinsu enny paun lapeay Y66L LE 19q0 90 104 HOday ajqewinsuod A leq DLE S19 9 N SNO JULJJ JSI IN ll childs uo du gt s q pod y WRN lOd payeiauay eyeq 40 93eq uondu2saq yoday sully M anil Hodey Julod pay yun 510 yodoay AjyjuOW jqewnsuo ajdwes pzZ 4 aunhy 511 abesn yead sajeo pul gt v9SOl 669Z1 Gl loleov 0Sc0v0vr Z96220 GZL6ZLY 9962069 8099786 S e O L E8vel cLyecd O GELSOL O GccSZL GGZOL GGc6ZL 00S9S 00SZer Le 269 v6rv OZc0ke O SVOSE LLGL LG8SE OOElS 00998 oe 9967 tver L 6ZLE G 6vS8E c99ES 9EVEE OEv9sS OSOV6 6z 8L9EL 26900 981901 Z 8708 L6z9801 8pOlL8t G906S GLLLEV 8z EOL 608 1 Brel Z 82866 LZ e9v99l GZICOL AAAS GL9Eve Gcl90r 3 Auo 068 LESPZ L t 60900 L lFSGLSZ9L LZ8zZ0 89ELZL vicsrve 069807 9 vreg LEZGLZ 9 626001 0 912891 LGZEOL G80cZ1 Ove9re 010140154 G vEse L9GEZ G 898Z0l 8 08Z6Z1 6tE
167. Environmental Systems Translator BEST custom programming language This easy to use programming language gives you the ability to write programs to supplement or enhance the standard control algorithms that are resident in Carrier s Comfort Controllers Instructions on operating the Comfort VIEW BEST application are included in Appendix D of the BEST Programmer s Refer ence Manual 808 893 This manual can be ordered from Carrier Literature Distribution 537 538 Appendixes Appendix A Additional ComforViIEW Reports Table A 1 Additional Reports Defining a System Activity Report Consumable runtime and history reports are described in this manual s Report Panel chapter Other report types that are available to you are described in Table A 1 below Report Type Contents System Activity ComfortVIEW system type events refer to Table A 4 for a list of the events that can be reported Alarm Summary Selected alarm information Time Schedule Controller by controller occupancy schedules and associated points Tenant Billing Timed overrides and resulting charges To produce any of these reports you need to first create a report definition and then generate the report The remainder of this appendix describes how to create report definitions for each of the above report types see the Report Panel chapter for instructions on generating reports Follow these steps to create a report defini
168. Excel menu structures To establish a DDE link use each application s Copy and Paste commands as follows 1 Launch your Excel spreadsheet program and open a new worksheet 2 Launch the Carrier Network Manager application and access the controller whose data you wish to share 3 Select the controller s status or maintenance display table and open the table for display 4 Find the point that you wish to use Use the mouse to select the point s description point value units or force status Note You can select one or all of the point s fields To select all of the fields and to include the time of the last point update click on the button to the left of the point description and select the entire row You can only select one point at a time 6 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy 7 Simultaneously press the Alt and Tab keys to switch to your Excel application 8 Select the cell that you wish to link to your selected ComfortVIEW point data When pasting an entire row select a range of cells equal to the number being copied from ComfortVIEW 9 Click on Excel s Edit menu item and then click on Paste Special and Link 10 Your selected ComfortVIEW point data will appear in the appropriate worksheet cells If the application to which you are linking does not support the Paste Link function you must specify the ComfortVIEW DDE link infor mation manually Use your application s specified
169. Figure 7 4 and Appendix A Modify the specifications as desired Click on OK to exit the dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes ComfortVIEW re displays the report definition list Figure 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports Report Definition Report Name ZONE TEMP Report Description Zone Temp Tracking Report m Report Dates O None History Range of times dates Data from 00 00 10 23 96 Automatic Retrieval Option Enable automatic data retrieval Data through Enable automatic report generation 23 59 10 24 96 Save tab separated data file Print to x Save dates as relative HP LaserJet III Data retrieval period Defaults Data Points Manual Generation Options Format Retrieve History data Send report directly to CWREPORT OK Cancel Help Closes this dialog box and saves settings Click on To the Report Name text box enter an up to 8 character name for the report This name identifies the report in the report definition list the Report Description text box enter an up to 48 character description for the report This name appears along with the 8 character report name in the report definition list It is also the report title that prints on
170. Fregency minutes Broadcast Name C C C Click on To Enabled enable or disable the functionality of this transfer or broadcast Read from select the point to transfer or broad cast The Point Selection dialog box will be displayed Select the point from the area element category continued 525 526 Table 8 4 To Modify Point Transfer Click on Dialog Box continued Transfer Write to Force level drop down list Broadcast Name Frequency OK Cancel Help table and point drop down lists If necessary refer to Table and Figure 4 13 in this manual s WorkSPACE Manager chapter for instructions on using the Point Selection dialog box specify this instance to be a point transfer select the point to which you wish to transfer The Point Select dialog box will be displayed select the force level for point trans fers You must select a force with a higher level which will appear above this one in the drop down list Broad casts will automatically use a Control force level specify this instance to be a broadcast specify the point name that will receive the broadcasted data ComfortVIEW will broadcast the specified Read from point value to all local CCN system elements contain ing this point name specify the time interval at which the broadcasts transfers of data will execute Point transfer allowable entries 1 240 Broadcast allowable entries 15 240
171. Global Function Manager Menu Command Summary at the end of this chapter for a description of each menu item and com mand You can configure a Comfort VIEW server to automatically force and auto one or more user specified points based on user specified time parameters Follow the steps below to set up modify or delete a timed force 1 Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Timed Force The Timed Force Groups dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 1 This dialog box contains the names of all currently configured force groups As you select a force group the group s force and auto time force precedence enable disable status and the names of all points that are currently assigned to the group display under Force group 517 518 information and in the Force points list in the lower section of the dialog box 2 Inthe Timed Force Groups dialog box you can do the fol lowing e Click on New to define a new force group up to 300 force groups can exist or click on an existing force group and then click on Modify to modify it The Timed Force Points dialog box will be displayed Use this dialog box to add and delete points from the group up to 60 points per group and to specify force precedence and force and auto time Double click on the Value cell to specify a new or modify the existing force value Refer to Figure and Table 8 2 for instructions on using this dialog box e Click on an existin
172. If the Auto Login feature has been enabled for this ComfortVIEW workstation you will be automatically logged into Comfort VIEW as part of Windows login The ComfortVIEW Logout application will display in the Windows taskbar which is typically located at the bottom of your screen For more information on this Auto Login feature refer to Specifying Global System Parameters in the Setup chapter of this manual For Windows 2000 1 Click on the Windows Start button and then click on Shut Down 2 Inthe Shut Down Windows dialog box select Log off fol lowed by your username 3 Then click on Yes For Windows XP 1 Click on the Windows Start button and then click on Log Off 2 Inthe Log Off Windows dialog box click on Log Off After you log out of Windows ComfortVIEW continues to run and all network functions carry on Report data is automatically re trieved and alarms continue to be received from the network as they occur Alarms will be indicated as configured ComfortVIEW applications are accessible to a single Windows XP user account at a time the first user to log in to Windows If on attempting to launch any ComfortVIEW application you receive the message ComfortVIEW is currently attached to another user ses sion this means that ComfortVIEW is currently running in another Windows XP user s session In order to run ComfortVIEW do the following cy Logging In Comfort WORKS Login Log out of Wind
173. Is In Use and you will not be permitted to disconnect if another operator is currently viewing a status display or mainte nance table in the remote CCN ComfortVIEW displays a confirmation dialog box asking if you wish to disconnect to the selected CCN s 2 Click on Yes to disconnect or click on No to prevent the discon nect from taking place When you are disconnected from the remote CCN the status line dis plays Disconnect Be aware that ComfortVIEW automatically disconnects you from a remote CCN if after an operator specified number of minutes no communication occurs The Autodial Gateway will generate an alarm to notify you of an automatic disconnect For additional information on the automatic disconnect feature refer to the explanation of the Phone Number Configuration dialog box in the Adding and Modifying CCNs section of this chapter Printing Canier Network Manager Data Table 2 45 Available Reports To Print the System Overview or Table Window Report The File menu s Print command provides you with the capability to print the following reports Report Description System Overview Window A snapshot of the System Overview window Controller List A list of all controllers in a selected area Included for each controller is its 8 charac ter controller name address and a list of all tables in the controller Controller Database A list of all configuration tables in a selected controller Incl
174. L 66 S vo 0 8 29 rere G9 OLO E 6L L S LO LO S0 0 roz EGL z o z o Ge ols 00 0 19 L99 z 99 HO dojs 00 0 v6 Z2 0L dv dv dv dv dp OcHUI AP Ap dp oul ypiuny amnpidw sinssaig ainjeieadwsa sainyesodway ainjesodwey Aejay snes 1 2 p x uuy Yep sO Leyepxeuuy L eyep2dyO salejay sly episino one1g 9aoeds diy pauinjay 11y Ajddns yoojie uy V H uey Ajddns 43 109 413 109 43 1 49 4 Jl 49 LHV LHV LHV LHV LHV LHV LHV LHV 45 LL OL 6 8 Z 9 S v 4 L xajdwog soueinsu en ny payun V66L 8Z 19q0 90 104 Hod y AsojsiH Ajleq DEEL S19 9IN SNOsue soSI N Y6 L LL 516 Global Function Manager Global Function Manager Launching the ec lobal Function Manager Application Timed Force This chapter provides information on ComfortVIEW s Global Func tion Manager application For instructions on Tum to page launching the Global Function Manager application 517 configuring a ComfortVIEW server to automatically force and auto user specified groups of points 517 transmitting data from point to point or broadcasting point data onto the CCN Bus 522 creating global occupancy schedules 527 configuring global holidays 527 a summary of all Global Function Manager commands 534 To launch the Global Function Manager application Double click on the Global Function Manager icon ComfortVIEW displays the Global Function Manager window The top line of the window contains the Global Function Manager menu Refer to
175. Loop 1 Else Me DayLoop 0 End If Next key The Me DayLoop expression is used to access the variable name which is stored as a string in DayLoop and is a member of the current Microsoft Access Form This could also be accomplished in Visual Basic by storing the values in an array int CW_WritePeriod unsigned short Tableld unsigned short PeriodNumber unsigned short DOWFlags unsigned short OccupiedStartHour unsigned short OccupiedStartMinute unsigned short OccupiedEndHour unsigned short OccupiedEndMinute This function writes a period specification to the table specified in Tableld The table to be written to must have been opened with the CW_OpenOccupancyTable function prior to calling this function When the table is opened with this function it returns the Tableld value which is used by the CW_WritePeriod function to identify the proper table Note that the new period is not saved to the database until the table is closed with the CW_CloseOccupancyTable function and a non zero SaveFlag However if you read this table before it is closed you will receive the new data Parameters Tableld This value is supplied by the CW_OpenOccupancyTable function PeriodNumber The period number to read DOWFlags Returns a packed byte representing the days of the week and holidays in the following manner MTWTFSSH OccupiedStartHour Returns the start hour of period 0 24 OccupiedStartMinute Returns the start Minute of period 0 59 Occ
176. MOSS Data Collect Consumab CONSMO6S Data Collect Consumab ICONSMO07S Data Collect Consumab ICONSMO8S Data Collect Consumab ICONSMOQS Data Collect Consumab CONSM10S Data Collect Consumab ICONSM11S Data Collect Consumab CONSM12S Data Collect Consumab CONSM13S Data Collect Consumab CONSM14S Data Collect Consumab CONSM15S Data Collect Consumab ICONSM 16S Data Collect Consumab CONSM17S Data Collect Consumab CONSM18S Data Collect Consumab E ICONSM19S Data Collect Consumab CONSM20S Data Collect Consumab 770707000 090 DO DO 0000 Oo fe Figure 2 32 Sample History Option Table List Window To Add a New Consumable or Runtime Option Table omfo D O able vja i 5 E Hek Et 6 Sika ComfortVIEW Lab History Tables Ho Hos sTRM17S Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst ie ES Dan J z e cas t HSTRM17S Data Collect History Mst RM17S Data Collect History Mst Data Collect History Mst Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst 7S Data Collect History Mst Data Collect H
177. Mainte nance table and OK to display the corresponding BEST table You can modify BEST configuration table or force mainte nance table data If necessary refer to the Modifying Con figuration Table Values or Modifying Forcing Status Dis play or Maintenance Table Values section of this chapter for instructions Note Be sure to Save and Download any configuration table modifications 161 Figure 2 42A HILLER Custom Program chiller t BEST Programs OK Cancel Help To BEST 4 Programs Dialog Box Select a BEST program AH Custom program ah Configuration table Maintenance table Selects an object for table display Table 2 42A Click BEST Programs ccon Dia og Box a program in the Select a BEST program list Configuration table Maintenance table OK Cancel Help 162 select the BEST program whose configuration or maintenance table you wish to display to display the configuration table for the selected BEST program to display the maintenance table for the selected BEST program close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Exporting Controller Configuration Data ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to back up an entire controller s database to another directory sub directory or drive You should make
178. Maintenance Table Values section of this chapter 1 Display the System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager 2 Display the controller list If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Displaying the Controller List 3 Double click on a controller to view its table categories Double click on Status Display to view status display tables or on Maintenance Display to view maintenance tables 5 Double click on the table you wish to view Certain table categories may contain additional sub catego ries If you select a table category of this type another list of sub categories will be shown and you should click on a sub category from this list Refer to Figure 2 16 Sample status display and maintenance tables appear in the following figures The Carrier Network Manager provides you with a short cut to display and modify a selected point s associated configuration maintenance time schedule or setpoint table while you are viewing status display or maintenance tables To display a point s associated tables click on the Configure menu item followed by clicking on Configuration Maintenance Time Schedule or Setpoint While you are viewing Comfort Controller status display tables the Carrier Network Manager provides you with a means to list the names of all Comfort Controller objects that are usi
179. Mechanical Syracuse Offices Space Temps and Setpoints Click on To a ViewSPACE or trend in the Select ViewSPACE Trend list select the ViewSPACE or trend to open OK close the dialog box and save the changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Figure 4 10 Save Current WorkSPACE As Dialog Box Table 4 10 Save Current WorkSPACE As Dialog Box Name Owned O Global Click on Save Current WorkSPACE As 23 XL Chiller Monitor Cancel Closes this dialog box and restores previous settings Clone To the Name edit box Owned Global Clone OK Cancel Help enter the new WorkSPACE name Up to 48 characters are allowed allow this WorkSPACE to be dis played by any user but only modified or deleted by you the creator allow this WorkSPACE to be dis played modified or deleted by any user copy all ViewSPACEs trends and associated points to a new WorkSPACE The Clone WorkSPACE dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 4 10a close the dialog box and save current settings exit the dialog box without saving display help information 249 250 Figure 4 10a Clone WorkSPACE Dialog Box Table 4 10a Clone WorkSPACE Dialog Box Click on To the Name edit box OK Cancel Help enter the new WorkSPAC
180. Modify Trend Data Point Parameters and Trend History ssacssecesseQeenessacevsctie etephisedeaves 231 To Save Trend Data to a File oe 232 Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE 233 To Launch the WorkSPACE Manager Application and Display a ViewSPACE in R n MOOG ieneccc ste ssctceccsessethesvavonetentdacsseseiteccs 233 To View a Data Box s Point Name and Description eee eee 235 To View or Modify Data Point Parameters and Values 0 0006 235 To Add a New Data BOX cccccceseesceeeee 236 To Jump to a Linked WOrkSPACE e sccikecsssestecescevevseeetsceevaseeiveoss 241 To Share ViewSPACE Data with Other Applications IDE eo Nea a nies nasacort 241 Alarm Wizard 0522 cess riecueseese te sisets coseoussants 243 Trend Wizard scccssecscceossietsepsvssussencosesectenes 244 Report Wizard ceciren anaes 244 Creating a New WorkSPACE 0 ieee eee 245 WorkSPACE Cloning sceseereeesenes 246 Modifying an Existing WorkSPACE 251 Deleting a WorkSPACE eee 253 Creating a New ViewSPACE ee 255 Overview of the Process 0 255 Graphic Background Drawing Specifications 0 255 Step by step Instructions 0 256 Modifying An Existing ViewSPACE 272 To Modify the ViewSPACE NAME eee a Siesta eka 212 To Modify Data Box Parameters Location and SIVA A EAEE EA 213 To Delete a Data Box or LINK APE eiesionrcserinna giii 274 To Add
181. N Elements dialog box will then be displayed Select one or more system elements as the target for the copy If desired you can also enable this dialog box s download option which will download the source element s configuration to the target system element s as part of the configuration copy add the selected system elements to the ComfortVIEW database In the Bus Scan and System Summary windows those system elements that have not been added to the ComfortVIEW database will be preceded by dimmed icons You can use the Add to database command to add all such system elements to the database continued Table 2 53a Configure Menu continued CCN Tools Menu Table 2 54 CCN Tools Menu Command Use this command to The Areas dialog box will be dis played Select the target area and click on OK On completion of the add process the Controller List will be displayed You can then upload the shadow controller configuration to the ComfortVIEW database if desired To incorporate the new database statuses into the Bus Scan or System Summary window you must use the Refresh command that is located in the Bus Scan or System Summary window s Window menu The following table describes each of the commands in the CCN Tools menu Command Use this command to Time Date modify and send the time of day date Bus Services day of week and holiday status to all controllers or a selected controller in a CCN You ca
182. N number edit box modify the displayed CCN number You must assign the new CCN a number that is different from those that are currently used in the target ComfortVIEW database This number is used internally by various ComfortVIEW applications to identify CCNs Used CCN numbers can be viewed by clicking on the down arrow in the Used CCN numbers drop down list continued 440 Table6 22 Imported CCN Definition Dialog Box continued Note If you are importing a remote CCN that will be accessed by Autodial Gateway this number must match the Customer Number config ured at the remote Autodial Gateway Clickon To Used CCN numbers view the highest number already in use in the target database Click on the down arrow to view a complete list of all used CCN numbers OK close the dialog box and save the selection Cancel exit the dialog box without saving the selection Help display help information Figure 6 23 AGANE WIE New Name Dialog Box A ViewSPACE of the given name already exists Enter a new name or press Overwrite to replace Original name New name ViewSPACE Controller Comfort Overwrite Overwrite all Skip OK Cancel Help 441 Table 6 23 New Name Dialog Box Click on To New name edit box Overwrite Overwrite all Skip OK Abort Help 442 modify the name of the database item that is being imported Note If des
183. Note In Windows 9x client it is recom mended that you do not open more than one instance of the Report Viewer application This is to conserve system resources exit the report definition list 505 506 Edit Menu Table 7 20 Edit Menu The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the report definition list s Edit menu Click on To Copy Delete Modify create a copy of a selected report definition ComfortVIEW copies the selected report definition and displays the copied Report Definition dialog box Type the new Report Name and if desired make any other modifica tions Click on OK to close the dialog box and save changes made or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes delete a selected report definition At the Reconfigure the data collection tables prompt click on Yes to deallocate or free up any data collec tion tables or on No to prevent table deallocation from taking place You would typically select No if you wish to keep the tables in a Data Collection Option for later use or if the tables are in a GPM or HPM and cannot be deallocated You will then be presented with a deletion confirmation dialog box Clicking on Yes completes the report definition deletion or on No cancels the report deletion Note that if you have specified table deallocation but the tables are being used by other report definitions they will not be deallocated modify th
184. Note Refer to Table 6 4 for a list of functions and their corresponding ComfortVIEW operations The selected functions will display in the Allowed functions list If you wish to remove a function from the Allowed functions list select the function and click on Remove gt gt When the Allowed functions list contains the desired func tions for this access level click on Save Click on OK to close the dialog box and save the new access level Select the access level from the list displayed under Select an Access Level Do one of the following depending on whether you want to modify or delete an access level e To modify an access level s associated functions click on Modify and then follow Steps 3 to 6 under To Create a New Access Level e To delete an access level click on Delete ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirma tion before deleting the selected access level Click on Yes to delete the access level or click on No to prevent the deletion from taking place 395 396 Table 6 4 Access Level Functions Function Allows You Alarm Acknowledgment Alarm Management Alarm Viewing Control Element Administration Based on area assignments and alarm filters to e acknowledge an alarm e attach an operator note to an alarm Based on area assignments and alarm filters to e delete selected alarms e suppress nuisance alarms Based on area assignments and alarm filters to
185. Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Delete icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before deleting the CCN Click on Yes to initiate the deletion or click on No to prevent the deletion from taking place If you click on Yes ComfortVIEW prompts you again before deleting the CCN Click on Yes to complete the deletion or click on No to prevent the deletion from taking place Note If ComfortVIEW displays the message CCN Is In Use you have attempted to delete a CCN containing a controller that is currently being accessed by you or another ComfortVIEW operator Attempt the deletion again when the controller is available 4 To Delete Follow the steps below to delete an area an Area Note Deleting an area also deletes all controllers assigned to the area 1 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager 2 Click on the area to be deleted 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Delete Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Delete icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before deleting the area 4 Click on Yes to initiate the deletion or click on No to prevent the deletion from taking place If you click on Yes ComfortVIEW pr
186. OR TREND Options Owned Global X Auto Start Auto Connect Scan rate 60 seconds Archive filename Quick select IE Select point Point 1 LOAD Cooler Load Color Range Select point Point 2 ECW Entering Water Temp Color Range Point 3 LCW Leaving Water Temp Select point Color Range Point 4 CWFL Water Flow GPM LPS Select point Color Range Point 5 Select point Color Range Point 6 Select point Origin Color Range OK Cancel Help Click on To Name up to 48 characters are allowed Owned specify that this this trend can be displayed by any operator but only modified or deleted by the creator Global specify that this trend can be used Select point modified or deleted by any operator select the trend point The Data Point Selection dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 13 and Table 4 13 for instructions on using this dialog box continued Table 4 18 Modify Trend Dialog Box continued Click on To Color Range Auto start Auto connect Scan rate Archive filename Quick select select the color for the corresponding point s trend line select the range of values within which to plot the corresponding poi
187. P da seven Bunea MOT Ov O UON J9I11YD SS21q YBIH INdH jue d feashyd lenny Apun 4p dwa sayen Bunau MOF Or 0 UOW J2111ND SS Ad YBIH NdH quel feaskyd lenny Apun peoT 191000 GWO1 Or O UO J9IIIUD Sselq YBIH INdH que id IE9 S Ud renny Apun LCW Leaving Water Temp dF EAS pues soyuop say 1xez pusben EZ Bumold PG LL ZL Wd HEGO UBS JUBDY ISON ve Z IZL Wd LE8EZ uedS ISI puss JOWUOW J9IIUD IXEZ AP Ort dw Bune g a 0 0 gt j SEN ujeno IO peo ISd ISd Z anssaid ULIN H OvL NSS ld JULIN H 4posg dw 194M puea 4p oS dwa 19 eM punes APOZL dw seyeny uuau 4p p9 dwa 1 4eM fuy ua dP OEL aunyesodwa O Y3SNJANO9O HOlvVYOdYA3 497009 ISd 06 e dojs vels 19 ainssald O z HEIS 1S ae fae Kepo SUIS JO O dway sayeqy unaua M9F aunyesadwa O LO JEDIUBYO TXEZ AOVdSMAIA d H mopum suondg uny asnByuod p3 aly JOWUOW 4191114 TXEZ Figure 4 2 Sample WorkSPACE Window Drop Down List WorkSPACE Manager Toolbar Table 4 2 WorkSPACE Manager ToolbarIcons Clicking on the drop down list to the left of the window s toolbar displays the names of the WorkSPACE s associated ViewSPACEs and trends Selecting a ViewSPACE or trend from this list while you are in run mode opens the ViewSPACE or trend for viewing of dynamic data Selecting a ViewSPACE or trend
188. PACE trend or click on the Modify button in the ViewSPACE window The WorkSPACE Manager displays the Modify Current ViewSPACE dialog box Refer to Figure 4 17 and Table 4 17 Note You can also display this dialog box by clicking on the Modify ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar or by double clicking anywhere within the ViewSPACE window Do not however click on a data or link box In the Name edit box modify the ViewSPACE name as de sired Click on OK to close the dialog box and save modifications or on Cancel to close the dialog box and restore the previous settings Figure 4 17 Modify Curent ViewSPACE Dialog Box Table 4 17 Modify Curent ViewSPACE Dialog Box To Modify Data Box Parameters Location and Size Name Modify Current ViewSPACE 23XL Chiller Monitor OK Cancel Help Modifies the window s name Click on To the Name edit box Owned Global Time display Auto connect OK Cancel Help enter a new or modify the existing ViewSPACE name Up to 48 charac ters are allowed specify that this ViewSPACE can only be modified by the operator who created it specify that this ViewSPACE can be modified by any operator have this ViewSPACE include time and date display if this ViewSPACE contains points from a remote CCN automatically connect to the remote CCN on dis playing the ViewSPACE close the dialog box and save the current settings
189. PORT printer that you create in the Windows NT Print Manager select the following defaults e Enable automatic report generation e Save tab separated data file e Save Dates as Relative e Report Dates Data from 00 00 yesterday to 23 59 today continued 543 544 Table A 2 Report Definition Dialog Box continued Click on To Events System Activity only Filters Alarm Summary only CCN elements Time Schedule only Data tables Tenant Billing only select the system activity events on which to report ComfortVIEW displays the Report Event Groups dialog box which lists the events that will be included in the report and allows you to add and remove events See Figure A 3 and Table A 3 for instructions on using this dialog box select the CCN elements whose alarms will be included in the report When you click this button you will see the Alarm Filters dialog box which lists the elements that will be included in the report and lets you add and removeup to 48 elements Double clicking on an item moves it from one list to the other select the CCN elements whose schedules will be included in the report When you click this button you will see the CCN Elements dialog box This dialog box lists the elements that will be included in the report and lets you add and remove up to 48 elements Double clicking on an item moves it from one list to the other select the tenants who will be include
190. Remote Site Manager icon to launch the application Note It is not necessary to log in to ComfortVIEW before running this application ComfortVIEW launches the Remote Site Manager application and displays the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager dialog box Refer to Figure 3 1 In the ComfortVIEW Remote Sites list click on the remote site that you wish to delete and then click on Delete WorkS PACE Manager WorkSPACE Manager This chapter provides instructions on ComfortVIEW WorkSPACE Manager application For instructions on Tum to page using WorkSPACEs in run mode e accessing the WorkSPACE Manager and displaying a WorkSPACE using trends in run mode e displaying and using trends using ViewSPACEs in run mode e displaying and using a ViewSPACE using WorkSPACEs in design mode e creating anew WorkSPACE e cloning WorkSPACEs e modifying an existing WorkSPACE e deleting a WorkSPACE using ViewSPACESs in design mode e creating anew ViewSPACE e modifying an existing ViewSPACE e creating tabular data box displays e deleting removing ViewSPACEs using trends in design mode e creating and modifying trends e deleting removing trends connecting to disconnecting from a Remote CCN in run mode printing ViewSPACEs and trends in run or design mode animated data box frame creation guidelines a summary of all WorkSPACE Manager commands 216 225 233 245 246 251 253 255 212 277
191. Report History Automatic Retrieval Options Enable automatic data retrieval Enable automatic report generation Save tab separated data file Collection Period 0 Data will be retrieved at hour specified in the ComfortVIEW Setup application Manual Generation Options Retrieve history data Report Dates Data from yesterday s to today s date Save Dates as Relative Enabled continued 465 466 Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Clickon To Box Consumable Runtime and History Defaults continued Reports continued Data Tables Format OK Cancel Help Consumable and Runtime Defaults Report Daily Automatic Retrieval Options Enable automatic data retrieval Enable automatic report generation Save tab separated data file Manual Generation Options Retrieve today s data Report Dates Range of Data Yesterday through today Save Dates as Relative Enabled select the tables to include in the report ComfortVIEW displays the Report Data Tables dialog box This box allows you to select a CCN and display the names of all Data Collection Option tables in the CCN You can then select the tables containing the points you wish to include in the report You can include points from more than one CCN whether they are local or remote Refer to Figure 7 6 and Table 7 6 for instructions on using this dialog box select the report format Comfort VIEW displays the Report Format dialog box
192. Return Air Enthalpy RAE Electric heat master ref F EHMR Electric heat sub ref EHSR 74 Status Display and Maintenance Table Format Table 2 19 Message Descriptions The table window is similar to most popular spreadsheet application worksheets in that it consists of a rectangular grid of columns and rows The intersection of each column and row is a cell the unit in which data is stored The worksheet includes the up to 24 character description value units eight character point name alarm status communication status and force status for each point It also in cludes a notes column where you can enter an optional up to 48 character note The appearance of one of the following messages in a point s status column indicates the following Message Meaning Sensor failure Software error Alarm Limit exceeded Comm failure Port failure Port busy the point is attached to a failed sensor an internal failure has occurred the point is in alarm or alert the point s high or low limit has been exceeded a communication failure has occurred ComfortVIEW cannot communicate with the computer s communication port ComfortVIEW cannot communicate with the computer s communication port Table 2 20 Abbreviation Descriptions If a point is currently forced one of the following abbre
193. S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSM11S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSM12S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSM13S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSM14S Data Collect Consumable CCN Selection United Mutual Insurance OK Cancel Help 469 470 Table 7 6 Report Data Tables Dialog Box Click on To the CCN Selection drop down list the Data Tables Available list the Data Tables Selected list lt lt Add Remove gt gt OK Cancel Help select the CCN containing the tables to include in the report display the names of all available Data Collection tables in the selected CCN Click on a table name and then click on Add to include up to 48 of the table s associated points in the report display the tables currently selected to be included in the report Click on a table name and then click on Remove to delete the table s associated points from the report add the tables selected in the Data Tables Available list to the report The selected table name will be transferred from the Data Tables Available list to the Data Tables Selected list remove the tables selected in the Data Tables Selected list from the report The selected table name will be trans ferred from the Data Table
194. SPACE Unity Mutual Insurance Campus Unity Mutual Remote Office WorkSPACE PID Loop Trends OK Cancel Help Selects a WorkSPACE to open Click on To a WorkSPACE in the Select WorkSPACE list select the WorkSPACE to open OK close the dialog box and open the selected WorkSPACE Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Help display help information General Operation Menu Bar ComfortVIEW opens the selected WorkSPACE window in run mode The ViewSPACEs and trends that have been assigned to the WorkSPACE open sequentially inside the WorkSPACE window The messages Loading background screens and Loading data display in the lower left corner of the WorkSPACE window during the load process For instructions on using ViewSPACEs and trends refer to the Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE and Displaying and Using Trends sections of this chapter Figure 4 2 shows a sample WorkSPACE window containing two ViewSPACEs and a trend The trend s legend is also displayed The top line of the WorkSPACE window contains the menu bar Note that this menu bar changes when you switch between the WorkSPACE Manager s run and design modes Refer to WorkSPACE Manager Menu Command Summary at the end of this WorkSPACE Manager chapter for a description of each run and design mode menu item and command 219 Wd LE60 0 Wd LEZS Z Wd LESE Z Wd LESEZ 4
195. SPACE Trend OK Cancel Help dow print the WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend definition report enable disable printing of the WorkSPACE report definition enable disable printing of the active ViewSPACE report definition enable disable printing of the trend definition close the dialog box and print the report exit the dialog box without saving display help information Figure 4 24 Sample WorkSPAC E Definition ComfortVIEW Definition for 23XL Chiller Monitor 01 05 99 23XL Chiller Monitor Owned ViewSPACE 23XL Mechanical ViewSPACE 23XL Status Display 23XL Chiller Monitor Trend Figure 4 25 Sample ViewSPACE Definition ComfortVIEW Definition for ViewSPACE 23XL Mechanical 01 05 1999 ViewSPACE 23XL Mechanical Global C CWORKS MEDIA GRAPHICS 23XL PCX United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant 23XL Chiller 0 128 OILPRESS Oil Pressure United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant 23XL Chiller 0 128 MBTEMP Motor Bearing Temp United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant 23XL Chiller 0 128 OILQUAL Oil Quality Title Curent Date WorkSPACE Name Ownership ViewSPACE Name ViewSPACE Name Trend Name Title Curent Date ViewSPACE Name Ownership Location and Name of Graphic Background Point in ViewSPACE Point in ViewSPACE Point in ViewSPACE 297 Figure 4 26 Sample Trend Definition ComfortVIEW Definition for 23XL Chil
196. The function returns 0 if the connection was terminated successfully any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetErrorBuffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_DisconnectFromRemoteCCN Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal CCNName As String As Integer Example Rname RemoteSite Result CW_DisconnectFromRemoteCCN Rname 582 Index Index A Access Levels assigning to operators 401 creating 395 defining 392 deleting 395 functions 394 modifying 395 Accessing Alarms 328 Camier Network Manager 32 Global Function Manager 517 ReportPanel 451 Setup 385 WorkSPACE Manager 216 Acknowledging alarms 341 Adding accesslevels 395 alarm printer 422 areas 54 Consumable Tables 123 controllers 60 custom alarm messages 354 data box 275 History Tables 124 LAN Workstation 419 link area 275 newCCN 39 operators 386 389 option tables 120 portlocations 422 remote sites 209 report definition 457 Runtime Tables 123 system elements 60 trends 279 ViewSPACEs 245 Adjusting columns 76 Alarm accessing 328 acknowledging 341 assigning a WorkSPACE 361 attaching a WorkSPACE 360 attaching custom messages 353 attaching operatornote 343 audio configuration 353 415 beeping 326 critical 327 408 409 definition 324 deleting 349 disabling 346 enabling 346 Export command 374 export to clipboard com mand 376 filters 408 411 413 flashing icon 326 328 icon
197. To continued Level Enable this filter Reset OK Cancel Help Note This name must match the system element name exactly as it appears in the Controller List window including case Enter the wildcard to receive alarms from all system elements enter the level of alarms you wish this operator to receive Clicking on the Down arrow gives you these choices Alarm Alert Return to Normal Any Click on the desired level or on Any to select all levels If multiple levels are required but not Any create duplicate filters each with its own level Note You can specify the Area or Element criteria using wildcards within the text of the area or element name Refer to Table 6 9 for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards activate the selected alarm filter number The operator will now receive alarms matching the filter s associated area ele ment and level clear all alarm filters close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 413 414 Table 6 9 Wildcards Wildcard Symbol Meaning _ underscore takes the place of any single character Example Specifying United Mutual Insurance Building _ for the area name means that any incoming alarms from controllers in an area where the first 36 characters are United Mutual Insurance Building will be acceptab
198. Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_CloseSetPointTable Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal SetPointTableld As Integer ByVal Saveflag As Integer As Integer Example Saveflag 1 Result CW_CloseSetPointTable SetPointTableld Saveflag int CW_ReadSetPoint unsigned short SetPointTableld unsigned short PointNumber char Description char Name double Value char Units double HighLimit double LowLimit char Notes This function reads the setpoint information for the setpoint speci fied by the function s arguments Parameters SetPointTableld This is the SetPointTableld returned by CW_OpenSetPointTable Point Number The number of the point to read Description This string returns the description Name This string returns the point s name Value Returns the value of the point Units This string returns the units of the point s value and limits HighLimit Returns the maximum value the point can hold LowLimit Returns the minimum value the point can hold Notes This string returns the point s notes 579 580 CW _WhiteSetPoint Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sam
199. W Setup application If you wish to view or modify this time refer to this manual s Setup chapter for instructions The report will print on the printer specified in the Report Definition dialog box s Print to drop down list This list appears under Automatic Retrieval Op tions If bad data is encountered when a daily time based report 1 e History Runtime or Consumable is being generated ComfortVIEW will indicate the reason for the bad data on the report in the status column to the right of the data Bad data may be en countered for the following reasons e no data was available from the controller e there was a communication failure within the CCN e there was a hardware failure at the controller Using the Report Viewer Print Preview Mode e the data collection option was configured improperly e there was a mismatch of information between the ComfortVIEW database and the Data Collection Option When bad data is encountered in a daily time based report it is discarded and ComfortVIEW provides an interpolated value for that time instead The interpolated value is calculated using the average of the good data readings preceding and succeeding the bad data Interpolated values are inserted if up to two consecutive data read ings are bad If bad data exists for more than two data readings no interpolation is performed and the data is included in the report The report viewer function gives you the capability to e v
200. You can also specify an associated display color for each element h Clicking on the Modify Data Box dialog box s Layout tab brings up a sample databox that displays your current databox style and element selections You can further customize your databox presentation by using the Win dows drag and drop technique to move data elements around in the sample data box i After all Modify Data Box dialog box tabs have been selected and your sample data box appears as desired click on OK to close the dialog box and save the data box settings or click on Cancel to close the dialog box without saving settings The ViewSPACE window re displays with the newly configured data box placed on the graphic background screen j Drag the data box to re position it as desired If desired you can also re size the box by dragging a comer 9 Create Additional Data Boxes 259 260 10 11 Once you ve designed your first data box you can copy and paste it to quickly and easily create additional data boxes Follow the steps below a b Click on the data box that you created in Step 8 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy Click on the Edit menu item again and then click on Paste The WorkSPACE Manager copies the selected data box and pastes the copy on the graphic background screen The new data box will be placed partially on top of the original Drag the data box to re position it as desired Doubl
201. Zone Element Point Level Save Cancel Table5 14 Assign WorkSPAC Es Dialog Box Click on To Add Modify establish a new WorkSPACE incom ing alarm assignment The Add WorkSPACE Assignment line dis plays the names of existing WorkSPACEs Use the down arrow to display the list of all WorkSPACEs Then specify the Area Zone Element Point Level and Precedence of incoming alarms to attach to this WorkSPACE Each field is described below Use the Tab or Enter key to move between fields Note If you leave a field blank ComfortVIEW automatically fills this field with the _ wildcard Refer to Table 5 15 that follows for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards Click on Save to display the newly assigned WorkSPACE in the list of WorkSPACEs on the top of the window You must click on OK to exit this dialog box and and save the new WorkSPACE incoming alarm assign ment identify anew WorkSPACE to be assigned to the displayed incoming alarm criteria or to modify the dis played incoming alarm criteria You must select the WorkSPACE you wish to modify before clicking on Modify continued 367 Table 5 14 Assign WorkSPAC Es Clickon To Dialog Box continued Delete Area Zone Element Point 368 delete an existing WorkSPACE incoming alarm assignment You must select the WorkSPACE you wish to delete before clicking on Delete C
202. a Collection Option module once a week on the day you specify under Retrieval day of week Monthly retrieve history data from the Data Collection Option module once a month on the day you specify under Retrieval day of month continued 468 Table 7 5a Click on To Data Retrieval Period DialogBox OK close the dialog box and save the continued settings Cancel close the dialog box and restore the previous settings Help display help information Figure 7 6 Report Data Tables Dialog Box Report Data Tables Data Tables Selected United Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSMO1S Data Collect Consumable United Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer sCONSM02S Data Collect Consumable United Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSM03S Data Collect Consumable United Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer sCONSMO4S Data Collect Consumable United Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer sCONSMO5S Data Collect Consumable United Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer sCONSMO06S Data Collect Consumable Data Tables Available Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSMO7S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer CONSMO8S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer nCONSMO9S Data Collect Consumable Mutual Insurance DATACXFR Data Collect Transfer sCONSM10
203. a New Data BOX 275 To Add a New Link Area 275 To Modify a Link Area oe 275 To Save the Modified VieWSPACE siese easet iia 276 Creating Tabular Data Box Displays 277 To Exit the Tabular Display and Re Size Data Boxes 278 lil Deleting Removing ViewSPACES To Delete a ViewSPACE To Remove a ViewSPACE Creating and Modifying Trends To Save the Trend eee eeeeeeeee To Display the New or Modified Trend in Run Deleting Removing Trends ee To Del te Trend oi ccc esses necinicte To Remove a Trend ou ee eeeeeeees Connecting to Disconnecting from a Remote CON varrinier To Disconnect from a Remote CCN oo eee eeeeeeees Printing ViewSPACEs and Trends Run Mode Printing a ViewSPACE Or Trend Window cceeeeeceeneeeeeeeneeeeeees Design Mode Printing a ViewSPACE or Trend Window or Printing a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or Trend Definition Reprises tnes Animated Data Box Frame Creation Guide TCS areae e E OAR Animated Graphic Specifications 00 0 0 cssesesescesesereeseeererseesees WorkSPACE Manager Menu Command SS UNIAN ern ee EE N E cedsecondsecestesery File Menu Design Mode e cesses File Menu Run Mode ee eeeeeeeeeee Edit Menu Design Mode eee Edit Menu Run Mode ee ee eeeeeeeee Configure Menu Design Mode
204. a retrieval should a failure occur You may also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed value Valid entries range from 0 to 5 enter the number of days that you wish to retain accumulated report data in your ComfortVIEW database At the end of the retention period the data will be automatically deleted You can generate reports using the retained data until the end of this retention period Only retrieved report data for example consumable runtime and history is subject to this purging Tab separated report files that are saved to the database as a result of a report generation process are not affected continued Table 6 18 Setup Globals Dialog Box Click on To continued System Activity tab Log system activity events Event retention period Automatic login specify whether system activity events will be tracked for use in the System Activity Report System activity events include things such as logins and logouts alarm deletions and alarm acknowledgements Refer to Appendix A of this manual for a complete list of all system activity events specify the number of days that system activity report data will be retained in your ComfortVIEW database At the end of the retention period the data will be automatically deleted You can generate System Activity reports using the retained data files until the end of this retention period specify whether you want automatic
205. a third party spreadsheet program For instructions refer to the Using the Report Panel To Initiate a Third Party Report Application section of this chapter Report Panel Reports Options Help HW x p Consumable History Run Time This chapter provides Comfort VIEW operating instructions for creating report definitions and generating reports For information on how to configure the Data Collection Module for use with the Comfort VIEW Report Panel application refer to the Data Collec tion Option Overview and Configuration Manual For information on configuring other modules for use with Comfort VIEW optional reports refer to the respective module s overview and configuration manual Producing a Report An Overview The report creation process is summarized below For more detailed report creation instructions refer to the Creating Copying or Modi fying a Report Definition and Generating a Report sections of this chapter To produce a ComfortVIEW report you must perform the following tasks 1 Define the specifications for the report You do this by creat ing a report definition where you enter specifications such as the report name and description report type daily monthly yearly automatic data retrieval and report generation prefer ences and the points on which to report ComfortVIEW maintains a list of all report definitions in its database You can view modify or delete a report de
206. able 2 50 Edit Menu continued Command Use this command to Paste Modify You can also copy CCN table data to other PC applications such as Win dows Notepad and link CCN table data to other PC applications that support dynamic data exchange DDE for example third party spreadsheet programs When the ComfortVIEW table is active and point data changes the data will automatically update in the other application For more information on linking table data refer to the Sharing ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data with Other Applications DDE section of this chapter paste ComfortVIEW table data from the Windows clipboard to a table Copy the data to the Windows Clip board using the Copy command Then click on a destination cell click on Edit and then click on Paste The data that you are pasting overwrites the data that is currently in the destination cell The data you are pasting must conform to the allowable entries for the destination cell If you attempt to paste incompatible data ComfortVIEW displays an error message indicating that the data target is not available or incompatible You cannot paste data into status display table s Value cells or into any ComfortVIEW table s Names cells edit configuration table cell data Click on the cell you wish to modify Then click on Edit and Modify Type continued 183 Table 2 50 Edit Menu Command Use this command to continued Force Auto S
207. ace If you have selected multiple controllers and wish to export all click on Yes to All Figure 2 43 Save As Dialog Box File Name Directories OK d bsiv Save File as Type CdA F cworks ccnpath Drives 4 di Network Table 2 43 Save As Dialog Box Click on To the File Name edit box Save File as Type Directories Drives Network OK Cancel enter a file name for the file you are export ing select the ComfortVIEW file type CWX select a directory where you want the file saved select a drive where you want the file saved save the file to another computer on the local area network ComfortVIEW displays the Connect Network Drive dialog box Select the drive and path to where you wish to save the file or double click on a computer in the Shared Directories list and select the desired directory Click on Help to display Win dows help for further instructions on using this dialog box Click on OK to save the settings The Save As dialog box re displays close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved 165 166 Dedicating Autodial Gateways t a Specific Operation If you have more than one Autodial Gateway in a selected CCN you can if desired reserve selected Gateways to perform the following operations e Timed data retrieval
208. add a message that can be re played at a later time enter the text CWWAVE followed by the sound file name The CWPLAY and CWWAVE codes can be hidden from the dis played custom message text by pre ceding the codes with the characters Il which are also known as pipe charac ters You can add both CWPLAY and CWWAVE files to a single message Remember that the sound file must reside in the MEDIA WAVES directory in the CWORKS CVIEW or other direc tory in which you installed ComfortVIEW on your server ma chine Note Sound files must not have a file name in excess of 8 characters A ComfortVIEW alarm wav file will not interrupt the playing of another non ComfortVIEW wav file Then specify the Area Zone Element Point Level and Precedence of incoming alarms to assign to this new message Each field is described below Use the Tab or Enter key to move between fields continued Table 5 11 Clickon To Assign Custom Alarm Messages Dialog Box continued Modify Delete Area Note If you leave a field blank ComfortVIEW automatically fills this field with the wildcard Refer to Table 5 12 for a list and explana tion of allowed wildcards Click on Save to display the new message in the list of alarm messages You must click on OK to exit this dialog box and and save the new message modify an existing custom message or its associated incoming alarm criteria You must select
209. after the upload and the controller s configuration will be displayed on the screen You must use the Configure menu s Save command to retain the uploaded data in the ComfortVIEW database Follow the steps below to modify and send the time of day date day of week and holiday status to a selected controller or all controllers in a selected CCN The holidays that will be sent are those that are specified using the ComfortVIEW Global Function Manager appli cation 1 Do one of the following depending on whether you want to broadcast to a CCN or a single controller To broadcast to a CCN Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager To broadcast to a single controller Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List Click on the CCN or the controller to which you wish to send time and date information Click on the CCN Tools menu item and then click on Time Date Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the broadcast icon in the toolbar Figure 2 29 Broadcast Time and Date Dialog Box ComfortVIEW displays the Broadcast Time and Date dialog box shown in Figure 2 29 4 To modify the displayed time and date enter the new time in the Set time and date edit box Va
210. alarm messages print all alarm messages select which alarm message compo nents to print copy or export alarm message acknowledgement message custom message operator note exit the Alarm Manager application 375 Edit Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Alarm Manager s Edit menu Table 5 19 Command Use this command to Edit Menu Cut delete selected alarms or text and store it on the Windows clipboard Use this function to rapidly copy alarm text to another software application such as a word processing program When editing text in a text box or field you can only perform this command using the Ctrl X key combination Note You must specify which alarm message components alarm message acknowledgement message custom message operator note to cut using the File menu s Page Setup command Copy copy selected alarms or text and store them on the Windows clipboard Use this function to rapidly copy alarm text to another software application such as a word processing program When editing text in a text box or field you can only perform this command using the Ctrl C key combination Note You must specify which alarm message components alarm message acknowledgement message custom message operator note to copy using the File menu s Page Setup command Delete delete selected alarms or text When editing text in a text box or field you can only perform this command u
211. ance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 19 51 25 Oct 1997 Filter Status Dirty discrete state Follow 39N Air Handler maintenance work order procedure number 214 Filter Replacement v lOle fa Alarm Message Click to select deselect 330 The Alarm Menu The toolbars The top line of the Alarm List window contains the alarm menu This menu contains the alarm viewing commands that allow you to perform functions such as acknowledging sorting and deleting alarms The Alarm Menu Commands section of this chapter de scribes each of the commands that appear in the alarm menu The second line of the Alarm List window contains a toolbar The toolbar gives you instant access to the most frequently used alarm viewing commands By simply clicking the mouse button you can print delete or acknowledge alarms update the alarm list select or de select all alarms or display on line help Note If desired you can remove the toolbar from the window by clicking on the Options menu item and then clicking on Toolbar To return the toolbar to the window perform these two commands again The bottom line of each individual alarm message contains an alarm specific toolbar By clicking the mouse on one of the tools in this toolbar you can acknowledge this individual alarm display or modify this alarm s operator note or invoke the WorkSPACE Manager and view this alarm s assigned WorkSPACE The following table describ
212. and Tenant Billing reports Table A 2 can be used as a reference for each any differences are noted in the table The Tenant Billing Report Defini tion though does include some additional settings that are described in Defining A Tenant Billing Report later in this chapter Figure A 2 Report Definition Report Definition Dialog Report Nare Box for System Activity SYSTACT Reports Report Description System Activity Report Automatic Generation Options _ Report Dates X Enable automatic report generation Save tab separated data file O Yesterday O Today Print to Range of times dates HP LaserJet III Events from 00 00 Nov 02 1997 Events through Manual Generation Options _ 23 59 Nov 09 1997 sal C Send report directly to CWREPORT X Save dates as relative Defaults Events Format OK Cancel Help Closes this dialog box and saves settings 540 Table A 2 Report Definition Clickon To Dialog Box the Report Name text box the Report Description text box Report Dates Yesterday Today Range of data Events from Events through enter an up to 8 character name for the report This name identifies the report in the report definition list enter an up to 48 character description for the report This name appears with the report name in the report defini
213. and automatic connects to rpt name and description rpt name and description CCN name table name and description name and disconnects from remote CCNs CCN name continued Table A 4 Event Groupsand Associated Events continued Group Associated Events Target Operators Access level additions modifications and deletions access level name Operator profile additions modifications and deletions operator profile name CCNs Areas CCN additions modifications and deletions CCN name Area additions modifications and deletions area name NDS update polls and cold calls CCN name Time date broadcasts CCN name CCN Elements CCN system element additions modifications and deletions CCN system element moves CCN system element uploads and downloads CCN system element verifications CCN element set time date area name element name description address Option Tables Consumable runtime history table additions modifications and deletions area name element name description address table name and description Time Schedules Time schedule uploads downloads and modifications See option tables continued 549 Table A 4 Event Groupsand Associated Events continued Group Associated Events Target Setpoint Tables Setpoint table uploads downloads and modifications See option tables Configuration Configuration table uploads downloads and modifications See option table
214. and generation information manually generate a selected report based on a new range of data dates ComfortVIEW will display the Regenerate Start Date and Regenerate End Date dialog boxes where continued Table7 19 File Menu Click on To continued Print Print setup Report viewer Exit you must enter report data start and end dates and times If necessary refer to Data Range Dialog Box which appears in the Creating Copying or Modifying a Report Definition section of this chapter for instructions on using these dialog boxes ComfortVIEW will generate the report using the new report data print the selected report definition ComfortVIEW opens the Notepad applica tion and displays the report definition Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Click on File and Exit to close the report configure report print specifications such as print resolution and orientation If desired you can also use this command to override the ComfortVIEW printer assignment Manually generated reports for which you enable the Send report directly to CWREPORT printer option will print on the CWREPORT printer that you create in the Windows NT Print Manager Use this command to override the printer assign ment manually initiate the report viewer function ComfortVIEW displays the File Open dialog box Refer to the explanation of the Open command in Table 7 13 for instruc tions on using this dialog box
215. and then click on Copy Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Paste Drag the data box to re position it as desired Click on the Configure menu item and then click on New link area You may also perform this command by clicking on the New Link Area icon in the toolbar Note If you have enabled the Options menu s Lock window command you cannot add new link areas The Modify Link Areas dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 15 Select the WorkSPACE to which you wish to link click on Border to enable or disable the box border display and then click on OK The WorkSPACE Manager displays the link area box on your graphic background screen You can re size the box by dragging the box corner or can drag the box to re position it within the ViewSPACE Follow the instructions below to modify a link area You can modify the WorkSPACE to which a link will jump or you can enable or disable box border display If desired you can modify the border display for multiple link areas by holding down the Ctrl key and clicking on the link areas Note that if the Options menu s Lock 275 276 To Save the Modified ViewSPACE window command is enabled you will not be permitted to modify or delete a link area using the Edit menu s Modify command 1 1 Double click on the link area you wish to modify Note If you have selected multiple link areas you must click on the first link area that you selected You must c
216. another WorkSPACE containing identical points from another controller of the same type and version e Click on OK to close the dialog and save the WorkSPACE The WorkSPACE Manager saves the WorkSPACE and all ViewSPACEs and trends in their current locations and sizes When you display the WorkSPACE in run mode all ViewSPACEs and trends display in the location and size that they were on performing the WorkSPACE save You can now display the ViewSPACE in run mode and view its data dynamically updating For instructions on Displaying ViewSPACEs refer to the Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE section of this chapter Modify Data Box for STATUS Run Status x Data selection Databox style Font and colors Layout Select point Cancel Origin C DDE point Help lk DDE application p oo DDE topic po DDE item Paste link Determines whether data originates from the CCN or DDE Table4 12 Modify Data Box Dialog Click on To BOX Data selection tab CCN point Select point Origin DDE point DDE application DDE topic DDE item Paste link specify that the point to be displayed is from the CCN select the CCN point to assign to the data box The Data Point Selection dialog box displays Refer to Figure 4 13 and Table 4 13 for instructions on using this dialog box Origin display a message dialog box that displays the point s area element addr
217. anual Generation or Automatic Retrieval Options e Report Dates Figure A 6 a Report Definition Report Definition Dia log Box for Report Name Alarm Summary Reports Report Description Daily alarm report Automatic Generation Options X Enable automatic report generation X Save tab separated data file Print to ACIESHP870CXI x Manual Generation Options O Send report directly to CWREPORT Report Dates Yesterday Today Range of times dates Alarms from 00 00 10 6 97 Alarms through 23 59 10 6 97 Be X Save dates as relative Edits the report description up to 48 characters 555 556 Sample Report Refer to Table A 2 for instructions on using the Report Definition dialog box Click on the Filters button to displhe Alarm Filters dialog box where you can select the CCN elements whose alarms will be included in the report Double clicking on an item moves it from one list to the other Click on the Format button to set the following report format options e Sort the report in different ways e Select which types of alarms to include in the report e Include all of the alarm message or just certain compo nents Table A 5 in the Formatting a Report section earlier in this chapter describes the Report Format dialog box in detail Click on OK to exit the dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes Comf
218. appears later in these Configuring Comfort Controllers instructions Create and configure the functions Analog Trace Point Discrete Trace Point Internal Consumable Adaptive Optimal Start Stop Network Broadcast Linkage AOSS Schedule Night Time Free Cooling Occupancy that your application requires by following the Creating Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms procedure which appears later in these Configuring Comfort Controllers instructions Create and configure the algorithms that your application requires by following the Creating Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms procedure which appears later in these Configuring Comfort Controllers instructions After you create and configure all database objects click on the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box s Close button ComfortVIEW closes the dialog box and proceeds to build the status display tables A message dialog box displays during this process 135 136 Figure 2 36a Configure Comfort Controller Dialog Box Configure CC6400 ComfortController 6400 0 101 Hardware Setpoints Hardware points SPT_01 Space Temperature 01 SAT_01 Supply Air Temp 01 RAT_01 Return Air Temp 01 MAT_01 Mixed Air Temp 01 FAN_01 Fan Status 01 Channel 06 unconfigured Channel 07 unconfigured Channel 08 unconfigured CCV_01 Cooling Coil Valve 01 Channel 10 unconfigured Channel 11 unconfi
219. arrange open Carrier Network Man ager windows in smaller sizes so that they fit next to each other horizontally and are all visible on your desktop arrange open Carrier Network Man ager windows in smaller sizes so that they fit next to each other vertically and are all visible on your desktop evenly arrange all minimized Carrier Network Manager window icons update the information displayed in open Carrier Network Manager windows ComfortVIEW updates the currently selected window with the most recent data that has been written to the database when viewing an occupancy or set point configuration table display data in either a tabular worksheet or graphic format To use the Setpoint Table graphical format Enter the desired setpoint in the edit box below the slidebar or simply drag the slidebar to display the desired setpoint You can click on the slidebar s lt or gt buttons to decrement and increment the displayed setpoint in increments of 1 or 1 0 Each continued Table 2 57 Window Menu continued Command Use this command to Jump to Table WorkSPACE graphic screen displays up to 9 deci sions worth of table data Use the lt lt or gt gt I buttons that are located at the bot tom of the screen to display the first or last 9 decisions Use lt lt or gt gt to move through the up to 9 decision display decision by decision To use the Occupancy Table graphical format Click to enab
220. art stop trend scanning return to the first WorkSPACE you displayed on launching the WorkSPACE Manager application continued Table 4 2 WorkSPACE Manager Toolbarlcons continued To ey a o E m display the WorkSPACE that you jumped from jump to the Alarm Manager applica tion jump to the Report Panel application launch the report wizard and quickly and easily add a new consumable history or runtime report definition launch the data box wizard and add a new data box to an existing ViewSPACE launch the trend wizard and and quickly and easily add a new trend launch the alarm wizard and configure an alarm for the currently selected point update the current WorkSPACE with the most recent data from the Comfort VIEW database display help 223 Bookmarks Bookmarks give you the capability to tag a WorkSPACE in run mode so that you can quickly jump to it using the File menu s Open book mark command To Place or Remove a Bookmark In run mode 1 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Set book mark A checkmark vV appears before the Set bookmark command to indicate that it is enabled The presence of the bookmark icon in the lower right corner of a WorkSPACE window also indicates that the WorkSPACE is currently bookmarked 2 To remove a bookmark perform these two commands again To Jump to a Bookmarked WorkSPACE In run mode 1 Click on the File men
221. at Header every page Footer every page and Page numbers fields are enabled but appear dimmed ComfortVIEW will auto matically include these items on all pages of the report Sample History Report Explanation The report definition shown in Figure 7 8 will generate a history report named ZONETEMP which is used for zone temperature tracking In this example it is assumed that today is October 24 1996 and Comfort VIEW is configured to automatically and periodically retrieve data from the network s Data Collection Option Module This report definition will automatically gener ate the ZONETEMP history report once a day This definition will also create a report on manual command using the most up to the minute zone temperature data that it can retrieve from the network Automatic Retrieval Options The zone temperature history data will be automatically retrieved from the Data Collection Option Module every two hours as was specified in the Data Retrieval Period dialog box which was accessed by clicking on the Data retrieval period button An actual report based on the retrieved data will be automatically generated once a day and will be printed to a printer named HP LaserJet III The time of day that the report will generate is 2 00 am This information has been specified using the ComfortVIEW Setup application Manual Generation Options When the report is generated on command by a user the latest up to the minute data will be r
222. ateway The routine scans the CCN bus and checks for commu nication and clock errors The routine generates alarms and alerts and corre sponding return to normal messages that you can view using the Alarm Manager application Diagnostics are performed on all controllers in the CCN including shadow controllers which are those controllers for which ComfortVIEW has no database infor mation specify this ComfortVIEW server to act as time broadcaster to its locally connected CCN a CCN connected to the server or any of its clients ComfortVIEW will broadcast time date day of week and holiday indica tion as indicated in the Global Func tion Manager s Holidays Table at the following times twice daily at 10 to 15 minutes past midnight and past noon within 1 minute of a change of date or time either automatically initiated by daylight saving or manu ally on ComfortVIEW server start up or in response to broadcast re quests originating from a locally connected CCN for which broadcast is enabled continued 51 Table 2 7 Standard CCN Settings Clickon To Dialog Box continued the Baud rate drop down list specify the baud rate of the ComfortVIEW communication port Note The most commonly used baud rate is 9600 This field will not display if the CCN Access Definition dialog box s Method drop down list is set to CCN Ethernet Gateway OK close the dialog box and save the changes made Canc
223. ator Note OK Cancel Help Edits the operator note text Table 5 8 Operator Note Dialog Box Click on To The Note text box Help OK Cancel enter modify or delete operator note text You may enter up to 500 charac ters If you have selected multiple alarms this text appends to any existing note text display help information close the dialog box and save the settings exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved 345 346 ft Suppressing Alams T Enable or Disable Alam Suppression ComfortVIEW alarm suppression feature gives you the capability to disable the audible and visual alarm indication for selected re occurring alarms This feature can be useful for nuisance type alarms for which you do not want re indication upon each subse quent receipt Note You can only suppress acknowledged alarms When ComfortVIEW initially receives an alarm it stores the alarm in the alarm list produces an audible signal and depending on the alarm indication option you select produces an accompanying visual signal If you enabled alarm suppression and ComfortVIEW receives this same alarm again audible and visual if selected indication does not occur ComfortVIEW displays the number of subsequent receipts of the alarm that has been suppressed in the Suppressed field which appears in the alarm specific toolbar belo
224. bility to display and modify tables in all CCN Options In addition the command gives you the capability to add and delete tables This command is an alternative shortcut method to displaying and modifying option tables by accessing each option module indi vidually as described in the Viewing Configuration Tables and Modi fying Configuration Table Values sections of this chapter Follow the steps below to display a list of all tables in a selected option and CCN Note Prior to accessing the option s tables you must add the option to the ComfortVIEW database For instructions on adding options refer to the Adding Modifying Controllers section of this chapter Figure 2 30 CCN Options Dialog Box Display the System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager Click on the appropriate CCN from the list displayed in the System Overview window Click on the CCN Tools menu item and then click on CCN Options ComfortVIEW displays the CCN Options dialog box shown in Figure 2 30 This dialog box enables you to select a spe cific CCN Option to access Refer to Table 2 30 following these instructions for a description of each dialog box field From the dialog box select the option you wish to access and then click on OK ComfortVIEW displays the Option Table List window This table displays the 8 character table
225. ceceseseeeeeeeeeees 201 IMtOMUC TION j n3 sehiasesseseses ever aen E AEAEE 202 Required Conditions for a Successful Connection sic Ei Re aa 202 Connecting to a Remote Comfort VIEW Server s2h 6s sid cintaehenontien 205 Disconnecting from a Remote ComfortVIEW Server Workstation 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Adding a Site to the ComfortVIEW Remote Site List sstvctvicssocesaveescpeceneieest 209 Deleting a Site from the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Last iecevsi ascendant eeneneee 212 WorkSPACE Manager eeen 213 PEPMINGlOSY enere enne e eerie aeoe 214 Accessing the WorkSPACE Managert 216 Design Mode Versus Run Modeion kran EE REER 216 To Launch the WorkSPACE Manager Application and Open an Existing Works PACE cessere annn 217 General Operation s sess inss 219 Menu Bar va ciara icici aie aE 219 Drop Down List 000 cee eeeeeseeceneeeeeceeeeeeees 221 WorkSPACE Manager TOO DAR aisre enaar 221 Bookmarks siiisiodiehiecsusiecissee 224 Displaying and Using Trends 0 eee 225 To Launch the WorkSPACE Manager Application and Display a Trend in Run IMO es cies sonenn a E RER 226 Status Bat vss 240 sstssszseneveatteeseeiteces teeters 229 To Display a Point s Range imi the YeA X18 0035s cscesbscowes ee ESENE 229 To Display a Trend Value at a Selected Time cc i635 ceiiisl ck mencsssiccchaceesiions 229 To Stop Pause a Trend eens 229 To Start or Re start a Trend ceeeeee 230 To View or
226. continued Table 6 7 Alam Indication Preferences Dialog Box continued Click on To None Flashing icon or Pop up window cont Enable visual critical alarm indication Enable audible indication Enable audible critical alarm indication e Pop up window a small pop up window displays on top of any window that you are currently viewing For more information on alarm indication refer to Viewing New and Unacknowledged Alarms in the Alarms chapter of this manual activate de activate full screen pop up window visual indication of critical alarms You must also specify critical alarm levels by selecting a value from the Critical alarm threshold pull down list Note Visual critical alarm pop up windows will not display if there is currently an unacknowledged pop up alarm window activate de activate audible alarm alert indication Then click on Audible alarm Audible alert or Audible return to normal to specify each alarm type s beep tone or sound file The Audio Configuration dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure 6 10 and Table 6 10 for instructions on using this box activate de activate the specific audible indication for critical alarms Then click on Audible critical alarm to specify the beep tone or sound file for critical alarms If you de activate this feature Comfort VIEW will generate the tone specified for continued 409 Table 6 7 To Alam Indication Click on
227. crete state Follow 39N Air Handler maintenance work order procedure number 214 Filter Replacement v Ole a Alarm Message Click to select deselect United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 at 19 49 24 Oct 1997 Supply Air Temperature 10 0 degF outside limit of 35 0 degF 339 340 Selecting Alarms Selecting One orMore Messages Selecting All Messages Some of ComfortVIEW alarms operations require you to select alarm alert return to normal messages For example you must specify which alarms you wish to print or delete You can select one more than one or all alarm messages To select one or more alarm messages 1 Note Display the alarm list For instructions turn to Viewing the Alarm List Click on the alarm message or messages you wish to select When you select an alarm message its background becomes highlighted with the highlight color that you have selected in your Windows control panel This indicates that a message is selected Clicking on a selected alarm message un highlights the background and de selects the message When in the alarm list you can select multiple alarms using the standard Windows Ctrl Click or Shift Click technique To select all alarm messages 1 Display the alarm list If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List Click on the toolbar s Select All icon or click on Functions then
228. ct Area Select Element Select Category Select Table and Select Point drop down lists select the area controller table category table and name of the point that you wish to display on this new ViewSPACE Refer to Figure 4 13 and Table 4 13 for instructions on using the Data Point Selection dialog box Click on OK to select the currently displayed point and close the dialog box or Note If you press the Ctrl key while you click on OK you will select the point and keep the dialog box open so that you can make additional point selections or click on Cancel to close the dialog box without saving the point selection The Modify Data Box dialog box is re displayed In the Modify Data Box dialog box select the Databox style tab Then specify the desired databox display style Normal or Animated Animated is for discrete points only and the box s background and alarm colors If you select an animated moving picture data box style you must assign graphics that have been pre drawn using a third party drawing package and named accord ing to the frame creation guidelines listed in this chapter s Animated Data Box Frame Creation Guidelines section Refer to Table 4 12 for an explanation of the options in the Modify Data Box tabbed dialog box g Now in the Modify Data Box tabbed dialog box select the Font and colors tab Select the font and the data elements that you wish to display point name descrip tion etc
229. d in the report When you click this button you will see the Data Tables dialog box which lets you add and remove up to 48 tenants from the report continued Table A 2 To Report Definition Click on Dialog Box continued Format OK Cancel Help select the report format and sort order in which report data will be presented ComfortVIEW displays the Report Format dialog box See Figure A 5 and Table A 5 for instructions on using this dialog box The Report Format feature does not apply to Time Schedule and Tenant Billing reports close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 545 546 Selecting Events forthe Report Figure A 3 Report Event Groups Dialog Box ComfortVIEW lets you select which types of system events to include in the report When you click on the Events button in the Report Definition dialog box you will see the Report Event Groups dialog box shown in Figure A 3 The box on the right side list all the different event groups which are not included in the report the box on the left lists all the event groups that are included Table A 3 describes how to use the different controls in the dialog box to build a list of event groups to include Alarm Summary Time Schedule and Tenant Billing reports all use similar dialog boxes to select elements for their reports The mai
230. d Bus Scan window To produce a System Summary first produce a basic or detailed bus scan Then from the Bus Scan window select the File menu s System Summary command ComfortVIEW will search the Bus Scan window for the highest addressed monitor thermostat or linkage master device If no such device is located a message will be displayed indicating such and the system summary will terminate On locating one or more such devices ComfortVIEW will begin with the monitor thermostat or linkage master device of highest address and then scan the bus to Figure 2 22c Sample System Summary CWTO 9 6K BUS 0 COM 1 System Summary Bus 86 Name Description Ad Mode _Duct Pos Air Mo WYT Monitor 5 VM Coo 1 4 f 2 69 0 f 15 N A 33CSBC Bypass Controller 55 033BC N A O 0 F 71 0 F N A N A NWA 0 N A 33Pl 54 033Pl Heat 000 O 0O F 7O4 F 97 0 F 50 0 F OO F O N A Zone Summary Cool Callers Heat Callers Max Cool Demand Max Heat Demand Max Cool Demand Element Max Heat Demand Element Scan time 10 38 40 02 28 2001 locate all devices associated with the monitor thermostat or linkage master On completion the System Summary window is displayed The System Summary window contains the same data as a Detailed Bus Scan window but also includes the following zone summary data in the lower section of the screen Cool Callers Maximum Cool Demand Maximum Cool Demand Element Heat Callers Maximum Heat Demand
231. d automatic report generation 481 e manual report generation 483 e automatic report generation 484 e report data status 484 e using the report viewer 485 e print preview and report viewer commands 487 490 editing report data 494 managing your report files 497 using the Report Panel to initiate a third party report application 499 a summary of all report panel commands 501 a summary of all report definition list commands 503 sample ComfortVIEW reports 510 producing optional ComfortVIEW reports 539 450 Terminology The following terms are used throughout this Report Panel chapter Consumable Report A ComfortVIEW report that lists usage information taken at fifteen minute intervals for example kilowatt hours of electricity or gallons of fuel The Data Collection Option Module collects the consumable data which is typically measured by devices such as wattmeters and flow sensors ComfortV IEW gives you the capability to create daily monthly and yearly con sumable reports Runtime Report A ComfortVIEW report that lists the number of minutes each hour that a discrete system element point is in the on state The Data Collection Option Module collects runtime data ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to create daily monthly and yearly runtime reports History Report A ComfortVIEW report that lists value or status information taken at user specified time intervals The Data Collec tion Option Module collects
232. d carry out a command The numbered step instructions that appear throughout this manual do not explain all dialog box options available to you You can how ever find full summaries of all dialog box options in the tables that immediately follow the numbered steps You can also access these tables while using ComfortVIEW by clicking on Help while display ing a dialog box Thus while performing some of the instructions in this manual you may need to refer out of the numbered steps to these tables The sample instructions below illustrate the use of numbered steps and tables to explain dialog box options Sample To Attach a Note to Multiple Alarms Figure 1 1 Operator Note Dialog Box Select the alarms to which you wish to attach a note by following the instructions found under Selecting Alarms Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Note ComfortVIEW displays the Operat ote dialog box Click in the Note text box up to 500 characters instructions on us ext You can enter lt and Table 1 1 for Note al selected alarms currently has a note dt it ComfortVIEW appends this new note t existing note text You can enter up to 500 characters per note After you have entered the note text click on OK This closes the Operator Note dialog box and saves the new note text Operator Note oo OK Cancel Help Edits the operator note text Table 1 1 Operat
233. d displays in the status area to the right of the toolbar Disconnect disconnect from the selected remote area ComfortVIEW automatically disconnects you from a remote CCN if after an operator specified number of minutes no communication occurs Notification of an automatic disconnect will be by an alarm from the Autodial Gateway For additional information on the automatic disconnect feature refer to the explanation of the Phone Num ber Configuration dialog box in the Adding and Modifying CCNs section of this chapter The following table describes each of the commands in the Configure menu Note that from CCN Option windows only the New Modify Delete and View commands are available Command Use this command to New add a new CCN area or controller to your ComfortVIEW database To add a new CCN the System Overview window must be displayed To add a new area the System Overview win dow must be expanded to display the database s CCNs and you must select the CCN in which the new area will appear To add a new controller you must display the controller list into which you wish to add the new control ler continued 185 Table 2 52 Use this command to Configure Menu Command continued Modify Copy Delete 186 The dialog box that displays depends on whether you are adding a new CCN area or controller For an explanation of each dialog box option refer to the Adding Modifying CCNs Adding M
234. d restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Exporting CCNs ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to back up an entire CCN s database to another directory sub directory or drive You should make it a practice to periodically back up your CCN database in the event that a malfunction should occur with your hard disk Because it allows you to copy a CCN database from one PC to another this function could also be helpful to Carrier service personnel for in office preparation of a ComfortVIEW field database CCN export copies the selected CCN s entire database to the speci fied drive This drive can be the ComfortVIEW floppy diskette drive another Comfort VIEW hard drive partition or another com puter on the local area network The information that will be copied includes e the CCN name and number e the area name s e all controllers and all associated configuration e WorkSPACEs that contain points from the specified CCN and the associated ViewSPACEs and trends including graphic backgrounds and databoxes from the specified CCN Note WorkSPACEs that contain links to these WorkSPACEs as well as WorkSPACEs that are linked to by these WorkSPACEs will also be included e Report definitions that contain points from the specified CCN e All System Activity report definitions This CCN database information can be copied back or imported to ComfortVIEW at any time using the Fil
235. d screens and Loading data display in the lower left corner of the WorkSPACE window during the load process Trends display in run mode and if the auto start option was enabled will begin plotting data when opened The presence of the message Plotting in the top right corner of the trend window indicates that the trend is sampling data Note Ifthe trend you wish to display is not currently displayed on the screen click on the drop down list to the left of the window s toolbar to display the name of each of the WorkSPACE s associated ViewSPACEs and trends Then click on the trend that you wish to display If the trend you wish to display is in another WorkSPACE you can display a list of all ViewSPACEs and trends by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open ViewSPACE Trend The Open ViewSPACE Trend dialog box is displayed Select the trend that you wish to display and then click on OK If any trend contains points from a remote CCN and the trend has not been configured to automatically establish remote connection on display refer to Figure and Table 4 16 you must connect to the remote CCN in order to sample the remote point data To connect to a remote CCN click on Connect toolbar icon shown at left If necessary start the trend by clicking on the Run menu item and then click on Start trend Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Start Stop Trend icon in the toolbar The sample trend
236. data changes the data will automatically update in the other application For further information on sharing ComfortVIEW dynamic data and a list of the data elements that can be sent refer to Sharing ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data with Other Applica tions which appears in the Carrier Network Manager chapter of this manual continued 309 310 Table 4 30 Edit Menu Run Mode continued Click on To Paste Modify Force Auto paste configuration point data from the Windows clipboard to a data box Copy the point value data from a data box to the Windows Clipboard using the Copy command Then click on a destination data box which can be in the same or another ViewSPACE or trend click on Edit and then click on Paste The data that you are pasting overwrites the data that is currently in the destination data box The data you are pasting must conform to the allowable entries for the destination data box If you attempt to paste incompatible data Comfort VIEW displays an error message indicating that the data target is not available or incompatible change a selected data box s point value description or operator note For configuration points you can also upload configuration data from the controller download data to the controller and save configuration data changes in the ComfortVIEW data base For point status or maintenance table points you can also force and auto point values and save change
237. dding 245 creating overview 255 definition 216 displaying 233 displaying data boxesina cas caded format 318 generaloperation 234 locking 260 318 modifying 272 589 printing design mode 295 printing run mode 294 printing run mode 306 re a manging in a tabular display format 277 318 removing 279 saving 271 276 sharing data DDE 241 244 showing alllinkareas 316 table and reference jumps from 236 Ww Wildcards alarm custom messages 359 alarm WorkSPACE 370 Window elements 18 Windows logging in 6 Windows NT logging out 7 Wizards alarm 78 233 243 operatorprofile 389 report 78 233 244 trend 233 244 Worksheet keys 76 moving around in 76 short cuts 76 WorkSPACE assigning to alarms 361 associated with alarms 360 attaching to incoming alarm 364 cloning 246 261 283 301 creating 245 definition 324 deleting 253 displaying 361 modifying 251 opening existing 217 precedence 369 saving 249 WorkSPACE Manager accessing 216 bookmark usage 224 Commands 301 drop down lit 221 forcing values 241 243 launching 217 menu bar 219 overview 219 statusbar 229 toolbar 221 Workstations adding 419 deleting 420 setup 420 421 590 Readers Comments Your comments regarding this manual will help us improve future editions Please comment on the usefulness and readability of this manual suggest additions and deletions and list specific errors and omissions DocumentName Public ationDate Us
238. decebenses scele estecvetioueeaciutass 8 Adding Modifying Controllers 0 c scssceeees 60 LOS ein P OD t EET 10 To Add a New Controller c cccccccccccccecesceeces 60 Using ComfortVIEW An Overview seese 13 To Modify an Existing Ussing the Mouse sis roseo inis 13 Controller s Name or Sort Key cescesseeeee 66 Using the Keyboard sccssesssesseesesneeees 14 Deleting ControllerS s sccrsiiissccssetsseressusterscesi 69 Interpreting Comfort VIEW Windows 18 Viewing Status Display and Maintenance Comfort VIEW Menus and Command RABIES fr scavacshvetigsiesaneteveredsytesedldceeeemuncnicecte tones 70 ISS ear E E ok teeatnes 21 Table Jumps from Status Display Command Menu and Maintenance Tables 70 CONVENUOMS sissies sass coup siess istre i 22 Reference Jumps from To Select a Command Using Comfort Controller Status Your MOUSE seoseis ineas or ent 23 Display Tables c scccscssessessseessesseesseessessees 70 To Select a Command Using Status Display and Your Keyboard s e sasrcore esner 23 Maintenance Table Format a 74 Dialog BORES csccsscccuinec ieendsonscevireseeasteatcauieen 23 Moving Around a Worksheet 00 000000 16 Using Comfort VIEW Help seser 25 Adjusting and Hiding Help Wizards cissie iscsisuisiniiiceiaeisoa 25 Worksheet Columns and ROWS een aae TO 76 Carrier Network Manager 0 0 cere 27 Displaying Point IDS sccsssseessssessseesseeeen 77 POTIMINOLOSY 4 scssesesoesesned
239. dialog box refer to Figure 4 10 click on the Clone button The Clone WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure and Table 4 10a 4 Enter the name of the new WorkSPACE and click on OK The Select Element dialog box will be displayed In the Select Element dialog box select the new system element s area and element name and address and click on OK Note Ifall of the original ViewSPACE and trend points are from a single table the Select Table dialog box will be displayed in place of the Selec Element dialog box In this dialog box you can select the area element table category and table name for the new WorkSPACE s points Then click on OK to save your selection and close the dialog box ComfortVIEW will create anew WorkSPACE and copy all existing ViewSPACEs and trends along with all associated points to it A dialog box titled with the name of your new WorkSPACE and listing the names of all of the cloned ViewSPACEs and trends will now be displayed 5 Click on Close to close the dialog box 247 248 Figure 4 9 Open ViewSPAC E Trend Dialog Box Table 4 9 Open ViewSPAC E Trend Dialog Box Open ViewSPACE Trend Select ViewSPACE Trend 23XL Status Display 23XL Mechanical PID Loop Tuning Trend 23XL Chiller Monitor Trend t LI Annex Space Temps and Seipoints Engineering Offices Space Temps and Setpoints Executive Offices Space Temps and Seipoints Physical Plant Air Handler
240. difying Point Descriptions While you are viewing a setpoint or occupancy configuration table you can select the Window menu s Graphical command to display the table in a graphical format Refer to the Window menu explana tion that appears in this chapter s Carrier Network Manager Com mand Summary section for further information on this display format Certain configuration tables contain multiple instances of table data For example the Autodial Gateway s Secured Password Table If this is the case the lt lt and gt gt buttons display below the toolbar at the beginning of the window s status bar Click on lt lt to display the previous block of data or click on gt gt to display the next block of data Refer to Figure 2 22 Use of a UT203 FID service configuration table is not compatible with use of any other FID table Concurrent use of the service configuration table with any other UT203 FID table by you or any ComfortVIEW operator will result in the display of a Controller in use or Controller currently locked message The Carrier Network Manager provides you with a short cut to display and modify a selected configuration entry s associated configuration maintenance time schedule or setpoint table while you are viewing a configuration table To display a point s associ ated tables click on the Configure menu item followed by clicking on Configuration Maintenance Time Schedule or Setpoint ComfortVIEW will display
241. displays the sorts list The sorts that are currently active are indicated with a checkmark 3 Click on one or more of the following menu items Default Time Date Area Zone Element Point or Alarm Level Note Clicking on an active sort de selects it Clicking on Default removes all sorts currently in effect and sorts alarms by time and date of reception beginning with those alarms received earliest The alarm list updates and re displays sorted accordingly An indication of the currently selected sorts displays in the status bar which displays on the third line of the alarm list window Figure 5 5 shows an alarm list sorted by time and date Figure 5 5 Alarm List Sorted by Time and Date amp Alarm Manager File Edit Configure Functions Options Help xX v clo 2 Alarms in system 3756 Alarms in viewing buffer Filters in effect Sorted by Default United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 8 44 3 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status Off commanded state is On Fan does not turn on when commanded all affected airhandler controls are either disabled or slowed to minimum conditions lololol United Mutual Insurnace Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Return to normal at 8 49 12 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status m olola John Jacobs 10 25 25 Sep 1997 v Ojo United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 19 51 25 Oct 1997 Filter Status Dirty dis
242. down list Phone number select the communication port to configure enter or modify the internal modem s telephone number Note The internal modem telephone number is used in alarm processing If you wish to receive alarms from a remote CCN when you are connected to it you must enter this number continued Table 6 1b New Gateway Port Dialog Box continued Adding Modifying Deleting Operators To Add a New a Operator To Modify an Existing Operator Click on To OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Comfort VIEW can support up to 100 different operators To quickly and easily add a new Comfort VIEW operator click on the Operator Profile toolbar wizard shown at left The wizard guides you through the following setup functions e Setting up the operator profile operator and login name pass word and alarm indication preference e Defining system access levels and assigning access levels to the operator e Specifying alarm indication preferences To modify an existing ComfortVIEW operator follow the instruc tions below Click on the Administration menu item and then click on Operators Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify Operator Profiles icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the Operator Configuration dialog b
243. dows operating system 203 204 Remote ComfortVIEW Server the Workstation Receiving the call Verify that the conditions listed below exist at the workstation that is receiving the call If they do not perform the listed instructions at the workstation that is receiving the call 1 The remote Server must be turned on and running Windows XP 2000 Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Networking software must have been installed along with the appropriate modem device driver Refer to your Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Net working installation instructions The Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Dial up Networking must be configured to dial out and receive calls See your Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Networking setup instructions You must grant dial in access permissions to all or selected users via the Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Networking See your Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Networking setup instructions The Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Networking must be running You can start and run the Remote Access Connection Man ager Service using the Windows Remote Access Connection Manager or you can configure the Remote Access Connec tion Manager Service Dial up Networking to automatically start on XP 2000 boot up To start the service aut
244. e If the icon does not appear to be activated is not a blue color a WorkSPACE has not been assigned to this alarm To assign a WorkSPACE to an alarm refer to the Assigning a WorkSPACE to an Existing Alarm section that follows _ WonGPACES Assigning a WorkSPAC Eto an Existing Alarm Follow the steps below to display an existing alarm s associated WorkSPACE Note You may also display an alarm s WorkSPACE by follow ing the Flashing Icon Alarm Viewing instructions which can be found in the Viewing New and Unacknowledged Alarms section of this chapter Then click on the alarm window s WorkSPACE icon 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on the blue WorkSPACE icon that appears in the alarm specific toolbar below the alarm message ComfortVIEW will invoke the WorkSPACE Manager appli cation and display the WorkSPACE that has been assigned to this alarm Follow the steps below to assign a WorkSPACE to an existing alarm 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Select the alarm message or messages to which you wish to attach a WorkSPACE If you need additional information refer to the Selecting Alarms section of this chapter 3 Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Attach WorkSPACE Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the non blue WorkSPACE
245. e communication alarm status text color include or remove the force status in the data box Click on the corresponding Color button to select the force status text color select the color of the corresponding data element point name description value units etc Select the font of the databox text continued 265 Table 4 12 Modify Data Box Click on To Dialog Box continued Layout tab view a sample databox that displays your current databox style and ele ment selections You can further customize your databox presentation by using the Windows drag and drop technique to move data elements around in the sample data box OK close the dialog box and save the data box settings Cancel exit the dialog box and without saving the settings Help display help information Figure 4 13 Data Point Selection Data Point Selection Dialog Box Select Area United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant 4 Select Element 23XL Chiller 0 128 4 Select Category Status Display Select Table STATUS 01 Status Display 4 Select Point ECW Entering Chilled Water 4 Reset OK Cancel Help 266 Table 4 13 Data Point Selection Dialog Box Click on To the Select Area drop down list the Select Element drop down list the Select Category drop down list the Select Table drop down list the Select Point drop down list Reset OK Ca
246. e you can see its associated Area Zone Element Level Point and Precedence on the bottom of the window 3 Do one of the following depending on whether you want to add modify or delete a message e Click on Add to add a new custom alarm message to the list of messages or e Select a message and then click on Modify to change the message or its associated incoming alarm criteria or e Select a message and then click on Delete to delete it 4 Refer to Figure 5 11 and Table 5 11 for further instructions on using the fields in this dialog box Use the Tab or Enter key to move between fields 5 Once you have made your changes click on OK This perma nently saves the change and closes the Assign Custom Alarm Messages dialog box 354 Figure 5 11 Assign Custom Alarm Messages Dialog Box Select a Custom Alarm Message All Options High All point check E highER Cancel Area Element Zone Point Level Precedence 355 356 Table 5 11 Assign Custom Alarm Messages Dialog Box Click on To Add add a new custom alarm message to the list of existing messages that are displayed in the Select a Custom Alarm Message box Type the mes sage in the Add Custom Message text box Up to 128 characters are allowed To add a message that will play an audible wav file on alarm reception enter the text CWPLAY followed immediately by the name of the sound file For example CWPLAY Fanalm To
247. e 1 4 The mouse cursor takes on an arrow shape to indicate where you are pointing on the window Table 1 4 explains the basic mouse techniques and terminology used throughout this manual Tem Meaning Double click Click on Drag or Drag and drop Point Position the mouse cursor on the designated item and then quickly press and release the left mouse button twice Position the mouse cursor on the designated item and then quickly press and release the left mouse button once Position the mouse cursor on the designated item Press and hold down the left mouse button as you move the mouse and the item to the desired position Then release the button Position the mouse cursor on the designated item 13 Using the Keyboard Figure 1 5 Typical Keyboard Figure 1 5 and Table 1 5 provide an overview of the keys that you will typically use when operating ComfortVIEW For information on using the keyboard to select menu items and commands refer to the To Select a Command Using Your Keyboard section of this chapter You should also refer to your Windows documentation Esc Fl F3 Ta b 5 Esc F1 F2 e3 F4 Fs Fe F7 F8 F9 F1o F11 fF12 fie isa fes va EE f SDD JE Is Jeg J eate e lr e ea LL w 2 JM JE JR Ee JE IE Jee LOUIE Weele E Ibe f caso A JS J CF JE JEU JEJE JC JU JA er AGE asne JZ IK YE JY JE
248. e Objects tion to the Comfort Controller you can simply perform a controller download of the entire configu ration using the Configure menu s Download com mand When working off line however be sure to keep track of the amount of Comfort Controller memory you will be using Refer to the EEPROM Memory Usage Summary Sheet in the Comfort Controller Overview and Configuration Manual for approxi mate database object memory usages Click on Create to create the the new or modified object and display the configuration table or Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings ComfortVIEW displays a message dialog box during the creation process At the conclusion the point s configuration table is displayed You can opt to configure the object here or can exit the configuration table and return to configure the object at a later time using the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box s Configure button For configuration instructions refer to Configuring Database Objects which appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section Comfort VIEW includes a feature that is designed to expedite the creation of multiple similarly named and or similarly described objects For example SPT_01 Space Temperature 01 SPT_02 Space Tem perature 02 SPT_03 Space Temperature 03 You initiate this feature while creating or modifying an existing database object To create multiple objects l Foll
249. e alarm indication function pro duces an audible beep plays a wav sound file and displays a flashing alarm symbol on the screen When the value returns to within specified limits the CCN system element generates a return to normal message and sends this message to Comfort VIEW ComfortVIEW receives and stores return to normal messages in the same fashion as it does for alarms and alerts Alarms and alerts can be received from remote CCNs using Carrier s CCN Autodial Gateway TeLINK or NAM products Alarms and alerts are indicated in the Carrier Network Manager s CCN displays as well ComfortVIEW enables you to e view acknowledge print and delete the alarm messages e sort the presentation of the alarm list by alarm level time date or alphabetically by area zone element or point name e create custom messages and operator notes for attachment to alarms or groups of alarms e suppress the audible and visual indication of nuisance alarms e assign WorkSPACEs to alarms or groups of alarms e filter the indication or display of alarms for a logged on user Note Alarm filtering is done using ComfortVIEW Setup function Refer to the Setup chapter of this manual for instructions 325 326 Alam Indication Methods You can configure the manner in which ComfortVIEW notifies you of the existence of new and unacknowledged CCN alarms and alerts ComfortVIEW can notify you in one of three manners e An
250. e click on the data box to display the Modify Data Box dialog box and modify the point selection and other dialog box options accordingly Refer to Step 8 of this list and to Table 4 12 for instructions on using the Modify Data Box dialog box Create your link areas You can place up to fifteen link areas on a ViewSPACE a Click on the Configure menu item and then click on New link area Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the New Link Area icon in the toolbar The Modify Link Area dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 15 Select the WorkSPACE to which you wish to link click on Border to enable or disable display of a border around the link area and then click on OK The WorkSPACE Manager displays the link area box on your graphic background screen You can re size the link area by dragging the box corner You can re position the link area by dragging it If desired you can lock the ViewSPACE so that its window 12 13 size and position and its link areas databoxes and background graphic cannot be inadvertently altered To do this click on the Options menu item and then click on Lock window If desired you can also select the Options menu s Size image to window command to force the background graphic to re size itself dynamically based on the size of the ViewSPACE This allows you to display large graphics in their entirety inside a ViewSPACE and eliminates the need for use of scr
251. e commands that appear in the alarm menus The following table describes each of the commands in the Alarm Manager s File menu Command Use this command to Export copy selected alarms to a file You can copy this file to another direc tory sub directory or drive One use for this function would be to export Comfort VIEW alarm data for use with another software product such as a word processor or spreadsheet pro gram Note You must specify which alarm message components alarm message acknowledgement message custom message operator note to export Use the File menu s Page Setup command to select these components Dialog Box Options File Name Type a name for the export file Save File As Type Click on the down arrow and select the file type from the drop down list Directories Click on the directory path where you want the file saved continued Table 5 18 File Menu continued Command Use this command to Print Print All Page Setup Exit Dialog Box Options continued Drives Click on the down arrow and select the drive where you want the file saved from the drop down list Network Click on this button to save the file to another computer on the local area network ComfortVIEW displays the Connect Network Drive dialog box OK Closes the dialog box and saves changes made Cancel Exits the dialog box and restores the previous settings print selected
252. e is imported the existing daily consumable total usage value for 9 1 94 will be overwritten with the value 21113 2567 If there currently is no usage value for this date this value will be inserted into the monthly data It will then be added to the 9 94 monthly total The 94 yearly total also will be adjusted accordingly Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Dis playing the Report Definition List Click on the File menu item and then click on Import data Comfort VIEW displays the Data Table Selection dialog box This dialog box lists all consumable and runtime tables in each CCN Refer to Figure 7 14 and Table 7 14 for instruc tions on using this dialog box Select a CCN from the Select CCN drop down list In the Select data table list select the option table containing the point whose monthly data you intend to modify and click on OK The Open File dialog box displays Select the Notepad text file you wish to import or type the text file name in the File Name box You can also select a different drive by making your selection from the Drives drop down list You can select a text file that may be resident on another network computer by clicking on the Network button Click on OK The dialog box closes the data imports into the selected consumable or runtime file and the report definition list re displays 495 ure 7 14 cen Table Selection Data Table Selection Dialog Box Select Data Table
253. e left blank Value The value to set the point to Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_WriteSetPoint Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal SetPointTableld As Integer ByVal PointNumber As Integer ByVal Description As String ByVal Value As Double As Integer Example PointNumber 1 Value 100 4 Description String 255 0 Result CW_WriteSetPoint SetPointTableId PointNumber Description Value CW _ConnectioRemoteCCN int CW_ConnectToRemoteCCN char RemoteCCNName This function establishes a connection to a remote CCN Parameters RemoteCCNName_ The name of the remote CCN to connect to Return Value The function returns 0 if the connection was established successfully any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetErrorBuffer for more information on CWACCESS errors 581 Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_ConnectToRemoteCCN Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal CCNName As String As Integer Example Rname RemoteSite Result CW_ConnectToRemoteCCN Rname CW Disc onnectfromRemoteC CN int CW_DisconnectFromRemoteCCN char RemoteCCNName This function terminates the connection to a remote CCN Parameters RemoteCCNName The name of the remote CCN to disconnect from Return Value
254. e menu s Import command For additional information refer to Importing CCNs which appears later in this Setup chapter Follow the instructions below to export a CCN from the Comfort VIEW hard disk 1 Display the Setup window If necessary refer to Launching the Setup Application 2 Click on the File menu item and then click on Export CCN The Export CCN Selection dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure 6 19 Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Export CCN icon in the toolbar 433 434 Click on the CCN that you wish to export and then click on OK The Export Target Selection dialog box will be displayed In the Export Target Selection dialog box select the directory and drive where you want the file saved Refer to Table 6 20 for more information on using the Export Target Selection dialog box Click on OK to export the CCN to the specified file name and location ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before copying the selected CCN Click on Yes to complete the export or click on No to prevent the export from taking place ComfortVIEW will save the exported files to the specified directory using the following file naming convention 00000xxx where xxx is the CCN number A function status box is displayed during the copy process If you are exporting to diskette ComfortVIEW will prompt you to insert another diskette if necessary The message Function completed
255. e object name This option is available for Comfort Controller System objects in which you can modify only the numerical portion of the table name Consum able Runtime Network Time Sched ule Loadshed Occupancy and Holi day Tables The text portion of the table name must remain as displayed Clicking on the up or down arrow leaves the table name as is and only modifies the number Note Clicking on the up arrow when the uppermost table number is dis played causes ComfortVIEW to replace the numerical portion of the table name with the characters and to enable the Quantity field which gives you the capability to simulta neously create multiple tables create multiple similarly named objects for example hardware points SPT_01 SPT_02 etc Enter the desired number of tables or click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed value This field is enabled only if you include the characters in the Name text box For additional information on this feature refer to Creating Multiple Similarly Named Objects which continued Table 2 37 Object Definition Click on To Dialog Box continued appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section of the manual Note ComfortVIEW limits the value that you are permitted to enter in the Quantity field depending on the object type and on the number of currently existent Comfort Controller objects For example if two occupancy tabl
256. e selected report definition The Report Definition dialog box displays Make any desired modifica tions Click on OK to close the dialog box and save changes made or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes Options Menu Table 7 21 Options Menu The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the report definition list s Options menu Click on To Font change the font that ComfortVIEW uses to display report definition list text Dialog Box Options Font Select the font to use Font Style Select any style options for example bold or italic Size Select the point size The larger the point size the larger the characters appear on your screen Sample The text in this box changes to reflect the font font style and size you select OK Closes the dialog box and save changes made Cancel Exits the dialog box and restores the previous settings continued 507 508 Table 7 21 Options Menu continued Help Menu Table 7 22 Help Menu Click on To Toolbar Status bar Refresh Save settings on exit hide or display the toolbar that ap pears in the second line of report panel windows hide or display the status bar that appears in the third line of report panel windows This status bar dis plays the name and description of the currently highlighted report definition update the report definition list with the most recent report d
257. e the previous settings Click on To the Table name edit box modify the table name The name can consist of up to eight characters the Table description edit box modify the controller description The OK description can consist of up to 24 characters close the dialog box and save the changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the Help previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 105 106 Altemate Method Figure 2 27 Table Names List Window You can also modify controller table names and descriptions by follow ing the steps below 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List Click on the controller containing the table names and descrip tions to modify Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Table names ComfortVIEW displays the Table Names list shown in Figure 2 27 This list displays the 8 character name and 24 character description of each table in the selected controller Refer to Table 2 27 for additional information about this list Click on the table you wish to modify Click on Modify ComfortVIEW displays the Table Definition dialog box Refer to Figure 2 26 and Table 2 26 for instructions on using this dialog box After modifying the name and description click on OK to close the dialog box and save your modifications or click on Cancel to exit
258. ead you can delete a WorkSPACE at any time by 253 254 e entering design mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Enter design mode e clicking on the Edit menu item and then clicking on the Delete WorkSPACE command e proceeding to Step 6 in the following list 1 Double click on the WorkSPACE Manager icon to launch the WorkSPACE Manager application The Open WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed 2 Inthe Open WorkSPACE dialog box click on Cancel The dialog box closes and ComfortVIEW displays a new blank WorkSPACE window in run mode 3 Switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design 4 Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and the mes sage Design displays in the lower right corner of the window 5 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Delete WorkSPACE 6 In the confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to delete the WorkSPACE or on No to prevent its deletion The WorkSPACE Manager closes any currently displayed ViewSPACE and trend windows deletes the WorkSPACE from the ComfortVIEW database and displays a new undefined WorkSPACE window Creating a New ViewSPACE Overview of the Process Graphic Background Drawing Specifications To create a new ViewSPACE you must perform the tasks listed b
259. eate a new object or select an existing object and then click on Modify to modify the selected object s type units state name or description ComfortVIEW displays the Object Definition dialog box shown and described in Figure 2 37 and Table 2 37 If you are modifying an existing object the object s identification information will display in the corresponding fields If you are adding a new object all fields will appear blank In the Object Definition dialog box select the object type by clicking in the top most drop down list Depending on the type of database object you are working with this list will be labelled Setpoints System tables Alarms Functions or Control Algorithms drop down list Note If you are modifying an existing object ComfortVIEW will not permit you to modify the displayed object type To do so you must delete the object by clicking on the Configure Comfort Con 147 148 troller dialog box s Delete button and then create a new one of the desired type The Name field will update to reflect the selected object type For example if you are creating a system table and select the system table type Holiday the name HOLDYOI will auto matically display in the Name field Note When naming new tables ComfortVIEW keeps track of existing table instances For example If HOLDY01 and 02 already exist ComfortVIEW would name a new table HOLDY0O3 The selected object type will also automatically display in
260. ecifications Graphic Dimensions Any size Graphic File Format Windows BMP bitmap File Naming Convention XXXX_Y_Z BMP where XXXX is a unique 4 character frame family identifier for the anima tion sequence You must assign each graphic that is part of a particular animation sequence the same 4 char acter identifier You specify this identifier when creating animated ViewSPACE data boxes Y is the discrete point state that the graphic represents Enter 0 for the off state or for the on state Z is a number from 0 to 9 which represents the position that the graphic holds in the animation sequence If there are nine frames of animation the first graphic Frame 1 would be named with Z equal to 0 and the last graphic would be named with Z equal to 9 The animation sequence will repeat continuously using the Z values assigned Directory Path Store all animation graphic files on your ComfortVIEW server worksta tion in the directory path MEDIA FRAMES This directory will be located in the CVIEW CWORKS or other directory in which you have installed ComfortVIEW 299 300 Example To depict a fan as On or Off you could create and save the family of graphic files described in the example below Please note that the files used in this example are included and installed along with your ComfortVIEW software FANS_0_0 BMP Fan Off condition animation Frame 1 Fan blades in a fixed position FANS_1_0 BMP Fan
261. ecified by either its name or number If the value of Occupancy TableNumber 0 the function will use the string stored in OccupancyTableName to identify the desired table If Occupancy TableNumber contains a valid table number it will open the table and return its name in OccupancyTableName When a table has been successfully opened a system generated integer is returned to Tableld This number is then used by the CW_CloseOccupancy Table CW_WritePeriod and CW_ReadPeriod functions to identify the appropriate table This function can also be used to open the Central Time Schedule To open the Central Time Schedule use the following arguments CCNNumber Bus and Controller must be 0 and the Occupancy TableName must be a name of the Central Time Schedule Parameters CCNNumber The CCN number of the controller whose occupancy table you want to open Bus The number of the CCN bus the controller is on Controller The ID number of the controller OccupancyTableNumber The controller s occupancy table number OccupancyTableName The controller s occupancy table name Tableld Returns the table id of the opened table Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors 570 Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_OpenOccupancyTable Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal CCNNumber As Long ByVal Bus
262. ect printers The Print Setup dialog box is displayed Select the printer to which you wish to print ViewSPACE and trend screen captures and definition reports select additional print characteristics such as page size orientation and two sided printing Clicking on the Print Setup dialog box s More button displays the Advanced document Properties dialog box where you can specify additional print characteristics Click on the Help button to display Windows help informa tion Clicking on the Print Setup dialog box s Network button displays the Con nect to Printer dialog box which gives you the capability to print to another printer on the local area network Click on the Help button to display Windows help information exit the WorkSPACE Manager applica tion The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s File menu in run mode Click on To Open WorkSPACE open and display an existing WorkSPACE The Open WorkSPACE Trend dialog box is displayed Select the WorkSPACE that you wish to display and then click on OK The selected WorkSPACE opens and its ViewSPACEs and trends open and display sequentially in run mode continued Table 4 28 File Menu Run Mode continued Click on To Open Bookmark Open ViewSPACE trend open and display a bookmarked WorkSPACE If there is only one bookmarked WorkSPACE in your ComfortVIEW database the WorkSPACE Manager d
263. ect the areas for which you wish to assign an access level that is different from the default access level 401 402 Figure 6 6 OperatorAccess Dialog Box As you select an area the area s currently assigned access level displays in the Exception list at the bottom of the dialog box If you wish to change an area s access level select the new access level from the Exception drop down list 7 Once you have made your access level assignments click on OK This closes the dialog box and saves your settings Operator Access Select operator s default Access Level All Operations m Global privileges System setup Report setup Report generation WorkSPACE setup Global Functions Exceptions Areas Network Lab 1 local lab Exception lt default gt Selects area for which an exception level will be assigned Table6 6 OperatorAccess Dialog Box Click on To Select operator s default Access Level Global Privileges System setup select the privilege level that the operator will have for all areas in your CCN with the exception of those areas listed in this dialog box under Exceptions Clicking on the down arrow displays all existing access levels Select an access level from this list enable disable system setup privileges These privileges include access to the following operations e operator configuration and preferences For example adding
264. ectory in the CVIEW CWORKS or other directory in which you in stalled ComfortVIEW on your server machine You can also click on the button and select a filename ote The sound file must not have a file name in excess of 8 characters close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Specifying Alarm Printers ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to define families of alarms that will be automatically printed to specific Comfort VIEW printers You define alarm families by setting up alarm filters that specify the Area Element and Level for incoming alarms You then assign alarm filters to specific printers The alarms will print on occurrence to the specified printer s ComfortVIEW compares incoming alarms to your specified criteria and establishes which alarms get routed to which printers using the following rules ComfortVIEW begins by identifying criteria that might qualify the alarm for routing One possibility that will qualify is an exact match between your user defined criteria and the incom ing alarm Other possibilities involve any wildcards that you use to specify criteria An incoming alarm must satisfy each of the three user defined criteria before the incoming alarm will be routed to any printer Refer to Table 6 9 for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards Follow the steps below to set up alarm fi
265. ed Hble z304 Clickon To Configure Comfort Controller Dialog Box Note If there are objects selected in continued more than one tab ComfortVIEW will display the Select Comfort Controllers Objects dialog box This dialog box will display the names of all currently selected objects From the list dis played select the objects that you wish to delete Clicking on Select All will delete all listed objects Clicking on Select None will delete none of the listed objects ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before deleting any object Unmark all de select the currently selected objects in all Configure Comfort Controller dialog box tabs Close exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Help display help information Creating and Follow the instructions below to create a new Comfort Controller Modifying Hardware hardware or software point or to modify an existing point s sensor and Software Points type name or description 1 Inthe Configure Comfort Controller dialog box click on the Hardware tab to create or modify a hardware point or click on the Software tab to create or modify a software point The list of configured and unconfigured hardware or software channels will be displayed For hardware points the channels list depicts the actual controller I O channel point assignment For software points the channel list depicts internal software channel assignments If you are
266. ed database object For detailed instructions on modifying configura tion table values refer to the Modify ing Configuration Table Values section of this Carrier Network Man ager chapter continued 137 Table 2 36a To Configure Comfort one Controller Dialog Box Clone continued Delete Database status Delete marked 138 create a new database object by replicating the selected database object and its configuration ComfortVIEW displays the Select Comfort Controller Objects dialog box From the list of suggested ob jects select the new object s that you wish to create ComfortVIEW will create the selected objects and repli cate the existing object s configura tion Refer to Figure 2 38 and Table 2 38 for detailed instructions on using this dialog box delete the selected object ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before delet ing the object check on the error status and available program space in your Comfort Controller database ComfortVIEW displays the Database Status dialog box If there is a database error perform a controller verify to deter mine the differences between the Comfort Controller and the ComfortVIEW database For addi tional information refer to Recovering from Download Errors which appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section delete the currently selected objects in all Configure Comfort Controller dialog box tabs continu
267. eed to select before ComfortVIEW can perform the command The command is in effect When you remove the check mark by reselecting the command the command will no longer be in effect The key combination is a shortcut for this command You can use this key combina tion as an alternative to click ing on this command When you select this com mand a cascading menu appears listing additional commands To Selecta Command Using Your Mouse To Selecta Command Using Your Keyboard Dialog Boxes Point to the menu item and click the left mouse button ComfortVIEW displays the list of commands for this menu item Note If you wish to close the menu without performing any command click anywhere outside the menu Point to a command name and click the left mouse button ComfortVIEW carries out some commands right away If an ellipsis follows the command however more information is needed to complete the command and a dialog box displays You must then select options in the dialog box to control how ComfortVIEW performs the command Press the Alt key and then release Then type the underlined letter in the menu item name ComfortVIEW displays the list of commands for this menu item Note If you wish to close the menu without performing any command press Esc Type the underlined letter in the command name ComfortVIEW carries out some commands right away If an ellipsis follows the command however more info
268. eeeeeeeees 341 Acknowledging One Alarm Messan en ursis o R ERE 341 Acknowledging More Than One or All Alarm Messages c eee 342 Attaching an Operator s Note to an Alarm 343 To View Modify or Attach a Note to One Alarm cicccsevestsecsescevesouees 343 To Attach the Same Note to Multiple Alarms 2 00 0 tinen 343 Suppressing Alarms 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 346 To Enable or Disable Alarm SUPPTeSSION oo eee eee eee ceeeeeeceeteeetneeeeees 346 To View Suppressed Alarms 347 Deleting Alarms essnee nia 349 Printing the Alarm List 0 0 eee eeeeeeees 350 To Select Which Alarm Message Components to PEM i ASe EA E E E 350 To Print Selected Alarm Messan eS eeina a rasai EPERE 351 To Print All Alarm Messages e eee 352 To Automatically Print Alarms on OCCUTTENCE sessioissa 352 Assigning Custom Messages to Incoming Alase ee asi ETTE E EERS 353 Rules for Custom Message Attachment eee enres E EERE 353 Adding Modifying or Deleting a Custom Message eee 354 Displaying an Existing Alarm s WOTKSPA CE nsien neepenestiesneeenl 360 What is a WorkSPACE occas 360 Determining if an Alarm Has an Associated WorkSPACE n se 360 Displaying WorkSPACES noses 361 Assigning a WorkSPACE to an Existing Alarm s c ccsncsecceseevecssenceess 361 Modifying an Existing Alarm s WorkSPACE oo eceeeeeeeeee teens 363 Assigning WorkSPACEs to Incoming Alat S eeii h ceveewvenesbensebiesa
269. efer to Table 5 17 for instruc tions on using this box select the default colors royal blue for alarm alert return to normal text black for custom message text and red for acknowledgement text display help information close the dialog box and select the specified colors exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Table5 17 Color Dialog Box Clickon To Basic Color Custom Color Define Custom Colors OK Cancel select a standard color for the selected text select one of the previously defined custom colors refine the selected basic or custom color The Color dialog box expands to include a color refiner box Click on the basic or custom color that you wish to refine Use the cursor that is inside the color refiner box and the vertical luminosity bar to change the color You may also type values in the boxes The right side of the Color Solid box displays the new text color Note that the Solid colors are the only ones that apply For more information on defining custom colors refer to your Windows user s guide Click on Add to Custom Colors to add the new color to the custom colors palette close the dialog box and select the specified colors exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved 373 374 Alam Menu Commands File Menu Table 5 18 File Menu This section describes each of th
270. efinitions that have been created and saved in the ComfortVIEW database save any changes you make by using commands on the Options menu For example if you change the font and then exit the report definition list the text appears in the new font the next time you enter the report list This command also saves the size and position of report windows The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the report definition list s Help menu Click on To Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information on all ComfortVIEW components and copyright Sample Reports This section contains sample ComfortVIEW reports The following reports are included Consumable Daily Report Consumable Monthly Report Consumable Yearly Report Runtime Daily Report Runtime Monthly Report Runtime Yearly Report History Report Sample reports for additional ComfortVIEW reports can be found in Appendix A 509 yoday Aiieq ajqeuunsuos ajdwes gz 4 ainby Yyojewsiyy aseqejeq G ANULIS ajaosig p 10117 uoNeINBYUOD E 40119 asempsey Z ainjle4 UONeIJUNWIWOD L aqeyreay B1eq ON 0 abesn yeod sajeolpul gt o 4131004 E8vel clvec O SELSOL O S2eSZl SSZOL GSc6ZL 00S9S2 o0SZer S e O L cv OZ WAS GS89EL Ovs oot 0 0 Gv eS lv OZ RAs VELEL Ovs Sor 0 0 O S I
271. efulnessand Readability Suggested Additionsand Deletions Enrorsand Omissions Please give page numbers Date Name Title orPosition Organization Address Fold so thatthe mailing addressisvisible sta ple closed and mail CanierCorporation Carrier World Headquarters Building One Carrier Place Farmington CT 06034 4015 Attn CCN Documentation Z Carrier A United Technologies Company 808 239 Rev 03 06
272. el exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Figure 2 8 Phone Number Configuration Dialog Box Phone Number Configuration Phone number Password Quiet time 60 minutes OK Cancel Help Edits the CCN s phone number 52 Table 2 8 Phone Number Configuration Dialog Box Click on To Phone Number Password Quiet time OK Cancel Help enter the phone number of the remote CCN s Autodial Gateway Up to 128 characters are allowed enter an up to 8 character password This password must match the pass word that is configured in the remote Autodial Gateway Valid characters are upper case A Z 0 9 space hyphen and comma specify the number of minutes after which if no communication occurs the Autodial Gateway automatically hangs up You can enter a new value or click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed number Allowable entries 5 255 minutes Default 10 minutes close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 53 54 Adding Modifying Areas To Adda New Area Follow the steps below to add a new area into the ComfortVIEW database An area is a logical grouping of system elements within a CCN F
273. elected will display the point s table of origin status display maintenance or configuration table Click on Close to exit the dialog box and save any modifications 231 a Trend Data toa There are two ways to permanently save your trend data samples e Inrun mode use the File menu s Save trend data to file com mand This command takes a snapshot of the current data and writes the data to a file name that you specify in the File Save As dialog box This tab separated file will contain all data that s been gathered since the trend was started for your current WorkSPACE session You can then examine this trend data file at a later time by reading it into a third party spreadsheet word processor or the Windows Notepad application e Indesign mode select the Edit menu s Modify ViewSPACE Trend command to display the Modify Current Trend dialog box refer to Figure and Table 4 18 In that dialog box specify an archive file directory path and file name When the trend is activated in run mode the data will be written to this file as it is plotted You can then re display the archived trend data in an inactive WorkSPACE Manager trend window using the File menu s Open Archived Trend command This command is available in run mode Be aware that these are the only methods in which to permanently save trend data Trend data is lost under the following conditions e You remove the trend from the current WorkSPACE e You leave run mode and
274. eleting Removing ViewSPAC Es To Delete a ViewSPACE 278 The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to tabularize the data boxes Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager will remove the graphic back ground and re size and re arrange all data boxes to appear in a tabular format Click on the Options menu item and then click on Cascade Data Boxes The WorkSPACE Manager will re size all data boxes and display them in a cascaded format You can now re display the graphic background by clicking on the Configure menu item and then clicking on Back ground After displaying the desired graphic background you can re position the data boxes by dragging them to the desired location Follow the instructions below to delete a ViewSPACE from the ComfortVIEW database 1 Display the ViewSPACE that you wish to delete If necessary refer to Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE If necessary switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager displays the selected WorkSPACE in design mode The message Design will display in the lower right corner of the window Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Delete ViewSPACE Trend In the confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to delete the ViewSPACE or on No to
275. elow Step by step instructions for completing each task follow e Enter design mode e Create a new or open an existing WorkSPACE into which you wish to include the new ViewSPACE graphic e Create the new ViewSPACE and select the pre drawn graphic display background Refer to Graphic Background Drawing Specifications on the following page e Create data boxes and assign the data points on the display Depending on how you configure them data boxes can appear as rectangular boxes or as animated graphics A rectangular data box can contain a configuration status display or maintenance point s name 24 character description value and units commu nication or alarm status and or force state An animated graphic data box displays an animated picture of a discrete point for example a fan circulating air A data box can also display data from a Dynamic Data Exchange DDE linked application e Establish links to other WorkSPACEs Link boxes give you the capability to jump to another WorkSPACE by double clicking within a ViewSPACE s link box boundaries e Save the new ViewSPACE and or WorkSPACE in your ComfortVIEW database Graphic backgrounds should be created using a third party drawing package that supports one of the following file formats File Extension Type BMP Windows bitmap DIB Windows bitmap GIF Compuserve JPG JPEG PCX PC Paintbrush ZSoft format only TIF TIFF TGA Truevision Targa 255 256 S
276. en click on the Save WorkSPACE command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar This command will overwrite your existing WorkSPACE e To save the WorkSPACE with a new name Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save WorkSPACE as command This command allows you to save a new version of an existing WorkSPACE The Save Current WorkSPACE As dialog box is dis played Refer to Figure 4 10 and Table 4 10 for instruc tions on using this dialog box If desired you can click on the Save Current WorkSPACE As dialog box s Clone button to quickly create another WorkSPACE containing identica 1 points from another controller of the same type and version The WorkSPACE Manager saves the WorkSPACE and all associated ViewSPACEs and trends with their current win dow locations and sizes When you display the WorkSPACE in run mode all ViewSPACEs and trends display with the window location and size that they had when the WorkSPACE was saved Te Display the New or You can now display the trend in run mode and view the trend data Modified Trend in Run dynamically plotting Mode Click on the Run menu item and then click on Start run mode For further instructions refer to the Displaying and Using Trends section of this chapter 283 284 Figure 4 18 Modify Trend Dialog Box Table 4 18 Modify Trend Dialog Box Modify Current Trend Name 23XL CHILLER MONIT
277. end the data to the option module click on the Configure menu item then click on Download 6 To save the new tables in the ComfortVIEW database click on the Configure menu item and then click on Save Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save icon in the tool bar 7 Edit the table description to make this table a unique entry in the option table list and to aid you in identifying the table when selecting points for ComfortVIEW reports If neces sary refer to To Modify an Option Table Description which appears later in this Displaying and Configuring CCN Op tions section To Display and Modify Option Configuration Tables Figure 2 33 CCN Consumable Configuration Table File Edit Configure Administration Options Window Help Display the option table list using the instructions listed under Displaying and Configuring CCN Options Double click on the table name that you wish to display or modify ComfortVIEW will display the selected configuration table In the example shown in Figure 2 33 ComfortVIEW displays the Consumable Configuration Table window Modify the table data as desired For detailed instructions on modifying configuration tables refer to the Modifying Con figuration Table Values section of this chapter old Ca D7 Y0 0 ED O able vv gt 4 B Be Fe Direct connection Controller name
278. enssssnssceocesssoeasesnenssvavesies 29 Trend Wizard ooocccccoccocccoococecoocooooooeooeeoeessccces 77 Accessing the Carrier Network Manager 32 Alarm Wizard ooreis sinin cersetor 78 The Controller List 1111ssseset 111r trrsereete tetet 34 Report Wizard cc i scccisidetistesedssteniersectenvieeents 78 90 6 gD a ee eo reae Ere aii 32 Viewing Configuration Tables c c sc0esceeeeeseee 78 Carrier Network Manager Configuration Table Format e 80 WOOD AR assises ee tenine eae discus a eCe Epe Se 36 lt lt ANd gt gt BuUttONS oocooooooooooocoooooocooeooeceececcecen 80 Changing the Font 2 s cc scistsassssnscsdsessenestesetoahessey 38 This document is the property of Carrier Corporation and is delivered on the express condition that it is not to be disclosed reproduced in whole or in part or used for manufacture by anyone other than Carrier Corporation without its written consent and that no right is granted to disclose or so use any information contained in said document Carrier reserves the right to change or modify the information or product described without prior notice and without incurring any liability 2006 Carrier Corporation Printed in U S A 808 239 Rev 03 06 Viewing UT203 FID Service Configuration Tables 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeees 80 Table Jumps from Configuration Tables 80 Comfort Controller Reference SUMS aian osia sE 81 Viewing Alarm History Tables ee 81 Polling a
279. enter design mode e You exit the WorkSPACE by double clicking on a ViewSPACP s link area by opening a new WorkSPACE or by exiting the WorkSPACE Manager application entirely 232 Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE To Launch the WorkSPACE Manager Application and Display a ViewSPACE in Run Mode While displaying a ViewSPACE in run mode you can perform the following functions Connect to a remote CCN to view dynamic remote values To connect to a remote CCN click on the Connect toolbar icon e View modify upload download and save the following data point parameters e Value e Description e Operator note e Jump to and display a linked WorkSPACE e Jump to and display a point s associated configuration mainte nance time schedule or setpoint table e Display the names of all Comfort Controller objects that are using a selected Comfort Controller point in their configuration e Jump to and display a point s table of origin status display maintenance or configuration table e Use the trend wizard to quickly and easily create a new trend e Use the report wizard to quickly and easily add a new consum able runtime or history report definition e Use the alarm wizard to quickly and easily configure an alarm for the currently selected point e Use the data box wizard to quickly and easily add a new data box to the ViewSPACE Note If the WorkSPACE Manager application is already run ning you can dis
280. eport to ComfortVIEW Report Panel 1 Display the report panel If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Accessing the Report Panel 2 Click on the Options menu item and then click on New ComfortVIEW displays the New Report Profile dialog box 3 In the Report name box enter a descriptive report or applica tion name This name will display beneath the icon in the Report Panel window 4 Inthe Menu entry box enter a descriptive report or applica tion name This name will display in the command list when you click on the Report Panel window s Report menu item Note To allow a user to invoke this command using a shortcut key place an amp character before the letter that you wish to be the shortcut key 5 In the Icon file box enter the directory path and file name of the icon that you wish to represent this report in the Report Panel window or click on the box to the right of the text box to search your directories for the proper icon file 6 Enter any help text that you want presented in the Report Panel when the user selects your report application 7 Inthe Executable box enter the name of the executable file ComfortVIEW will invoke to start your report application or click on the box to the right of the text box to search your directories for the proper executable file If necessary refer to Figure 7 15 and Table 7 15 for a summary of all New Report Profile dialog box options 499 Figure 7 1
281. ere is an active RAS connec tion the Remote Site Manager dialog box will be displayed as a reminder that this session is active and may need to be terminated Comfort IEW Logout sa System Administrator Logout Cancel Help Logs out of ComfortVIEW Clickon To Logout log off Help display help information Cancel exit the dialog box without logging off 11 Figure 1 3a Active Remote CCN Connections Dialog Box Table 1 3a Active Remote CCN Connections Dialog Box 12 Active Remote CCN Connections CCN Connections Nationwide Mutual Insurance Disconnect Currently connected CCNs Click on To a CCN in the CCN Connections list Disconnect Close Help select the CCN s from which you wish to disconnect On initial display all CCNs will be selected disconnect from the selected remote CCN s Note Remote CCNs that are cur rently in use by operators at other ComfortVIEW workstations will not be disconnected exit the dialog box without discon necting display help information Using ComforVIiEW An Overview Using the Mouse Figure 1 4 Mouse Table 1 4 Basic Mouse Terminology You can operate ComfortVIEW using your keyboard or your mouse The mouse is a pointing device that enables you to move around the ComfortVIEW window faster and easier than using the keyboard Hold your mouse with the cable facing away from you as shown in Figur
282. erforming a controller upload overwrites the controller s configuration that is stored in the ComfortVIEW database Performing a table upload displays the table on screen for viewing or editing If desired you can save the displayed table data in the ComfortVIEW database send configuration table data to a selected controller You can download an entire controller or only a single configuration table Performing a download over writes the configuration at the control ler When you download an entire controller ComfortVIEW sends data from its database to the controller When you download a single table ComfortVIEW sends the on screen data which may be different from its database data to the controller compare the selected controller s database as it is stored in the control ler with the associated database that is stored in the ComfortVIEW database modify controller table names and descriptions continued 187 188 Table 2 52 Configure Menu continued Command Use this command to Controller Note You can modify the description of all tables You can only however modify the names of CCN Option tables Exercise caution when modify ing these names You must only change the numbers that appear in the table name For example only change the name of the Loadshed Option s LDSHDOIS Table to a name such as LDSHD02S Do not modify any other characters in the name You can also modify table na
283. error messages that are produced by any CWACCESS function It will retrieve up to 255 characters from the Error Queue and will also retrieve multiple error messages Parameters ErrBuf A string of up to 255 characters which stores an error message Return Value The value 0 indicates that there are still error messages in the error buffer a positive value indicates there are no more error messages CW Closelib Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_GetErrorBuffer Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal ErrBuf As String As Integer Example ErrBuf String 255 0 ErrResult CW_GetErrorBuffer ErrBuf While ErrResult 0 MsgBox Error Detected amp ErrBuf ErrResult CW_GetErrorBuffer ErrBuf Wend In the above example CW_GetErrorBuffer is called in a While loop to ensure that all error messages will be displayed void CW_CloseLib This function terminates the connection to the Comfort VIEW server Parameters None Return Value None Sample Declaration Public Declare Sub CW_CloseLib Lib CWACCESS DLL Example Call CW_CloseLib 569 CW _OpenOccupancyTable int CW_OpenOccupancyTable unsigned long CCNNumber un signed short Bus unsigned short Controller unsigned short OccupancyTableNumber char OccupancyTableName unsigned short TableID This function opens the time schedule for the controller which is specified by the function s arguments The table to be opened can be sp
284. ers for the new CCN See Modifying CCNs in the Adding Modifying CCNs section of this manual s Carrier Network Manager chapter The im ported CCN and address will default to Database Only and System Element 239 You can modify these values as re quired Figure 6 21 Import Source Selection Dialog Box Import Source Selection Select directory containing exported CCN a j a F ccn_exp __ 00000001 Selects directory from which to import CCN data files Table 6 21 Import Source Selection Clckon To Dialog Box the drive drop down list select the drive where the exported files are currently stored a directory select the CCN files to import OK close the dialog box and save the selection The Imported CCN Defini tion dialog box is displayed Refer to Table 6 22 and Figure 6 22 for in structions on using this dialog box Cancel exit the dialog box without saving the selection Help display help information 439 Figure 6 22 Imported CCN Definition Dialog Box CCN name Imported CCN Definition CCN number Used CCN numbers 100 OK Cancel Help Table6 22 Imported CCN Definition ClICKON To Dialog Box CCN name edit box enter the new CCN name Up to 48 characters are allowed You must assign the new CCN a name that is different from those that are currently used in the target ComfortVIEW database CC
285. es currently exist you will not be permit ted to enter a value greater than 97 in this field Assuming that a maximum of 99 occupancy tables are available in the Comfort Controller After you click on Create ComfortVIEW will create the speci fied number of tables and display the newly created table names in the Select Comfort Controller Objects dialog box In this dialog box you will have the opportunity to modify the table names and descriptions Refer to Figure 2 38 and Table 2 38 for instruc tions on using this dialog box the Description text box modify the displayed object descrip tion You can enter an up to 24 character description This description will display in the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box s Hardware points Software points Setpoints System tables Alarms Functions or Control Algorithms list The descrip tion will also display in status display tables and in the expanded controller list continued 143 144 Table 2 37 Click Object Definition ICK ON To Dialog Box continued Download to Comfort Controller Create Cancel Help Note If you will be creating multiple similarly named objects for example hardware points SPT_01 SPT_02 SPT_03 etc you can enter the characters in this field to expedite the channel creation process For instruc tions on using this feature refer to Creating Multiple Similarly Named Database Objects which appears later in thi
286. es and the ComfortVIEW Logout application displays in the Windows taskbar which is typi cally located at the bottom of the screen If you have selected an application to automatically start up on login ComfortVIEW opens this application Refer to the Setting Up Operator Profiles Section of the Setup chapter of this manual for instructions on configuring the Start up applications Table 1 2 ComfortVIEW Login Clickon To Bialog Eox Login name text box enter your username This name was set by your ComfortVIEW system administrator during ComfortVIEW software installation or when you were added as an authorized ComfortVIEW operator The username box displays the name of the last ComfortVIEW operator who logged in Password text box enter your password To protect your password only asterisks are displayed when you type You must enter your password using the correct case ComfortVIEW distinguishes between upper and lower case letters Login log in using the username and pass word entered Help display help information Cancel exit the dialog box without logging in Figure 1 2 A Comfort IEW Login ComfortVIEW Login Dialog Box Login name J Smith Password sexe 4 as laa Logging out enables you to end your session with ComfortVIEW gging After you log out ComfortVIEW continues to run and all network Out functions carry on Alarms continue to be received all network functions continue and report data ret
287. es the buttons that appear on the alarm list and alarm specific toolbars 331 332 Table 5 2 Alam Toolbar Buttons O lt 2 To Oe Om W Wl export selected alarms to a file print all or selected alarms delete selected alarms and copy them to the Windows clipboard copy selected alarms to the Windows clip board delete selected alarms acknowledge selected alarms update the alarm list to include the latest alarms received select de select all alarms attach view or edit the selected alarm s operator note display on line help Alarm Message Format Figure 5 3 Click on To jump to a pre configured WorkSPACE or attach a WorkSPACKE to this alarm play this alarm s pre configured wav audio file suppress future indication of this alarm A sample alarm message is shown below Note that if ComfortVIEW receives an alarm from a point that is not in its database it displays the 8 character zone and point name that are stored in the system element as well as the CCN number Sample Alarm Message Alarm Manager File Edit Configure Functions Options Help lololol Alarm Specie Tool Bar Area Name Ws r E k vl ee 2 Alarms in system Alarms in viewing buffer 15 Filters in effect Sorted by Default United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 8 44 23 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status Off aa state is On i 1 Fan does
288. escription United Mutual Insurance Complex Area Name 1 2 AH1 AH1 3 Chiller Supply Fan Return Fan Compressor 1 Status Status Minutes Minutes Minutes 4 5 6 Chiller Chiller Misc Compressor 2 Compressor 3 Lighting Zone 1 Minutes Minutes Minutes 7 Legend Index Misc_t Point Name Lighting PESAS Zone 2 Point Description Minutes_ Unit 10 28 94 Totals Hours 2 Value Marker 0 No Data Available 1 Communication Failure 2 Hardware Error 3 Configuration Error 4 Discrete Startup 5 Database Mismatch Legend 1 United Mutual Insurance Main Office 2 United Mutual Insurance Main Office 3 United Mutual Insurance Main Office 4 United Mutual Insurance Main Office 5 United Mutual Insurance Main Office 6 United Mutual Insurance Main Office 7 United Mutual Insurance Main Office Table 7 12 Print Preview Window Buttons Click on To Print Next Page Prev Page Two Page print the report The Print dialog box displays To print selected report pages click on Pages and enter the page numbers To change the dis played print quality make your selection from the drop down list Enter the desired number of copies in Copies Then click on OK Note To change the report s orienta tion the default is landscape click on the Print dialog box s Propertie
289. ess and status display and configuration tables A controller performs the actual HVAC monitoring and control operations The Carrier Com fort Network supports several types of controllers These include PICs FIDs Autodial Gateways Comfort Controllers System Managers examples TSM FSM CSM and CCN Options Step by step instructions for displaying the controller list and a description of the Controller List window can be found further on in the Displaying the Controller List section of this manual You may also launch the Carrier Network Manager and display a list of all areas in your ComfortVIEW database by double clicking on the Carrier Network Manager icon clicking on the Access menu item and then clicking on Open ComfortVIEW displays a list of all areas in the database You can then double click on an area and display the area s controllers System Overview United Mutual Insurance CCN1 8 System Overview fa Backup Configurations iii United Mutual Insurance CCN1 E United Mutual Insurance Annex E United Mutual Insurance Engineering Office H United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant iii United Mutual Insurance CCN2 3 United Mutual Farmington Office jms United Mutual Syracuse Office World Headquarters Table 2 1 System Overview Tree Icons The Icon Represents tm TFT oann BF A CCN that exists only in your computer s database You cannot communicate with this CCN This type
290. ess table and point name specify that the point to be displayed is being DDE linked to ComfortVIEW from another application For example Excel specify the name of the DDE applica tion that is linking to ComfortVIEW If the DDE application does not support the Paste link function you must specify this information as well as the DDE topic and item If the application does support Paste link you can simply click on this dialog box s Paste link button specify the DDE topic name specify the DDE item name decipher the DDE link and automati cally fill in the DDE application topic and item information continued 263 Table4 12 Modify Data Box Dialog Clekon To Box continued Databox style tab Normal Background Transparent Opaque Animated Frames 264 Note For you to use the Paste link option the application must support the Paste link function select the text data box style versus the animated data box style select a clear data box background select a solid data box background Click on the Color button to select the opaque box s background color Click on the Alarm Color button to select a background color that will display when this point is in an alarm or alert state select an animated data box style An animated data box is one that includes a graphic that dynamically changes based on data point value For ex ample a fan with turning blades This option is a
291. et up your visual and audible alarm indication preferences Comfort VIEW displays the Alarm Indication Prefer ences dialog box For instructions on using this box refer to Specifying Operator Alarm Indication Prefer ences which appears later in this Setup chapter enable or disable this feature which monitors the PC for an operator specified period of inactivity and then automatically logs out the current Comfort VIEW operator enter the number of minutes of inac tivity that must pass prior to automatic Comfort VIEW logout One minute prior to the execution of auto logout a dialog box which is accompanied by a beep will be displayed warning of the pending logout A countdown timer is included Any unsaved data will be lost and outstanding remote CCN and RAS connections will be dropped prior to the logout close the dialog box and save changes made If you are adding a new opera tor ComfortV IEW then displays the Operator Access dialog box Select the access levels for this operator For instructions on using this box refer to Assigning Access Levels to Opera tors which appears later in this Setup chapter exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Assigning Access Levels to Operators You must assign access or privilege levels to every ComfortVIEW operator You can assign access levels to operators on an area by area basis For examp
292. etrieved from the Data Collection Option Module This manu ally generated report will be presented on the screen for user viewing Since the Range of Data has been configured to in clude all of yesterday s as well as today s data the report will include data from the previous day s automatic retrieval activity 473 474 Figure 7 8 Sample History Report Definition Dialog Box Report Name ZONE TEMP Report Description Report Definition Zone Temp Tracking Report O None History Automatic Retrieval Option X Enable automatic data retrieval x Enable automatic report generation O Save tab separated data file p rint to Report Dates Range of times dates Data from 00 00 10 23 96 I Data through 23 59 10 24 96 E x Save dates as relative HP LaserJet III Data retrieval period Manual Generation Options Retrieve History data C Send report directly to CWREPOR Defaults Data Tables f Format Cancel Help Closes this dialog box and saves settings Sample Consumable Report Explanation The report definition shown in Figure 7 9 will generate a con sumable report named METERIA which is used for tracking building energy usage In this example it is assumed that today is October 24 1996 and Comfort VIEW is configured to auto matically retrieve daily consumable data from the network s Data Collection Op
293. etwork computer by clicking on the Network button The selected graphic background loads and displays in the ViewSPACE window The message Loading background image displays in the lower left corner of the window during the load process Create the First Data Box a Click on the Configure menu item and then click on New Data Box Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Create New Data Box icon in the toolbar 257 258 The WorkSPACE Manager creates a data box on your graphic background screen and displays the Modify Data Box tabbed dialog box Refer to Figure and Table 4 12 In the Data selection tab click on CCN point if the data you wish to display originates from the CCN or click on DDE point if the point is being DDE linked to ComfortVIEW from another application For example Excel If in Step 8b above you selected DDE point you must now specify the DDE application topic and item names If however the application from which you are linking supports the Paste link function and you have copied the cell while in the application you can click on the Paste link button and the WorkSPACE Manager will automati cally fill in this information for you Then skip to Step 8f and select the data box style If in Step 8 above you selected CCN point you must now click on Select point to select the CCN point to assign to the data box The Data Point Selection dialog box is displayed From the Sele
294. ewSPACEs and trends with their data dynamically updating You can for example work in the WorkSPACE Manager s design mode to create a WorkSPACE containing a ViewSPACE window that a WorkSPACE To Launch the Manager Application and Open an Existing WorkSPACE displays data from your main chiller a ViewSPACE window that displays data from your main air handler and a trend window that samples space temperatures You can then switch to the WorkSPACE Manager s run mode and view the data in these ViewSPACE and trend windows dynamically updating You can force and auto display points and modify configuration point values 1 Double click on the WorkSPACE Manager icon ComfortVIEW displays the Open WorkSPACE dialog box shown and described in Figure 4 1 and Table 4 1 Note If however you have identified a default WorkSPACE using the Configure menu s Set default WorkSPACE command in Design mode the selected default WorkSPACE window opens and its associated ViewSPACEs and trends display in run mode To Open a Different WorkSPACE Display the Open WorkSPACE dialog box by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open WorkSPACE or click on the Open WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar 2 Inthe Select WorkSPACE list click on the WorkSPACE that you wish to open and then click on OK 217 218 Figure 4 1 Open WorkSPACE Dialog Box Table 4 1 Open WorkSPACE Dialog Box Open WorkSPACE Select Work
295. exit the dialog box without making a selection Help display help information While viewing configuration tables the Carrier Network Manager provides you with a short cut to display and modify a configuration entry s associated configuration maintenance time schedule or setpoint table Follow the instructions below 1 In the configuration table worksheet position the cursor on a configuration decision s Name or Description cell 2 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on one of the following commands depending on the type of table you wish to display Configuration Maintenance Time Schedule Setpoint ComfortVIEW displays the Table Jump Selection dialog box which contains a list of the controller s configuration maintenance time or setpoint schedule tables Note If you select the Configuration or Maintenance command from a magenta shaded cell ComfortVIEW will jump directly to the configura tion entry s associated configuration or maintenance table 3 From the Table Jump Selection dialog box select the table that you wish to display and then click on OK ComfortVIEW will display the selected table 156 Reference J umps from Configuration Tables While viewing configuration tables the Carrier Network Manager provides you with a means to list the names of all Comfort Control ler objects that are using the selected configuration entry in their configuration This feature however is available only
296. explanations of the reports that will be pro duced by each 457 458 To Copy an Existing Report Definition To Modify an Existing Report Definition Follow the instructions below to create a new report definition by copying a selected definition 1 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Displaying the Report Definition List Click on the report definition you wish to copy Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy ComfortVIEW copies the selected report definition and displays the copied Report Definition dialog box Enter the new Report Name and if desired make any other modifi cations Refer to Table 7 4 and Appendix A for instructions on using the Report Definition dialog box Figures 7 8 to 7 10 display different Report Definition dialog box configurations with explanations of the reports that will be produced by each Click on OK to exit the dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes ComfortVIEW re displays the report definition list Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Displaying the Report Definition List Double click on the report definition to modify Note You may also perform this command by clicking on a report in the report definition list followed by clicking on the Edit menu item and then clicking on Modify ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition dialog box similar to the one shown in
297. f all remote CCNs to which a connection is currently established including RAS connec tions You can set the windows to always appear on top of all other windows by right clicking on the title bar and selecting Always on top The following table describes each of the commands in the Administration menu Command Use this command to Access levels create customized access levels You can create an access level and specify the Comfort VIEW operations allowed for that level ComfortVIEW displays the Customized Access Control dialog box You then assign access levels to operators on an area by area basis Operators add modify or delete a ComfortVIEW operator ComfortVIEW displays the Operator Configuration dialog box The names of all existing ComfortVIEW opera tors display under Select an Operator When adding a new or modifying an existing operator you must enter the operator s profile information assign the operator s access privileges and specify the operator s alarm indication preferences and alarm filters Alarm printers route alarms to specified ComfortVIEW printers continued Table 6 26 Administration Menu comimuaa Comfort VIEW displays the Alarm Printers dialog box The names of all Comfort VIEW printers display under Select a printer The computer name and printer port that controls that printer are also displayed Printers are assigned using Comfort VIEW Setup application Command Use this co
298. finition or re generate a report from an existing definition at any time You can also copy a report definition for use as a starting point in creating another report definition 2 Manually generate the report or if you select automatic report generation the report automatically generates at a time that you specify using the ComfortVIEW Setup application When ComfortVIEW generates a report it retrieves data from the network or uses data that was already retrieved and creates a temporary tab separated report file If desired you can save the tab delineated report file permanently on disk for use with third party spreadsheet applications You can also opt to print the report file Report definitions define the specifications for your reports Report specifications include information such as the report name and description report type daily monthly yearly automatic data retrieval and report generation preferences and the points on which to report 453 454 Displaying the Report Definition List Follow the steps below to display a list of all existing report defini tions Display the report panel If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Accessing the Report Panel 2 Click on the Reports menu item and then click on the report type Consumable History Runtime or System Activity Note You may also perform this command by double clicking on the Report Panel s Consumable History Runtime
299. for the current month through yesterday No data retrieval will take place on the generation of the monthly report This report will be presented to the user by means of the report viewer It will not be sent directly to the CWREPORT printer 477 Figure 7 10 Report Definiton Sample Runtime Report Hepo Name Definition Dialog Box Report Description Supply Fan Runtimes r Report Dates Yesterday Today O Range of data O Yearly Data from Automatic Retrieval Options _ 00 00 10 24 96 L X Enable automatic data retrieval Data through LJ Enable automatic report generation 23 59 10 24 96 L Save tab separated data file X Save dates as relative Report O None O Daily Monthly Print to LaserJet III Defaults Data Tables Manual Generation Options Format DL Retrieve Yesterday s data TD Retrieve Today s data DO Send report directly to CWREPORT printer Closes this dialog box and saves settings 478 nial an Report ale Follow the instructions below to delete a report definition from the report definition list Deleting a report definition deletes the definition only The report definition deletion process does not delete any related report files that you may have saved 1 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Dis playing the Report Definition List Click on the report definition
300. for those configuration decisions that contain a magenta pink highlighting To display a configuration entry s associated objects 1 In the configuration table worksheet position the cursor on the magenta highlighted Name or Description cell for the configuration decision Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Reference tables ComfortV IEW displays the Table Jump Selection dialog box which contains a list of all Comfort Controller object tables that use the selected configuration point If desired you can display a selected object s associated configuration or maintenance table by following the steps below a Click on the object name b Click on Configuration or Maintenance c Click on OK ComfortVIEW will display the selected configuration or maintenance table Figure 2 41 Table J ump Selection Dialog Box Table 2 41 Table J ump Selection Dialog Box Table Jump Selection Select reference table CCV_02 Cooling CV t CCCV_03 Cooling CV B Configuration table Maintenance table Clickon To a table or object name select the Comfort Controller table or object Maintenance available for the Reference table command only display the selected object s mainte nance table Configuration available for the Reference table command only display the selected object s configura tion table OK display the selected table continued
301. formation on this command Critical Alam Indication Option Specifying Your Alam Indic ation Preference ComfortVIEW also includes a critical alarm indication feature that you can apply to any of these three alarm indication options If you select this option ComfortVIEW displays a full screen pop up window on top of the current window ComfortVIEW displays this full screen window when it receives any alarm with an alarm level that is less than or equal to the critical alarm threshold value you enter in the Setup application s Alarm Indications Preferences dialog box Alarm levels range from 0 to 7 with Level 0 alarms being more severe than Level 7 alarms Functionally this pop up window is the same as the window described in the Pop up Window Alarm Viewing section of this chapter This window however occupies your entire screen and its background displays in your selected Windows highlight color Double clicking on the title bar reduces the window and subsequent non critical alarm indication windows to the normal pop up window size Note You should do this to prevent future non critical alarm pop up windows from occupying the full screen You select a form of indication using ComfortVIEW s Setup appli cation For instructions refer to Specifying Alarm Indication Prefer ences in the Setup chapter of this manual 327 328 Viewing New and Unac knowledged Alarms Hashing Icon Alam Viewing Figure 5 1 Alam Indicat
302. functions with the exception of timed data retrieval Note An Autodial Gateway assigned to perform this function in the CCN Access Definition Dialog Box will take precedence over this assignment Refer to Figure and Table 2 6 for more information on the CCN Access Definition Dialog Box make this Gateway the one that will connect to remote CCNs to perform timed data retrieval for ComfortVIEW reports reserve this Gateway to receive alarms reserve this Gateway to send alarms close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Follow the steps below to establish a telephone connection to a Connecting remote CCN to a Remote CCN Using an Autodial Gateway 2 3 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs If necessary follow the instructions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager Click on the remote CCN with which you wish to communi cate In the System Overview window remote CCNs are preceded by an icon as shown at left Click on the Access menu item and then click on Connect Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Connect icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a confirmation dialog box asking if you wish to connect to the selected CCN s Note If you have only one Autodial Gateway on
303. g use the CCN Data Collection Option Module in coordination with the Comfort VIEW history report with automatic data retrieval If necessary refer to the Report Panel chapter of this manual You can trend data from any controller table Each trend will scan up to 1000 samples of data for each point For example setting your trend scan rate to 15 seconds will cause your trend to record data for 4 hours 10 minutes When 1000 samples of each point are reached the trend will stop 279 280 Follow the steps below to launch the WorkSPACE Manager applica tion and create a new or modify an existing trend If the WorkSPACE Manager application is already running you can create a new or modify an existing trend at any time by e if necessary entering design mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Enter design mode e opening an existing WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open WorkSPACE or opening a new WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on New WorkSPACE e proceeding to Step 6 in the following list Double click on the WorkSPACE Manager icon to launch the WorkSPACE Manager application The Open WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed In the Open WorkSPACE dialog box click on the Cancel button The dialog box closes and Comfort VIEW displays a blank WorkSPACE window in run mode Switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then cl
304. g 0 causes the report data to be retained as long as ComfortVIEW has disk space to store it You are cautioned against doing this as it could eventually fill up the ComfortVIEW database 6 Click on the System activity tab to access the system activity logging and automatic Comfort VIEW login options Refer to Table 6 18 for additional information on these options 7 Click on the Alarm purge tab to access the automatic alarm archiving options Refer to Table 6 18 for additional informa tion on these options w Setup Globals x O Metric ComfortwW ORKS System activity Alarm purge Time at which to retrieve data 2 10 004M g Number of data retrieval retries o A Data Retention Period 14 FET aas 429 Table6 18 Setup Globals Dialog Box Cickon To Data Retrieval Tab the Time at which to retrieve data box the Number of data retrieval retries data box the data retention period data box 430 enter the hour of day for automatic retrieval of report data and optionally automatic alarm purging ComfortVIEW Report Panel applica tion will automatically retrieve report data from your CCN options at ten minutes past the hour specified You may also click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed time For additional infor mation on automatic data retrieval refer to the Report Panel chapter of this manual enter the number of times to re try automatic report dat
305. g box Refer to Figure 5 16 and Table 5 16 for instructions on using this box Figure 5 16 Alam Colors Dialog Box r Select text Alarm Colors Alarm messages Alert messages Return to Normal messages Custom Alarm messages Acknowledgements coor Defaults OK Cancel Help Selects color for display of selected text 3 Click on the button preceding the type of message whose color you wish to change Alarm Messages Alert Messages Return to Normal Messages Custom Alarm Messages or Acknowledgements 371 372 Table 5 16 Alam Colors Dialog Box 4 Do one of the following depending on whether you want to use default colors or select another color scheme Click on Colors if you wish to use another color scheme ComfortVIEW displays the Color dialog box Refer to Table 5 17 that follows for further instructions on using this dialog box Click on Defaults to use the default colors royal blue for alarm alert return to normal text black for custom mes sage text and red for acknowledgement text 5 After you have chosen the desired colors for your alarm message display click on OK This closes the Color dialog box and selects the specified colors Click on To Colors Default Help OK Cancel display the Color dialog box and select the color for the selected text You can select one of the standard colors or you may create a custom color R
306. g configuration table values and using drag and drop 97 e modifying controller table names and descriptions 104 e copying and moving controller configuration data 107 e verifying controller configuration against your database 114 e downloading ComfortVIEW data to controllers 115 e uploading controller data to ComfortVIEW 116 e modifying and sending time and date 118 e displaying and configuring CCN Options 120 e configuring UT203 FIDs 128 e configuring Comfort Controllers 132 exporting controller databases 163 importing controller databases 179 connecting to remote CCNs e reserving Autodial Gateways for specific operations 166 e using an Autodial Gateway 169 e disconnecting from remote CCNs 170 printing Carrier Network Manager data 171 using ComfortVIEW data in other PC applications 175 a summary of all Carrier Network Manager commands 179 Terminology The following terms are used throughout this Carrier Network Manager chapter Access Level An operator privilege level ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to create access levels and specify specific Comfort VIEW operations allowed for each level You then assign access levels to ComfortVIEW operators on an area by area basis Access Parameters How the new CCN will be accessed physi cally wired to ComfortVIEW workstation or via an Autodial Gate Way Active Currently displayed on screen or reduced to an icon Address A unique two part identification
307. g force group and then click on Delete to delete it In the confirmation dialog box click on Yes to delete the group or on No to close the dialog box without group deletion 3 Click on OK to close the Timed Force Groups dialog box and save your settings or on Cancel to close the dialog box without saving settings At the specified time ComfortVIEW will force the points identified for each group Successes and failures will be logged in the System Activity log using an operator name of ComfortVIEW and an event of either Timed force or Timed force with auto depending on whether an auto time was configured for the point and whether the point being forced supports the force with auto feature Alarms will be generated for failures Those points for which an auto time is configured that do not support the force with auto feature will receive a standard force and ComfortVIEW will issue the auto command at the appropriate time If the ComfortVIEW server is turned off before the scheduled auto time the auto will not be performed ComfortVIEW will not perform forces or autos on points whose force or auto time occurred while ComfortVIEW was not running Figure 8 1 Timed Force Groups Dialog Box Timed Force Groups Force groups 4 Force Group Force group information Force time 10 21 1997 02 48 PM Auto time 10 22 1997 02 48 PM Force points C er Le Enabled Force using local precedence TE Mutual Insurance AHU SPT
308. gnation Owned or Global Refer to Figure 4 16 and Table 4 16 for instructions on using this dialog box 2 If in Step 1 you saved the ViewSPACE under a new name you must also save the WorkSPACE e To save the WorkSPACE under the same name Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save WorkSPACE command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar e To save the WorkSPACE under anew name Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save WorkSPACE as command The Save Current WorkSPACE As dialog box is dis played Refer to Figure 4 10 and Table 4 10 for instruc tions on using this dialog box The WorkSPACE Manager saves the WorkSPACE and all associated ViewSPACEs and trends with their current win dow locations and sizes When you display the WorkSPACE in run mode all ViewSPACEs and trends display with the window location and size that they had when the WorkSPACE was saved Follow the instructions below to re arrange any ViewSPACE s saa Later databoxes in a tabular display format x Disp ys Note If the Options menu s Lock window command is currently enabled you will not be permitted to perform this func tion 1 Display the ViewSPACE in design mode If necessary refer to Modifying an Existing ViewSPACE 2 Click on the Options menu item and then click on Tabularize Data Boxes 277 To Exitthe Tabular Display and Re Size Data Boxes D
309. gured Channel 12 unconfigured Channel 13 unconfigured Channel 14 unconfigured Alarms 4 Temperature input Hardware channel 01 Database status Delete marked Unmark all New Modify Configure Clone Table 2 36a Configure Comfort Controller Dialog Box Click on To the Hardware Software Setpoints System Alarms Functions or Algorithms tab a point in the Hardware or Software points list available under Hardware or Software tab only a setpoint system table alarm function or control algorithm name available under Setpoints System Alarms Functions or Algorithms tab only New Modify Configure select the category of object to create or modify If necessary refer to the Terminology section at the beginning of this Carrier Network Manager chapter for an explanation and list of tables in each of these categories select the point to create or modify select the database object to modify create a new database object ComfortVIEW will display the Object Definition dialog box Refer to Figure 2 37 and Table 2 37 for instructions on using this dialog box modify the selected database object s name description and units ComfortVIEW will display the Object Definition dialog box Refer to Figure 2 37 and Table 2 37 for instructions on using this dialog box modify the configuration table for the select
310. hat is stored in the ComfortVIEW database and receive a report of differences that exist dl Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List Click on the controller whose database you wish to compare Note ComfortVIEW allows you to verify multiple control lers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple controllers Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Verify ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before beginning the controller verify Click on Yes to verify or click on No to prevent the verify from taking place If you have selected multiple controllers and wish to verify all click on Yes to All A Function Status Box is displayed during the verification Clicking on Abort will stop the verify When the verification is complete and the compared configurations match the process concludes and the Controller List window re displays If the compared configurations do not match a dialog box displays indicating that errors were encountered If you wish to view an error report click on Yes to view a list of differences This opens the Windows Notepad application and displays the list of differ ences To Print the Verification Results Click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Print To Close the Notepad File Click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Exit
311. he Alarm List 2 Click on Configure and then click on WorkSPA CEs ComfortVIEW displays the Assign WorkSPACEs dialog box This dialog box gives you the capability to select a WorkSPACE It also enables you to identify the criteria for those incoming alarms to which you want the WorkSPACE attached The names of all currently assigned WorkSPACEs appear in the box below Select a WorkSPACE As you scroll down the list and highlight each WorkSPACE you can see its associ ated Area Zone Element Level Point and Precedence on the bottom of the window 3 Do one of the following depending on whether you want to add modify or delete a WorkSPACE e Click on Add to establish a new WorkSPACE incoming alarm assignment or e Select a WorkSPACE and then click on Modify to change a WorkSPACE or its associated incoming alarm criteria or e Select a WorkSPACE and then click on Delete to remove 365 366 Figure 5 14 Assign WorkSPAC Es Dialog Box Select a WorkSPACE it from the list and to delete the existing WorkSPACE alarm assignment Refer to Figure 5 14 and Table 5 14 that follow for further instructions on using the fields in this dialog box Use the Tab or Enter key to move between fields Once you have made your changes click on OK This closes the Assign WorkSPACEs dialog box Assign WorkSPACEs Now Modify Delete OK Cancel Help Area Precedence
312. he commands that appear in the Setup menu Command Use this command to Globals Workstations specify the following global system parameters e Metric or customary US display units e Time of day at which to retrieve accumulated report data from your CCN options e Period of time to retain accumulated report data in your ComfortVIEW database e Number of times to re try report data retrieval should a failure occur e Enable disable system activity event logging e Enable disable automatic ComfortVIEW login in conjunction with Windows NT login e Enable disable automatic alarm deletion including purge filename and threshold The Setup Globals dialog box dis plays add or delete LAN workstations The Setup Workstations dialog box dis plays If your ComfortVIEW setup contains workstations communicating on a LAN you must specify the computer name of every LAN work station Clicking on New displays the New Workstation dialog box and allows you to add a new workstation to the Workstations list Enter the work station name as it appears in the Computer Name in the Network dialog continued Table6 25 Setup Menu Command Use this command to continued Alarm printers Gateway ports Custom units box s Identification tab This dialog box is located in the Windows NT Control Panel Clicking on an existing workstation and then clicking on Delete deletes a workstation from the Workstations lis
313. he end of the controller list The default sort key number is 1 Source The point status maintenance or time schedule table you are copying from when copying and moving controller configura tion data System Element A CCN controller with an address and configu ration tables A controller performs the actual HVAC monitoring and control operations The Carrier Comfort Network supports several types of system elements These include PICs FIDs and Comfort Controllers System Managers examples TSM FSM CSM and CCN Options System Table A Comfort Controller Consumable Runtime Holiday Network Time Schedule Loadshed or Language Conver sion table 31 32 lt Accessing 7 gt the Canier Network Manager Table A logical grouping of data that a controller uses to display and specify information used to control and monitor HVAC devices in the desired manner Examples of tables are status display tables alarm history configuration tables and maintenance tables Upload To copy all configuration table data from a controller to the Comfort VIEW database The Carrier Network Manager graphically displays through the use of a directory tree with a branching structure similar to the Windows File Manager the CCNs areas controllers system elements and tables that make up your ComfortVIEW database You can use the Carrier Network Manager to add and configure CCNs and areas which are
314. hen clicking on the Save WorkSPACE command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar The Save Current WorkSPACE As dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 10 and Table 4 10 for instructions on using this dialog box 7 Indicate the WorkSPACE s ownership designation by click ing on Owned or Global to enable or disable these options 8 Click on OK to close the dialog box and save the WorkSPACE or on Cancel to close the dialog box without saving The WorkSPACE Manager saves the WorkSPACE and all associated ViewSPACEs and trends with their current win dow locations and sizes When you display the WorkSPACE in run mode all ViewSPACEs and trends display with the window location and size that they had when the WorkSPACE was saved If you have a WorkSPACE containing ViewSPACEs and trends with points from a single controller you can use the cloning feature to quickly create another WorkSPACE containing identical points from another controller of the same type and version This feature would be particularly useful when designing WorkSPACEs for a zoned system for example Follow the instructions below to clone a WorkSPACE Note You can only clone a WorkSPACE if all its points are from a single controller 1 Indesign mode open an existing or create and save a new WorkSPACE 2 Click on the File menu item and then click on Save WorkSPACE as 3 Inthe Save WorkSPACE As
315. his command to Options Menu Command continued Toolbar Status bar Sort Save settings on exit 194 OK Closes the dialog box and save changes made Cancel Exits the dialog box and re stores the previous settings hide or display the Carrier Network Manager toolbar hide or display the status bar that appears in the third line of Carrier Network Manager windows In the System Over view and Controller List window this status bar displays the path you have taken in the Carrier Network Manager to arrive at the current window selection For example the CCN area and con troller name that you have selected In a status display maintenance or configuration table window the status bar displays help information that is peculiar to a controller point or configuration deci sion sort the presentation of the controller list You can sort the controller list alphabeti cally by name ascending address bus and system element number or numeri cally by sort key A controller with a sort key of 1 appears before a controller with a sort key of 2 and so on For further information on sort keys refer to the Adding Modifying Controllers section of this manual You may also sort the controller list by clicking on the appropriate icon in the toolbar save any changes you make by using commands on the Options menu For example if you change the font and then continued Table 2 55 Options Menu continued O
316. hms setpoints alarms functions and system tables in the blank Comfort Controller database e Configuring the objects If necessary refer to the Comfort Controller Overview and Configu ration Manual 808 891 for a list of the Comfort Controller s database objects and a description of the accompanying configura tion decisions The Comfort Controller receives commands from ComfortVIEW as you work to create and configure the database objects Note The ComfortVIEW Comfort Controller configuration feature only applies to Comfort Controllers 1600 and 6400 Version 1 3 and greater The ComfortVIEW programming interface is very different from Carrier s Network Service Tool Quickstart and On line Comfort Controller configuration tools ComfortVIEW requires fewer in terim steps for the creation of an object and offers an easier method of object configuration Also any object additions deletions or modifications made to the Comfort Controller are also simulta neously made to the ComfortVIEW controller database image As you use ComfortVIEW to create delete or modify objects and enable the download to Comfort Controller option programming commands are sent downloaded from ComfortVIEW to the Com fort Controller As this happens ComfortVIEW creates an image of the controller in its own database ComfortVIEW records and maintains all controller object changes made in this way As a result you never have to upload your Comfort Control
317. hours 4 minutes 12 hours 6 minutes 18 hours 8 minutes and up 24 hours retrieve yesterday s data from the Data Collection Option Module and manually create a daily monthly or yearly report based on this data This option will only be available if you select a report date of yesterday or a range of data that includes yesterday retrieve today s data from the Data Collection Option Module and manually create a daily monthly or yearly report based on this data This option will only be illuminated if you select a report date of Today or a Range of data that in cludes today ComfortVIEW will retrieve data from the module ranging in time from midnight to the current time retrieve history data from the Data Collection Option Module and manually create a history report based on this data ComfortVIEW will retrieve data from the module ranging from the time of last collection to the current time continued Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports continued Clickon To Send report directly to CWREPORT printer bypass the report viewer and print the report without first displaying it If you do not enable this option ComfortVIEW will display the report on screen allowing you to view it before printing it The report will print on the CWREPORT printer that you create in the Windows NT Print Manager Defaults select the defaults listed below History Defaults
318. hts to indicate that it is selected For additional information on selecting alarm messages refer to Selecting Alarms 351 352 To Print All Alarm Messages To Automatically Print Alarms on Occunence 3 Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Note You may also print the selected alarms by clicking on the toolbar s Print icon ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before printing 4 Click on Yes to print the messages or click on No to prevent printing from taking place ComfortVIEW prints the selected alarm messages The alarm message components to be included alarm message custom mes sage acknowledgement operator note are those that you specify using the File menu s Page Setup command 1 Display the alarm list If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Note You may also print all alarms by clicking on the toolbar s Print icon ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before printing 3 Click on Yes to print the messages or click on No to prevent printing from taking place ComfortVIEW prints all alarm messages The alarm message components to be included alarm message custom message acknowledgement operator note are those that you specify using the File menu s Page Setup command You can set up Comfort VIEW to print alarm messages on occur re
319. i cation close the dialog box and perform the specified operation update poll cold call or bus scan exit the dialog box without perform ing any activity Any changes made are not saved display help information Figure 2 22b Sample Basic Bus Scan CWTO 38 4K COM2 Basic Bus Scan a7 First element Last element feet pee MA a Zt one E Or nitro ller S 33CS VM YYT Monitor 33C52C Zone Controller 33CS2C Zone Controller 33CS M YYT Monitor 33CSV M YYT Monitor 33C52C Zone Controller 33CS M YYT Monitor 330520 Zone Controller 33CS M YYT Monitor 33CSV VM YYT Monitor 33CSBC Bypass Controller 7 0338C C74 D 020 N Cool 3 033 M 5 033PI 6 033PI 8 033 VM 33 033VM 34 033PI 48 033VHM 49 033PI 60 033 M 95 033VM x lt lt lt lt lt lt z2z22z22z2 lt CC6400 Comfort Controller 101 064CC z Scan time 12 02 30 11 14 2000 Basic Bus Scan The Basic Bus Scan window shown above displays name descrip tion address system element number type and version data for all system elements identified on the specified bus For CCS and ComfortID system elements mode and error data will also be included Master stats are identified in blue Those system elements that have not been added to the Comfort VIEW database will be preceded by a dimmed icon You can add such elements to the database using the Configure menu s Add to database command Refer to Carrier Network Ma
320. ialog Box Click on To the Sort order list the Available sort keys list Add Remove the up arrow the down arrow Include System Activity only Include only successes Include only failures Include both select a sort key The report s data will be sorted in the order that you specify here The precedence of each sort is determined by its position in the list Once a key is selected use the up or down arrow to reposition it select a sort key to apply to the report data Click on Add to move the sort to the Sort order list Figure A 5 shows the sort keys for a System Activity report move the selected sort key from the Available list to the Sort order list ComfortVIEW will now apply this sort to the report data remove the selected sort The sort key will move from the Sort order list back to the Available list increase the precedence of a selected sort The sort key will move up in the Sort order list decrease the precedence of a selected sort The sort key will move down in the Sort order list include only successfully completely events in the report include only failed events in the report include both successes and failures in the report continued Table A 5 Report Format Dialog Box continued Sample Report Click on To Select components to include Alarm Summary only Alarm message Custom message Acknowledgement Operator note Select levels t
321. ialog box and save settings exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information Figure 2 36 FID Point Assignment Dialog Box Table 2 36 FID Point Assignment Dialog Box FID Point Assignment 1001 Name 001 Description Point type Discrete Output Analog Output Analog Input Discrete Input Click on Eres Select an algorithm 1 Enthalpy Configuration 2 Analog Configuration 3 Interlock Configuration 4 Timeclock Configuration 5 Emergency Backup Configuration Edits FID point s name To Discrete Output Analog Output Analog Input Discrete Input an algorithm in the Select an algorithm list the Name text box the Description text box OK Cancel Help configure this point as a discrete output configure this point as an analog output configure this point as an analog input configure this point as a discrete input select the point s control type modify the point name modify the point description close the dialog box and save settings exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information 131 132 Configuring Comfort Contollers Important Features and Considerations ComfortVIEW contains a programming interface for the Comfort Controller Comfort Controller configuration consists of two phases e Creating database objects hardware and software points algo rit
322. ick on Stop run mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and the mes sage Design displays in the lower right corner of the window Open the WorkSPACE into which you wish to add this new trend by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open WorkSPACE You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar Note If you wish to open a new WorkSPACE for the trend click on the File menu item and then click on New WorkSPACE 6 Do one of the following depending on whether you wish to create a new or modify an existing trend To create a new trend Open the new trend window by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on New Trend A blank trend window is displayed To modify an existing trend Click on the File menu item and then click on Open ViewSPACE Trend In the Open ViewSPACE Trend window click on the trend that you wish to modify and then click on OK Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar 7 Add or modify trend points and configure or modify the trend operating characteristics You can trend up to six points a Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Modify ViewSPACE Trend Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify ViewSPA
323. identical alarm has been received but not annunciated Refer to the Suppressing Nuisance Alarms section of this chapter for more information on this feature Table 5 3 Alarm Alert Levels The Satus Bar Level Meaning 0 Fire life safety 1 Critical 2 Service 3 Reserved 4 Maintenance 5 Reserved 6 Point control out of range 7 Return to normal The third line of the alarm window displays the following status information Alarms in system the total number of alarms ComfortVIEW has received Alarms in viewing buffer the number of alarms that you are currently seeing Note that this number may differ from the Alarms in System number dependent on whether any operator filters are in effect It also could differ if alarms have been received while you have been viewing the alarm list To view new alarms click on the Update icon Filters in effect these words will be displayed if any alarm filters are in effect ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to filter or specify families of alarms that will be presented to each user For more information on filters refer to Specifying Operator Alarm Indication Preferences in the Carrier Network Manager chapter of this manual Sorted by an indication of how the alarm list is currently sorted for example default time date received alphabetically time date alarm alert level For more information on sorting alarms refer to Sorting the Alarm List Note If desired
324. ies03 secu cestode eovstecvstieenes a ieo 457 To Create a New Report Definitlon sneinen errs 457 To Copy an Existing Report Definito serceto eseo a airs 458 To Modify an Existing Report Definition seivssiioastsinr 458 Sample History Report Explanation seses sheets tact bvietienist 473 Sample Consumable Report Explanation secernitur 475 Sample Runtime Report EX planiatl OM ix cecesesensdetureiesstetecesastastevenmsss 477 Deleting an Existing Report Definition 479 Printing a Report Definition eee 480 Changing the Font 0 0 eee ee eeseeseceseeeeeeeeees 480 Generating a RepOtt siose ieo 481 Required Conditions for Manual and Automatic Report Generation i3 5sicssssi sessssusborasesastedens 481 To Manually Generate a IRCPOM sctcess3i cies sven epii 483 Manual Report Regeneration 484 To Automatically Generate a REPOT seiis a etsek 484 Report Data Status sccsssncsesesssoserensssseosserssesnes 484 Using the Report Viewer cece eeeeseeeeeee 485 Print Preview Mode 4 c c tessceisecesccivsaees 485 Report Viewer Window cceceeeeeees 488 Editing Report Data sanremese nesai 494 To Create the Text File ween 494 To Import the Data into the Consumable Runtime or Tenant Billing Data Bile coenen eho hevieveee RERE 495 Managing Your Report Files 0 0 eee 497 Using the Report Panel To Initiate a Third Party Report Application 0 eee eerie 499 Report Panel Men
325. iew print and save a report on disk e display another previously generated report file The report viewer is automatically invoked as part of manual report generation You can also however manually initiate the report viewer by clicking on the report definition list s File menu item and then clicking on Report Viewer Note In Windows 9x client it is recommended that you do not open more than one instance of the Report Viewer application This is in order to conserve system resources When it is invoked by manual report generation the report viewer function consists of a Report Viewer window with a Print Preview mode The Print Preview mode is activated automatically when you manually generate a report and disable the Report Definition dialog box s Send report directly to CWREPORT printer option When you exit the Print Preview mode the Report Viewer window is dis played When you manually generate a report the report viewer displays the report in front of you in a Print Preview mode This gives you the opportunity to view the report before you print it A sample Print Preview window is displayed in Figure 7 12 485 486 Figure 7 12 Sample Print Pre Window view ComfortVIEW Report Viewer FANS 001 Print Next Page Prev Page Two Page Zoom In Zoom Out Close Report Generated Daily Runtime Report for October 24 1994 _ Report Titile w Date of Data Miscellaneous Meters _ Report D
326. iew icon 2 Click on System Overview 3 Click on Configure and then click on New Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Add New icon in the toolbar 39 40 ComfortVIEW displays the Add New dialog box shown in Figure 2 4 following these instructions The Carrier Comfort Network CCN button will be selected Click on OK ComfortVIEW displays the New CCN Definition dialog box Enter the name of the new CCN in the CCN name edit box Up to 48 characters are allowed You can modify the CCN Number if desired or leave it set at the displayed default value which is the lowest available CCN number This number is used internally by ComfortVIEW Report Panel and Alarm Manager applications to identify CCNs You must assign each CCN a unique number Used CCN numbers can be viewed by clicking on the down arrow in the Used CCN number drop down list Note If you are adding a remote CCN that will be accessed by Autodial Gateway this number must match the Customer Number configured at the remote Autodial Gateway Refer to Figure 2 5 and Table 2 5 for instructions on using the New CCN Definition dialog box Click on Access to display the CCN Access Definition dialog box This dialog box gives you the capability to specify access parameters for the new CCN Click on the Method drop down list and select the way this CCN will be accessed Refer to Table 2 6 following these instructions for a definition of each
327. igure 2 36a and Table 2 36a This dialog box contains a series of tabs each of which provides access to the Comfort Controller s different database objects When you initially display this dialog box the Hardware tab will be selected Note The tabs in this dialog box are arranged in the recommended order of configuration 4 Create and configure the hardware and software points that your application requires by following the Creating and Modi fying Hardware and Software Points procedure which appears later in these Configuring Comfort Controllers instructions 10 Create and configure the setpoint schedules that your applica tion requires by following the Creating Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algo rithms procedure which appears later in these Configuring Comfort Controllers instructions Create and configure the system tables Consumable Runtime Holiday Network Time Schedule Loadshed Language Conversion that your application requires by following the Creating Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms procedure which appears later in these Configuring Comfort Controllers instructions Create and configure the alarms Limit Setpoint Limit Discrete State First Out Runtime Number of Starts that your application requires by following the Creating Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Func tions Algorithms procedure which
328. igure menu item and then click on Save Edit the table description to make this table a unique entry in the option table list and to aid you in identifying the table when select ing points for ComfortVIEW reports If necessary refer to To Modify an Option Table Description which appears later in this Displaying and Configuring CCN Options sections 123 124 To Add a New History Option Table Follow the instructions below to add History Tables to the Data Collection Option For specific information on the Data Collection Option and its consumable runtime and history configuration tables refer to the Data Collection Option Overview and Configura tion Manual 1 Display the Option Table list using the instructions listed under Displaying and Configuring CCN Options 2 Click on the Configure menu item then click on New Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the icon in the toolbar 3 In the dialog box displayed enter the number of slave tables to be added and linked to the master history table that you are adding and click on OK ComfortVIEW creates the master and slave configuration tables in the CCN s Data Collection Module and then opens the master table and displays it on the screen You must open and configure the slave tables on your own If necessary refer to the instructions listed under To Display and Modify Option Configuration Tables 4 Enter the necessary values as desired 5 To s
329. ill download each master sched ule to its set of linked schedules on the bus It will also update the corresponding linked schedules in the ComfortVIEW database On a given day if an override schedule exists the override schedule will be used instead of the master Central Time Schedules Central time schedules LSchedule1 Links L19XLCHLR 0 100 OCCPCO1S LOverrides Delete Le arly Dismissal Displays list of central time schedules Click on To the header Central time schedules and then click on New add a new master time schedule The Master Time Schedule dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 6 for instructions on using this dialog box an existing master schedule name and then click on New create a link to an existing controller time schedule or a new override schedule The Link Override dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 7 for instructions on using this dialog box Note You can also create a new link or override by expanding the directory tree clicking on Links or Overrides and then clicking on New continued 529 530 Table 8 5 Central Time Schedules Dialog Box continued Clickon To an existing central link or override schedule name and then click on Modify an existing master schedule name and then click on Download an existing master schedule override schedule or link and then click on
330. ime and history reports a report table must exist and must be configured in the Data Collection Option For example if the Data Collection Option is collecting runtime data you must configure the Data Collection Option s RUNTMxxS Table For instructions on configuring Data Col lection Option tables refer to Displaying and Configuring CCN Options in the Carrier Network Manager chapter of this manual For consumable and runtime points in PICs or Comfort Control lers an equipment part report table must also exist and be configured in the PIC or Comfort Controller For example if the Data Collection Option is collecting runtime data from the 39N Air Handler PIC you must also configure the 39N s Runtime Configuration Table If necessary refer to the Modify ing Configuration Table Values or Configuring Comfort Con trollers section of the Carrier Network Manager chapter of this manual When generating reports for remote CCNs ComfortVIEW will automatically connect to the remote CCN to retrieve data Your Autodial Gateway must be capable of connecting to the remote CCN when commanded by ComfortVIEW Note This will only happen if your report definition calls for the retrieval of data to create the report If you plan to use data that has already been been retrieved and stored in the ComfortVIEW database remote CCN connection is not necessary If you wish to print the report you must create a printer called CWREPORT in the Windo
331. int definition reports for a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend 1 If necessary enter design mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Stop run mode 2 Display the WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend that you wish to print If necessary refer to Accessing the WorkSPACE Manager Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE and Displaying and Using Trends Note If you have several ViewSPACEs or trends opened click on the title bar of the window that you wish to print 3 Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Print icon in the toolbar The Print Options dialog box is displayed 4 Click on Selected ViewSPACE Trend if you wish to print the selected ViewSPACE or trend window 5 To print a definition report click on Custom Print and then click on one of the following to enable or disable the defini tion you wish to print WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend 6 Click on OK to print the selected ViewSPACE trend or report definition or on Cancel to exit the dialog box without printing The image or report definition will print on the printer that you have designated using the File menu s Print setup command Sample WorkSPACE ViewSPACE and trend definitions appear in Figures 4 24 4 25 and 4 26 296 Table 4 23 Print Options Dialog Box Click on to Selected ViewSPACE Trend print the ViewSPACE or trend win Custom Print WorkSPACE View
332. ions 96 viewing 70 Managing report files 497 Manual Generation Options report definition 464 Masterand Ovenide Time Schedules creating 527 Menu conventions 22 Menu Bar WorkSPACE Manager 219 Menu Summary Alarms 374 Camier Network Manager 179 Report Definition Lit 503 Report Panel 501 Setup 443 WorkSPACE Manager 301 Messages accessdenied 206 alarm contents 334 alarm example 333 alarm format 333 alarm precedence 358 custom alarm 353 force 75 Maintenance Tables 74 Status Display Table 74 Mode design definition 214 design printing trend window 295 design printing ViewSPACE 295 desgnvs run 216 run displaying trend 283 run displaying ViewSPACE 233 run jump to bookmarked WorkSPACE 224 run printing trend win dow 294 306 run printing ViewSPACE 294 306 run trend 226 Modem compatibility 203 phone number pause 209 verifying 205 Modifying accesslevels 395 alarm WorkSPACE 363 analog configuration values 97 analog points 92 area names 55 CCNs 49 configuration table values 97 controllerdescription 66 controllername 66 controllersort key 66 custom alarm messages 354 data box 263 data box parameters location size 273 data pointparameters 235 data pointvalues 235 date 118 dayofweek 118 decision descriptions 103 descriptions configuration table decisions 103 discrete configuration table values 97 discrete points 92 holiday status 118 link area 270 275 Loadshed and Occ
333. ired you can leave this name as is and overwrite the original like named target database item by clicking on Overwrite or Overwrite all replace the original like named target database item with the one being imported replace all original like named target database items with the ones being imported For example clicking on Overwrite all during the importing of ViewSPACEs will replace all original like named ViewSPACEs with those being imported continue the CCN import without importing this database item close the dialog box and save the selection ComfortVIEW will then verify that the new name is unique abort the entire import process display help information Setup Menu Command Summary File Menu Table 6 24 File Menu This section describes each of the commands that appear in the Setup window menus The following table describes each of the commands that appear in the File menu Command Use this command to Export CCN export an entire CCN s database Import CCN import an entire CCN s database Print print a report of ComfortVIEW Setup options Print Setup select a printer and printing options The Print dialog box displays To change the printer from the one displayed click on the drop down list Click on Properties to access Page Setup orientation and size options Exit exit the Setup application 443 Setup Menu Table 6 25 Setup Menu The following table describes each of t
334. isplays This command will also be used to add new ComfortVIEW report types as they become available modify the selected report profile You must click on the report type icon prior to using this command The profile dialog box displays Make any desired changes Click on OK to close the dialog box and save changes made or on Cancel to exit the box and restore previous settings continued Table 7 17 Options Menu Click on To continued Delete delete the selected report profile You must click on the report type icon prior to using this command ComfortVIEW deletes the selected report icon and profile and its accom panying report definition list Help Menu The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the Report Panel s Help menu Table 7 18 Help Menu Clickon To Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information and copyright a This section describes each of the commands that appear in the Report Definition report definition list menu Refer to Figure 7 3 in the Displaying the List Menu Report Definition List section of this chapter to view a sample Command report definition list Summary File Menu The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the report definition list s File menu Table 7 19 File Menu Clickon To New create a new report definition and define
335. isplays the bookmarked WorkSPACE in run mode If there is currently more than one bookmarked WorkSPACE in your database the WorkSPACE Manager displays the Open WorkSPACE dialog box This dialog box lists the names of all WorkSPACEs that have been bookmarked In the Select WorkSPACE list click on the WorkSPACE that you wish to open and then click on OK The WorkSPACE Manager closes the currently displayed WorkSPACE and opens the selected WorkSPACE The WorkSPACE s ViewSPACEs and trends will display in run mode You can view and if desired modify displayed point values open and display an existing ViewSPACE or trend The Open ViewSPACE Trend dialog box is displayed Select the ViewSPACE or trend that you wish to display and then click on OK The selected ViewSPACE or trend displays in run mode You can view and if desired modify displayed point values continued 305 Table 4 28 File Menu Run Mode Click on To continued Open Archived trend open and display a previously archived trend The data will be displayed in an inactive trend window Scrolling re sizing and printing are supported in this window but you cannot re activate the trend You also cannot load the archived version of a currently active trend Remove ViewSPACE trend remove the active ViewSPACE or trend from the displayed WorkSPACE In the confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to remove the ViewSPACE from the WorkSPACE or o
336. istory Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst 7S Data Collect History Mst Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst 7S Data Collect History Mst DDVA ze 3 Nn nn x n Dann g JJ 2 D Z TRM17S Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst TRM17S Data Collect History Mst Es ck a a ce Se a Gagana ni x z Follow the instructions below to add Consumable and Runtime Tables to the Data Collection Option For specific information on the Data Collec tion Option and its consumable and runtime configuration tables refer to the Data Collection Option Overview and Configuration Manual Display the option table list using the instructions listed under Displaying and Configuring CCN Options Click on the Configure menu item then click on New In the dialog box displayed click on Yes to create a new option table Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Enter icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW creates the configuration table in the CCN s Data Collection Module opens that table and displays it on the screen Enter the necessary values as desired To send the data to the option module click on the Configure menu item then click on Download To save the new table in the Comfort VIEW database click on the Conf
337. it a practice to periodically back up your control ler database in the event that a malfunction should occur with your hard disk Export copies the selected controller s entire database to the speci fied drive This drive can be the Comfort VIEW floppy diskette drive another Comfort VIEW hard drive partition or another com puter on the local area network The information that will be copied includes e the controller name description and address e configuration data This database information can be copied back or imported to ComfortVIEW at any time using the Configure menu s New com mand For additional information refer to the Adding Modifying Controllers section of this chapter ComfortVIEW also gives you the capability to back up an entire CCN s database For instructions on this function refer to Exporting CCNs in the Setup chapter of this manual Follow the instructions below to export a controller s database from the ComfortVIEW hard disk You can export single or multiple controllers 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Click on the controller you wish to export Note You can also export multiple controllers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard technique to select multiple controllers from the right side of the window 3 Click on File and then click on Export Note You may also perform this command by clic
338. itecture About this Manual Intended Audience Description of Chapters The ComfortVIEW Operation Manual is designed for use by indi viduals who have completed CCN training and have a working knowledge of Windows The manual is organized in a how to functional format to help you readily locate the information you need This manual contains the following chapters e Introduction e Carrier Network Manager e Remote Access e WorkSPACE Manager e Alarm Manager e Setup e Report Panel e Global Function Manager e Appendix A e Appendix B The Introduction chapter consists of this description of the manual login and logout instructions and a description of Comfort VIEW window format menus and commands The chapter also includes mouse and keyboard instructions including an overview of the keys and mouse techniques that you will typically use in operating Comfort VIEW The Carrier Network Manager chapter provides instructions on adding Comfort VIEW operators specifying alarm printers connect ing to remote CCNs and remote ComfortVIEW computers and adding viewing and modifying controller data The Remote Access chapter provides instructions for connecting to and disconnecting from a remote ComfortVIEW server The WorkSPACE Manager chapter provides instructions on creating customized displays of data that you care about most and saving them as WorkSPACEs which are multiple graphic and tabular Standards Used Thro
339. item and then click on Save settings on exit A checkmark v appears before the command to indicate that it is enabled The text will appear in this new font and point size the next time you start the Report Panel This command also saves the size and position of the report window on Be Ca Regular Regular s D MS Sans Serif 10 MS Sans Serif 12 MS Sans Serif 14 MS Sans Serif 18 4 AaBbYyZz This section explains the report generation process It first discusses the required conditions and then presents step by step automatic and manual report generation instructions Before you can generate a report the following conditions must exist e A report definition which contains the specifications for the report must exist in the report definition list To verify display the report definition list If necessary refer to Displaying the Report Definition List for instructions If you must add a new or modify an existing report definition refer to the Creating Copying or Modifying a Report Definition section of this chapter 481 482 To generate a consumable runtime or history report a Data Collection Module must exist on the Carrier Comfort Network The module also must have been added to the ComfortVIEW database For instructions on adding system elements to the database refer to the Adding Modifying Controllers section of this manual s Carrier Network Manager chapter For consumable runt
340. k on Sort to sort the list in ascending numerical order by sort key Note Sort keys are assigned when you add controllers to the Comfort VIEW database For further information on sort keys refer to the Adding Modifying Con trollers section of this chapter The Controller List window re displays sorted accordingly When sorted alphabetically controller names beginning with numbers appear at the beginning of the list You can move the window s split bar so that you have more room to display information in either section 1 Position the mouse on the split bar The mouse pointer turns into a double bar with two arrows 59 60 Adding Modifying Contollers To Add a New Contoller 2 Press and hold down the mouse button and move the mouse left or right to re position the split bar 3 Release the mouse button when the split bar is in the desired location You can also resize and move the Controller List window For more information about ComfortVIEW windows see Interpreting ComfortVIEW Screens in the Introduction of this manual Follow the steps below to add a controller CCN system element to the ComfortVIEW database 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Click on Configure and then click on New Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Add New icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the CCN Element
341. king on the Export icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW will display either the Save As dialog box or the Select Directory dialog box depending on whether you have selected a single or multiple controllers 163 164 Do one of the following depending on whether you wish to export a single or multiple controllers To export a single controller In the File Name edit box enter a file name for the controller export file Use the file extension CWX and select the directory and drive where you want the file saved Refer to Table 2 43 for more information on using the Save As dialog box Note If you want to save the file to another computer on the local area network click on Network ComfortVIEW displays the Connect Network Drive dialog box Select the pre defined drive and path to where you wish to save the file or double click on a computer in the Shared Directories list and select the desired directory To export multiple controllers Select the directory path where you wish to save the file ComfortVIEW will save the export file to this directory using the following file naming convention BxxxCyyy CWX where xxx is the bus number and yyy is the system element number Click on OK to save the file to the specified file name and location ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before copying the selected controller Click on Yes to com plete the export or click on No to prevent the export from taking pl
342. l Options report definition 461 542 563 Basic BusScan_ 82 84 89 Beeping sound alarm indication 326 BEST accessing 537 configuration and maintenance tables 161 Bookmark definition 214 jumping to WorkSPACEs 224 placing 224 removing 224 runmode 224 Broadcasting pointdata 522 time of day date day of week holiday status 118 527 BusScan 82 C Camier Network Manager accessing 32 commands 179 Font Command 193 GatewaysCommands 192 launching 32 NDS Update PollCommand 191 overview 32 Print Setup Command 180 toolbar 36 CCN Options alternate method foradding modifying tables 120 deleting tables 127 displaying 125 displaying configuring 120 modifying 125 modifying table descriptions 126 CCN s accessing database only 44 accessing local workstations 45 accessing remote workstations 45 adding 39 adding direct local connec tion 40 adding modemconnection 41 adding remote gateway 41 deleting 56 displaying the list 33 exporting 433 importing 437 modifying accessparameter 49 modifying name 49 modifying number 49 number purpose 43 Cell copying pasting data 103 definition 74 80 Central Time Schedules creating 527 Client definition 201 Cloning WorkSPACEs 246 261 283 301 Colors alarm lit 371 Columns adjusting 76 hiding 76 showing 76 Comfort Controller Reference Jumps 81 ComfortVIEW command menu conventions 22 help 25 logging out 10 related documentation 6 window elements 18 Comf
343. lay a list of all points in the selected element and table Click on a point to select it select the specified point and close the dialog box exit the dialog box without selecting the point clear all current selections display help information Modifying Configuration Decision Descriptions Copying and Pasting Cell Data If desired you can modify any configuration decision description Click on the description cell and type the new name The text appears in the cell and in the edit bar which is located below the window s status bar Press Enter or click on the edit bar s enter icon to enter the change Note Clicking on the edit bar s cancel icon cancels the change Click on Configure and then click on Save to save the new description in the Comfort VIEW database or if you wish to cancel click on Window and then click on Refresh to refresh the window with the most recent descrip tion that has been written to the database Note You may also perform these commands by clicking on the Save or the Refresh icon in the toolbar If ComfortVIEW displays the message CCN Currently Locked or CCN Is In Use you have attempted to modify a point description in a controller that is currently being ac cessed by you or another ComfortVIEW operator Attempt the modification again when the controller is available If desired you can copy selected configuration table cell data to the Windows clipboard You
344. le 117 Modifying and Sending Time and Date 118 Displaying and Configuring CCN Options 120 To Add a New Consumable or Runtime Option Table o cssiscisveissstessessssntsaressescteanessee 123 To Add a New History Option Table sisse tirs smarciris aossen 124 To Display and Modify Option Configuration Tables 1 0 00 125 To Modify an Option Table D SCTIPUON 55 scasessisiessedsssstsboesssvsceszoeaeas asd 126 To Delete any Option Table 127 Configuring UT203 FIDS 00 ee eeeereeeeeees 128 Configuring Comfort Controllers 132 Important Features and Considerations cccccccccccesesssseeeeees 132 Recovering from Database Mismatch ccccccsccceeeeesseees 133 Use of Other User Interfaces to Program Comfort Controllers sissssssiecessnsisssi 133 Procedure OVELrVieW sorserion 134 Creating and Modifying Hardware and Software Points 139 Creating and Modifying Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 146 Creating Multiple Similarly Named Database Objects lt sectisteesiseeive eee 149 Configuring Database ODI CCIS xs sacesesstesesctesbustee vss esceieeetiseeetieeseots 153 List BDY oroc enotero a 153 Table Jumps from Configuration Tables eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 155 Reference Jumps from Configuration Tables ceeeeseeeeeeeeeee 156 Downloading ComfortVIEW Data to a Comfort Controller oo
345. le Time schedule Setpoint table Reference tables Table of origin Close Help Figure 4 6 display the point s associated mainte nance table display the point s associated time schedule configuration table display the point s associated setpoint configuration table if the point is in a Comfort Controller display the names of all Comfort Controller objects that are using the point in their configuration display the point s table of origin status display maintenance or configuration table close the dialog box display help information Force Dialog Box Analog Force Input Output Channel 1 Force value Increment 40 0 i 1 Auto time Note Auto Force Cancel Help 239 240 Figure 4 7 Force Dialog Box Disc rete Table 4 7 Force Dialog Box Force value Auto time Note Auto Clean Dirty Force Cancel Help Click on To the override state button Example Clean Dirty On Off the Force value edit box the Increment up or down arrow the Force value up or down arrow Auto time select the desired override state for discrete points only enter the desired override value for analog points only select the increase or decrease granu larity for example 1 1 100 1000 increase or decrease the override value
346. le if you have two access levels named Con trol Element Configuration and Passive Monitor each with different access privileges you could give an operator Control Element Configuration access for one area in your CCN and Passive Moni tor access for another area For information on creating access levels refer to Defining System Access Levels which appears earlier in this chapter Follow the steps below to assign an operator s access levels Note If you are adding a new operator to the system the Opera tor Access dialog box automatically displays after you click on the Operator Profile dialog box s OK button Skip to Step 3 below Display the Operator Configuration dialog box by clicking on the Administration menu item followed by clicking on Opera tors Click on Access levels to modify the selected operator s access levels ComfortVIEW displays the Operator Access dialog box Refer to Figure 6 6 and Table 6 6 for instructions on using this dialog box Click to enable or disable the following privileges System setup Report setup Report Generation and Workspace setup Refer to Table 6 6 for a description of specific opera tions associated with these privileges Select the operator s default access level from the drop down list box The operator will by default be assigned this access level for all areas with the exception of those areas listed in the Exceptions list In the Exceptions Areas list sel
347. le as a match for the area name Acceptable matches for this example might be e United Mutual Insurance Building 1 e United Mutual Insurance Building 2 e United Mutual Insurance Building A e United Mutual Insurance Building B takes the place of one or more characters Example Specifying United Mutual Insurance for the area name means that any incoming alarms from controllers in an area that has United Mutual Insurance as the first 23 characters will be acceptable as a match for the area name Acceptable matches for this example might be e United Mutual Insurance Building 1 e United Mutual Insurance Chillers e United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant e United Mutual Insurance Air Handlers Note Entering without any accompa nying characters in the Area or Element text box allows you to receive alarms from all areas or system elements Figure 6 10 Audio Configuration Dialog Box Table 6 10 Audio Configuration Dialog Box Audio Configuration Alarm Internal speaker Start frequency g Hz ion 20 S Pulse duration ms Number of pulses HE 5 Delta frequency a Hz O Oscillation Sound card WAV filename OOo WH Lo E Click on To Internal speaker use the PC s internal speaker to pro duce an audible indication of the specified alarm type To configure an exact tone use the Start frequency Pulse duration Number of pulses Delta frequency Oscillation a
348. le disable days of the week and enter the Occupied From and To times in the corresponding edit boxes The bar graph will update to display the occupied times when viewing a Bus Scan or System Summary window CCN Option Table window or Controller List to display the status display table for a selected system element If the system element has multiple display tables for example an AHU PIC you will be presented with the Display Tables dialog box from which you can select the desired table If the system element also has a config ured WorkSPACE that WorkSPACE will be displayed If the selected system element has no display table and has not been configured with a linked WorkSPACE you will be given an opportunity to identify a WorkSPACE to link to the given system element 199 200 Help Menu Table 2 58 Help Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Help menu Command Use this command to Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information on all ComfortVIEW components and copyright Remote Site Manager Remote Site Manager This chapter provides instructions on ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager application For instructions on Tum to page using ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager 202 verifying required conditions for successful connection 202 connecting to a remote Comfor
349. lect all objects modify the selected object s name and description ComfortVIEW displays the Modify Object dialog box Refer to Figure 2 39 and Table 2 39 for instructions on using this dialog box exit the dialog box and save settings exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information 151 Figure 2 39 Modify Object Dialog Box Table 2 39 Modify Object Dialog Box 152 Name Modify Object Channel TEMPIN16 Description 18 gt Temperature input 16 Cancel Help Clickon To Name edit the object s name You can enter up to 8 alphanumeric characters Description edit the object s description You can enter up to 24 alphanumeric charac ters Channel set a hardware or software point s channel number OK exit the dialog box and save settings Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Help display help information Configuring Database Objects List Entry Follow the instructions below to configure a Comfort Controller object Prior to beginning this procedure you must create the object If necessary refer to Creating and Modifying Hardware and Software Points or Creating and Modifying Other Database Objects Set points System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms for instruc tions on creating objects These instructions appear earlier in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section
350. ler Monitor Trend Title 01 05 1995 Current Date 23XL Chiller Monitor Trend Trend Name Owned Ownership Scan Rate 60 seconds Scan Rate United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant Point in Trend HPM High Press Chiller Mon 0 40 LOAD Cooler Load United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant Point in Trend HPM High Press Chiller Mon 0 40 ECW Entering Water Temp dF United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant Point in Trend HPM High Press Chiller Mon 0 40 LCW Leaving Water Temp dF You can create your own animated discrete point graphics using Animated Data nothing more than the third party drawing package that you used to Box Frame create your WorkSPACE Manager graphic backgrounds Creation Guidelines To create animated graphics generate a series of graphic files using the animated graphic specifications described below These graphics will be used as frames for the animation To achieve maximum visual effect each frame in the animation series should be a graphic depicting either an incremental motion change of an image or an image color or texture change The frames that you create are overlayed on the ViewSPACE s graphic background when you define the animated data box style Refer to the Creating a New ViewSPACE section of this chapter 298 Animated Graphic Specifications Create and save each graphic in the animation series in a uniquely named file using the following sp
351. ler to the ComfortVIEW database and any changes that are made to the number and types of controller objects are automatically synchro nized with the contents of your ComfortVIEW database You must still however save and manually download Comfort Controller table configuration changes As long as you enable the download to Comfort Controller option and also download table configuration changes to the controller the ComfortVIEW database remains synchronized with the actual Recovering from Database Mismatch Use of Other User Interfaces to Program Comfort Controllers controller object database and configuration If however you opt not to download an object or configuration table change from Comfort VIEW to the Comfort Controller you will have a mismatch between the controller s and the Comfort VIEW database If you suspect a mismatch between the Comfort Controller and the ComfortVIEW database perform a controller verification by click ing on the Configure menu item and then clicking on Verify Any differences will be detected and recorded for your viewing If there are differences that you wish to rectify either upload the existing Comfort Controller to ComfortVIEW or download the existing ComfortVIEW database to the Comfort Controller If you have programmed and configured a new Comfort Controller using the Network Service Tool s Quickstart and On Line configura tion tools or some other user interface simply upload the contro
352. lick on Quick select to display the Data Point Selection dialog box with the area element and point drop down lists in their previously sorted state Enabling this option expedites the point selection process Click on OK to close the Modify Trend dialog box and save your trend point selections or on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving point selections Click on the File menu item and then click on one of the following commands depending on whether you wish to save a new trend or save a modified trend under a new name e To save a new trend or to save a modified trend and overwrite previous modifications Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save Trend command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar This command will overwrite your existing trend e To save a modified trend with a new name Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save Trend as command This command allows you to save a new version of an existing trend The Save Current Trend As dialog box is displayed Enter the trend name and specify its ownership designa tion Owned or Global Refer to Figure 4 20 and Table 4 20 for instructions on using this dialog box 2 If in Step 1 you saved a new trend or a modified trend under a new name you must also save the WorkSPACE e To save the WorkSPACE and overwrite previous modifi cations Click on the File menu item and th
353. licking on a day in the calendar Reset erase all current occupancy selections OK close the dialog box and save the changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Schedulel O Create override Closes this dialog box and restores previous settings Clickon To Create link specify the controller occupancy schedule that will be overridden by this central schedule The Select Table dialog box will be displayed If neces sary you can refer to Figure and Table 4 13 in this manual s WorkSPACE Manager chapter for instructions on using this dialog box Note Up to a maximum of 100 different occupancy tables can be linked to one central schedule continued Table 8 7 Link Overide Dialog Box continued Click on To Create override OK Cancel Help create a time schedule that will over ride this central schedule on a speci fied day The Override Schedule dialog box will be displayed This dialog box is the same as the Master Time Schedule dialog box shown in Figure and Table x x with the only difference being that the Override Schedule dialog box contains an Override date button Clicking on this button will display the Override Date dialog box where you enter the date on which this schedule will override the central schedule Note that the range of valid dates extends from today s date to one year in the future This date
354. lid entries range from 00 00 to 12 59 followed by a to indicate am or p to indicate pm 5 To modify the displayed day of month click on the new day in the calendar To modify the displayed month click on the scroll bar s down or up arrow 6 Click in the Today is a holiday box if you wish to indicate the displayed date as a holiday 7 Click on OK to close the dialog box and broadcast the time and date to the selected controller or CCN or click on Cancel to close the dialog box and restore the previous settings Broadcast Time and Date Set time and date 02 30 p March 1994 An An w wofa _ Today is a holiday OK Cancel Help 119 120 Table 2 29 Broadcast Time and Date Dialog Box Displaying and Configuring CCN Options Click on To the Set time and date edit box a day in the calendar the scroll bar s down or up arrow the Today is a holiday box OK Cancel Help modify the displayed time and date Valid entries range from 00 00 to 12 59 followed by a to indicate am or p to indicate pm modify the displayed day of month modify the month indicate the displayed date as a holiday close the dialog box and broadcast time and data close the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information Clicking on CCN Options in the CCN Tools menu gives you the capa
355. ller to ComfortVIEW Once it is uploaded you can use ComfortVIEW to make all future configuration changes If you use the Network Service Tool s Quickstart and On Line configuration tools or some other user interface to locally make object or configuration modifications to a Comfort Controller that already exists in the ComfortVIEW database simply upload the controller to ComfortVIEW There is no need to delete the Comfort Controller and re add it to the Comfort VIEW database as there was in previous ComfortVIEW versions Uploading makes all the necessary changes to the ComfortVIEW database to keep ComfortVIEW and the Comfort Controller s database synchronized Note Uploading a Comfort Controller to an existing Comfort Controller in the ComfortVIEW database will overwrite the ComfortVIEW database as necessary in order to create an exact image of the actual Comfort Controller database It is recommended that you use the Verify command prior to performing the upload to note the differences in the two databases If you use Comfort VIEW to assign custom engineering units to a Comfort Controller point the custom units will not display if you use another user interface to display the point 133 134 Procedure Overview This procedure provides instructions for creating modifying and configuring objects in the ComfortVIEW database and optionally creating and configuring them in the Comfort Controller Prior to beginning these instruc
356. ller the data that it needs to control and monitor HVAC devices in the desired manner Controllers CCN system elements with addresses status dis play and configuration tables Controllers perform the actual HVAC monitoring and control operations The Carrier Comfort Network supports several types of controllers These include PICs FIDs and Comfort Controllers System Managers and CCN Op tions Controller A CCN system element with an address status display and configuration tables A controller performs the actual HVAC monitoring and control operations The Carrier Comfort Network supports several types of controllers These include PICs FIDs and Comfort Controllers System Managers examples TSM FSM CSM and CCN Options Destination The configuration table you are copying to when copying and moving controller configuration data Download To copy configuration table data from the ComfortVIEW database to a controller Performing a download overwrites the configuration at the controller Export To back up an entire controller s database to a specified drive The drive can be the ComfortVIEW floppy diskette drive another ComfortVIEW hard drive partition or another computer on the LAN The information that will be copied includes the controller name description address and all configuration data Force To override a controller s automatic control and modify a point s value Function Any of
357. local ComfortVIEW forces or Remote Monitor for remote ComfortVIEW forces appears in the points status column to indicate that a ComfortVIEW force is in effect Autoing a Point Follow the instructions below to clear a force and return the point to Table 2 23 Force Dialog Box the controller s automatic control 1 Display the status display or maintenance table If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing Status Display or Maintenance Tables Click on the cell whose force you wish to clear 3 Click on Edit and then click on Auto Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Auto icon in the toolbar or by double clicking on the cell and in the Force dialog box clicking on Auto The force clears and the point returns to the controller s automatic control Note If more than one force exists on a point perform Steps 2 and 3 until all force statuses are removed Click on To the override state button Example Clean Dirty On Off select the desired override state for discrete points only the Force value edit box enter the desired override value for analog points only the Increment up or down arrow select the increase or decrease granu larity For example 1 1 100 1000 continued Table 2 23 Force Dialog Box continued Click on To the Force value up or down arrow Auto time Note Auto Force Cancel Help increase or decrease the
358. low to view or modify CCN data point pa rameters and values For instructions on modifying Dynamic Data Exchange DDE point parameters refer to To Share ViewSPACE Data with Other Applications DDE which follows Figure and Table 4 7 1 Double click on the data box corresponding to the point you wish to view or change The WorkSPACE Manager displays the Point Data dialog box Refer to Figure 4 5 From this box you can modify the point s value description or operator note and if the point is currently being sampled in a trend view the last 50 trend samples For configuration points you can also upload configuration data from the controller download data to the controller and save configu ration data changes to the ComfortVIEW database For point status or maintenance table points you can also force submaster force for UT203 FID controllers and auto point values and save changes If there is an alarm or force condition currently in effect an alarm or force status indication message will be displayed in the lower half of the dialog box 235 236 To Add a New Data Box x S T Make point description value or operator note changes as desired Refer to Figure 4 5 and Table 4 5 for an explanation of the fields in this dialog box To save configuration data changes in the Comfort VIEW database click on the Save button To send configuration data changes to the controller click on the Download button To di
359. lters and assign filters to printers 1 Click on the Administration menu item and then click on Alarm printers ComfortVIEW displays the Alarm Printers dialog box The names of all ComfortVIEW printers the computer name and printer port that controls the printer display under Select a printer You add printers to this list using ComfortVIEW Setup application 2 Select a printer from the Select a Printer box and then click on Filters ComfortVIEW displays the Alarms Filters dialog box 3 You must now select an alarm filter number from the Filter drop down list There are 25 unique filters that you can set up and assign to a single printer Select this field and then use the down arrow key to scroll through the list of existing filters If a filter is already configured its associated area element and level criteria display in the respective text boxes 418 Figure 6 11 Alam Printers Dialog Box To modify an existing or enter a new Area click on the button that is located to right of the Area box ComfortVIEW displays the Speedy Data Entry dialog box In the Speedy Data Entry dialog box select the Area and system element whose alarms you wish this printer to receive If desired you can filter alarms from specific categories tables and points by selecting from the corresponding drop down lists Select the level of alarms you wish this printer to receive from the Level drop down list Clicking on
360. lude all active ports on your Windows NT network If you are not ona LAN the list will include all active ports on your computer 4 Click on OK to save the data or on Cancel to exit without saving changes The Setup Printers dialog box re displays The new printer name appears in the Printers list in alphabetical order 5 Repeat Steps 1 to 4 until the Setup Printers dialog box includes the names of all ComfortVIEW alarm printers You now must use the Alarm Printers command in the Setup application s Administration Menu to assign alarms to specific Comfort VIEW printers To Delete an Existing Printer Figure 6 14 Setup Printers Dialog Box Table6 14 Setup Printers Dialog Box 1 In the Printers list click on a printer name 2 Click on Delete ComfortVIEW deletes the selected printer and re displays the Setup Printers dialog box Setup Alarm Printers Printers ALARMPRINTER SERVER LPT1 New Delete OK Cancel Help Clickon To New to add a new printer to the Printers list ComfortVIEW displays the New Printers dialog box For instructions on completing this dialog box refer to Figure 6 15 and Table 6 15 Delete delete the selected printer from the Printers list OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information 423 Fgure 15 New Pri
361. m Overview and Controller List window this status bar displays the path you have taken in the Carrier Network Manager to arrive at the current window selection For ex ample the CCN area and controller name that you have selected In a status display maintenance or con figuration table window the status bar displays help information that is peculiar to a controller point or con figuration decision hide rows and columns in status display maintenance or configuration table worksheets Click on the header of the column you wish to hide or click on the box to the left of the row you wish to hide Click on the Options menu item and then click on Hide The highlighted column or row will be removed from the worksheet To Make Row Hides Permanent Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Save The row will not appear the next time you view this table To Make Column Hides Permanent Click on the Options menu item and then click on Save settings on exit A checkmark appears before the command to indicate that it is enabled The column will not appear the next time you view this table continued Table 2 55 Use this command to Options Menu Command continued Show Point IDs Best fit Save settings on exit Note Row hides apply to specific tables Column hides apply to all tables in all controllers Also row hides are hidden for all operators Column hides are hidden for indi vidual operato
362. m status display and mainte nance tables 70 from trends 231 from ViewSPACEs 236 Table Names modifying 104 Table Window Report printing 171 Tables deleting in CCN Options 127 modifying in CCN Options 126 Text changing font in Camer Network Manager 38 Third Party Report Application usage with Report Panel 499 Time modifying sending 118 Time Schedules creating masterand ovenide 527 Timed Force 517 Toolbar alarm 331 Camier Network Manager 36 removing from System Overview Window 36 Report Definition List 455 WorkSPACE Manager 221 Trend adding 279 archiving saving data to file 232 deleting removing 288 306 displaying run mode 283 displaying value 229 displaying using 225 modifying 279 printing window design mode 295 printing window run mode 294 306 range 287 runmode 226 saving 282 saving data to file 232 starting 230 stop 229 table and reference jumps from 231 U Update Poll command 191 Updating alarm list 337 Uploading configuration data to ComforVIEW 116 Using trends 225 Using the Report Viewer 485 UT203 FIDs configuring 128 132 uploading 117 V Verifying controller configuration vs ComfortVIEW database 114 modem 205 print results 114 Viewing alarm list 330 Configuration Tables 78 81 data box point name and description 235 data point parameters 235 data pointvalues 235 maintenance tables 70 operatornote 343 status display tables 70 suppressed alarms 347 ViewSPACE a
363. mand saves a new version of an existing WorkSPACE The Save Current WorkSPACE As dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 10 and Table 4 10 for instructions on using this dialog box The WorkSPACE Manager saves the WorkSPACE and all associ ated ViewSPACEs and trends with their current window locations and sizes When you display the WorkSPACE in run mode all ViewSPACEs and trends display with the window location and size that they had when the WorkSPACE was saved Figure 4 11 Modify Curent WorkSPACE Dialog Box Table 4 11 Modify Curent WorkSPACE Dialog Box Deleting a WorkSPACE Modify Current WorkKSPACE Name 23XL Chiller Monitor Global OK Cancel Help Modifies the window s name Click on To the Name edit box modify the existing WorkSPACE name Up to 48 characters are al lowed OK close the dialog box and save the current settings Cancel exit the dialog box without saving settings Help display help information Follow the instructions below to launch the WorkSPACE Manager application and delete a WorkSPACE from the ComfortVIEW database Note that deleting a WorkSPACE does not delete its associated ViewSPACEs and trends You can display these ViewSPACEs and trends by opening them from another WorkSPACE window Note If the WorkSPACE Manager application is already run ning and is operating in run mode it is not necessary to perform the instructions below Inst
364. mary will be terminated When such a Stat is located Comfort VIEW will perform a scan to locate all zone and bypass controllers in the master thermostat s system and will then display the System Summary window Refer to Figure 2 22c continued 181 182 Table 2 49a File Menu continued Edit Menu Table 2 50 Edit Menu Command Use this command to Print Print Setup Exit print the bus scan detailed bus scan or system summary results The printout will include all scanned data with a time date stamp Monitor stats and linkage masters will be preceded by gt gt select a printer and set up your print characteristics Print requests made using the File Menu s Print command will print to this printer exit the Carrier Network Manager function The following table describes each of the commands in the Edit menu Command Use this command to Copy copy selected ComfortVIEW configu ration table data from one cell to another Click on the cell or cells you wish to copy click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy To copy an entire column click on the column header Description Value or Notes To copy an entire row click on the box to the left of the point description The data is copied to the Windows Clipboard You can then click on a destination cell and use the Paste command to paste the copied data The destination cell can be in the same or another CCN table continued T
365. mes and descriptions using the Configure menu s Modify command For additional information refer to the Modifying Table Names Descriptions section of this chapter configure the selected UT203 FID or Comfort Controller Selecting this command with a UT203 FID selected presents the FID Point Selection dialog box where you select the FID points that you wish to activate select point types DO AO AI DI and then select each point s algorithm control type Selecting this com mand with a Comfort Controller selected presents the Configure Com fort Controller tabbed dialog box where you select the tab that corre sponds to the database object that you wish to create and configure Table 2 52 Configure Menu continued Configure Menu Table 2 53 Configure Menu Command Use this command to View display an area s Controller list or to display a controller or CCN Option table This is an alternative to display ing the Controller list by double clicking on an area name or to dis playing a table by double clicking on the table name The following table describes each of the commands for the Config ure Menu that displays when you are viewing a configuration maintenance or status display table Command Use this command to Save save point description values and notes modifications in the ComfortVIEW database Upload copy the selected table s database from the controller to ComfortVIEW database
366. mes and descriptions and gives you the opportunity to modify them In the Select Comfort Controller dialog box make any de sired modifications by selecting the object to modify and clicking on Modify Refer to Figure 2 38 and Table 2 38 for instructions on using the Select Comfort Controller Objects dialog box Click on the individual objects that you wish to create or click on Select all to select all displayed objects Click on OK to create the objects or on Cancel to exit the dialog box ComfortVIEW displays the message Create object s in Comfort Controller also Click on Yes to create download the object in both ComfortVIEW and the Comfort Controller Click on No to create the object in the ComfortVIEW database only Figure 2 38 Select Comfort Controller Objects Dialog Box Selected objects CCCV_02 Cooling CV CCCV_03 Cooling CV CCCV_04 Cooling CV CCCV_05 Cooling CV CCCV_06 Cooling CV CCCV_07 Cooling CV CCCV_08 Cooling CV CCCV_09 Cooling CV CCCV_10 Cooling CV CCCV_11 Cooling CV CCCV_12 Cooling CV Modify Select Comfort Controller Objects Select all Select none OK Cancel Help Table 2 38 Select Comfort Clickon To Controller Objects Dialog Box an object in the Selected objects list Select all Select none Modify OK Cancel Help select the object select all objects in the list de se
367. method for creat ing programmed DDE links To link ComfortVIEW data you must specify the following link information in the DDE supported application for each piece of ComfortVIEW data you wish to read e ComfortVIEW application name ComfortWORKS e Topic Name See Table 2 47 for topic names of available ComfortVIEW point information You will notice that there are two topic names included in this table Use the name shown in parentheses if the ComfortVIEW table is not currently open for display e Item Reference Number Point ID Number To display the point ID number click on the Carrier Network Manager s Options menu item and then click on Point IDs The number will display in the Name column following the 8 charac ter point name Table 2 47 Data Topic Name ee Topic Description PntDesc CCNPntDesc Point Value PntValue CCNPntValue Units PntUnits CCNPntUnits Status PntStatus CCNPntStatus Force Status PntFrcStatus CCNPntFrcStatus All of the above PntAll CCNPntAll Example of Excel s requirements for creating programmed DDE point data links You would enter DDE point data link information in an Excel cell in the format shown below Note that this format varies dependent on the PC application to which you are linking ComfortWORKSITopic Name Item Reference Number Example of Excel s actual cell formula where the ComfortVIEW table from which you are linking is currently open ComfortWORKSIPnt
368. mmand to Logout state set up the alarm indication preferences for all logged out ComfortVIEW workstations Whenever any Comfort VIEW operator logs out the logged out ComfortVIEW workstation will indicate annunciate alarms as specified here When an operator logs back in alarm indication will be guided by the operator s personal alarm preferences that are specified using the Administration menu s Operators command Your profile modify your login name password start up application automatic log off or alarm indication preferences Help Menu The following table describes each of the commands that appear in the Help menu eA Command Use this command to Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information on all Comfort VIEW applications and copyright 447 448 Report Panel Report Panel This chapter provides instructions on ComfortVIEW s Report Panel application For instructions on Tum to page accessing the Report Panel application 451 producing a report an overview 453 creating a report definition e displaying the report definition list 454 e creating copying or modifying a report definition 457 e deleting an existing report definition 479 e printing a report definition 480 e changing the report definition list font 480 generating a report e required conditions for manual an
369. mote CCNs containing points from this trend close the dialog box and save current settings exit the dialog box without saving display help information Follow the instructions below to delete a trend from the ComfortVIEW database 1 Display the trend that you wish to delete If necessary refer to the Displaying and Using Trends section of this chapter 2 If necessary switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design 3 Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and the message Design displays in the lower right corner of the window 4 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Delete ViewSPACE Trend To Remove a Trend 5 Inthe confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to delete the trend or on No to prevent its deletion The WorkSPACE Manager closes the trend window and deletes the trend from the ComfortVIEW database Follow the instructions below to permanently remove a trend from a WorkSPACE Note that this function does not delete the trend from the ComfortVIEW database It only removes the selected trend from the selected WorkSPACE 1 Display the trend that you wish to remove If necessary refer to the Displaying and Using Trends section of this chapter 2 If necessary switch to design mode To do this click on the Ru
370. n difference is that the labels within the box are different reflecting the different types of data each report includes The Alarm Sum mary report uses the Alarm Filters dialog box the Time Schedule report uses the CCN Elements dialog box and the Tenant Billing report uses the Data Tables dialog box Despite the different names they all function in basically the same way Following this section see Table A 4 for a reference of the specific events which are a part of each System Activity event group and the target outcomes for each group that will be included in the report Report Event Groups Event groups in report Date time of event t ema Alarms Setup Reports Remove gt gt WorkSPACEs Remote Operators CCNs Areas CCN Elements Option Tables Time Schedules Setpoint Tables Configuration Event groups not in report OK Cancel Help Select event groups to remove from the report Table A 3 Report Event Groups Dialog Box Click on To an item in the Event groups in report list Remove an item in the Event groups not in report list Add Select Area Time Schedule and Alarm Summary only Select CCN Tenant Billing only OK Cancel Help select an event group to re move from the report Table A 4 lists the specific events associated with each event group remove a selected event group from the report Note Y
371. n menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design 3 Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and the message Design displays in the lower right corner of the window 4 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Remove ViewSPACE Trend 5 Inthe confirmation dialog box displayed click on Yes to remove the trend from the WorkSPACE or on No to prevent its deletion 6 Save the WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on the Save WorkSPACE command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar 289 Follow the steps below to establish a telephone connection to or Co nnecting to terminate a telephone connection from a remote CCN Disc onnec ting from a Remote 1 Display the ViewSPACE or trend containing the remote CCN CCN points you wish to view If necessary refer to the Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE or Displaying and Using Trends sections of this chapter 2 If necessary enter run mode 3 Click on the Run menu item and then click on Connect or click on the Connect toolbar icon shown at left The Connect to dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the names of all CCNs associated with points in the active ViewSPACE or trend Refer to Table 4 21 and Figure 4 21 Note If you have only one Autodial Gateway on
372. n status dis play maintenance or configuration table A trend will run until one of the following conditions is met You stop the trend 1000 scans have been completed You remove the trend from the current WorkSPACE You leave run mode and enter design mode You close the WorkSPACE via a linked jump to another WorkSPACE or by exiting the current WorkSPACE Manager application entirely Note You can simultaneously run a trend while viewing other WorkSPACEs by running another instance of the WorkSPACE Manager application Use the second WorkSPACE Manager to view other WorkSPACEs while the first WorkSPACE Manager is running your trend 225 226 To Launch the WorkSPACE Manager Application and Display a Trend in Run Mode If the WorkSPACE Manager application is already run ning you can display a trend at any time by e if necessary entering run mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Start run mode e opening the trend by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open ViewSPACE Trend e proceeding to Step 2 in the following list Launch the WorkSPACE Manager application and select the WorkSPACE containing the trend you wish to display If necessary refer to Accessing the WorkSPACE Manager ComfortVIEW opens the selected WorkSPACE window The ViewSPACEs and trends that have been assigned to the WorkSPACE open sequentially inside the WorkSPACE window The messages Loading backgroun
373. n your Comfort VIEW printer Figure 2 46 displays a sample controller list report Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Displaying the Controller List Click on the controller whose database you wish to print Note You can also select and print reports on multiple control lers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard tech niques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Controller List window Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Comfort VIEW displays a confirmation box asking if you wish to create the database report Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Print icon in the toolbar Click on Yes to create the report or click on No to prevent report creation Comfort VIEW creates the report and displays it using the Windows Notepad application To print the report click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Print To close the report file click on Notepad s File menu item and then click on Exit Figure 2 46 Sample Controller List Report United Mutual Insurance Quicker List 39N Air Handler Unit Q 2 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 AHU 2 DATCOLL Data Collection III 0 100 173 Figure 2 47 Sample Database Report Device Configuration Report AHU 0 2 CONFIG Configuration Description Units 1 HiLim Humid Q no 1 anlg 2 dis 2 Occ
374. n No to prevent its deletion Note that this function does not delete the ViewSPACE from the ComfortVIEW database It only removes the selected ViewSPACE from the selected WorkSPACE Save Trend data to file If desired you can save trend data to a file in your ComfortVIEW database and then read the file into a third party spreadsheet application ComfortVIEW takes a snapshot of the current data and creates a tab delin eated file containing your trend data The file will contain all data that has been gathered since the trend was originally started for your current WorkSPACE session Print prints a screen captured image of the active ViewSPACE or trend window continued 306 Table 4 28 File Menu Run Mode continued Edit Menu Design Mode Table 4 29 Edit Menu Design Mode Click on To Print setup Exit configure the output and select printers The Print Setup dialog box is displayed Select the printer to which you wish to print ViewSPACE and trend screen captures select additional print character istics such as page size orientation and 2 sided printing Clicking on the Print Setup dialog box s More button displays the Advanced document Properties dialog box where you can specify additional print characteristics Click on the Help button to display Windows help infor mation Clicking on the Print Setup dialog box s Network button displays the Connect to Printer dialog box which gives
375. n click on Bus Services Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Bus Services toolbar button shown at left ComfortVIEW displays the Bus Services dialog box shown in Figure 2 22a Select the activity that you wish to perform basic or detailed bus scan update poll or cold call Different dialog box options will then become available depending on the activity you have selected For example when performing an update poll or cold call you can specify whether to use Comfort VIEW s internal NDS function an external NDS Module or an automatically selected NDS method When performing a bus scan you can specify the bus number range of elements and whether to include only CCS and ComfortID devices Click on Run to close the Bus Services dialog box and per form the specified activity or on Close to exit the dialog box without performing any activity Refer to Figure and Table 2 22a for additional information on the options in this dialog box and Figures 2 22b c and d for sample basic detailed and system summary bus scan dis plays Figure 2 22a Bus Services Dialog Box Bus Services a x EE Po mo uo TD Include only EES and Comfort devices g Wagnoste pronties 83 84 Table 2 22a Bus Services Dialog Box Click on To Perform basic bus scan Perform detailed bus scan examine the specified CCN bus and range of system elements and produce a Basic Bus Scan
376. n use this command to synchronize all CCN controllers to the same time and date or to change a single controller s time and date ComfortVIEW displays the Broadcast Time and Date dialog box scan a specified CCN Bus and obtain a list of the system elements and snap shot of activity The Bus Services dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 2 22a From this dialog box you can perform an update poll or cold call or continued 191 192 Table 2 54 CCN Tools Menu continued Command Use this command to Gateways produce a basic or detailed bus scan display From either bus scan display you can produce a system summary which searches the specified bus for CCS and ComfortID thermostats zone and bypass controllers use this command to reserve selected Gateways to perform the following operations Timed data retrieval Reserves the selected Gateway for use when con necting to remote CCNs to perform automatic timed data retrieval for ComfortVIEW reports Standard connection Reserves the selected Gateway for use when con necting to remote networks to perform other ComfortVIEW monitoring functions Receipt of incoming alarms Re serves the selected Gateway to receive incoming alarms Transmission of outgoing alarms Reserves the selected Gateway to send outgoing alarms Keep in mind that reserving an Auto dial Gateway for a particular opera tion does not prevent Comfor
377. nager Command Summary at the end of this chapter for a complete description of each Bus Scan window command 89 90 Figure 2 22c Sample Detailed Bus Scan CWTO 9 6K BUS 0 COM 1 Detailed Bus Scan Bus 86 First element 32 Last element Stats only Name Description _ Adi Type ees aa ee a 9 330520 Zone Controller 120 1BP TYM a 3C 33BC 33VM 33CSTM Temp System Monitor 33Pl 33CSBC Bypass Controller 33CSVM VYT Monitor System Summary 32 0012C 33 0012C 35 0018P 36 OO1VM 43 033TM 44 03320 42 2 F 45 0338C E 73 1 F 46 033 M f 74 2 F 53 033TM 70 7 F 54 033PI i 70 6 F 55 0338C i 71 3 F 56 033M 70 6 F In addition to all basic bus scan data name description address type version error and mode the Detailed Bus Scan window also includes the following data for CCS and ComfortID system ele ments only zone temperature cooling setpoint heating setpoint demand limit damper position and air flow Master stats are identified in blue Those system elements that have not been added to the ComfortVIEW database will be preceded by a dimmed icon You can add such elements to the database using the Configure menu s Add to database command Refer to Carrier Network Manager Command Summary at the end of this chapter for a complete description of each Detailed Bus Scan window com mand You can produce a System Summary from either a Basic Bus Scan or Detaile
378. name and the 24 character table description for each option table in the selected CCN Figures 2 31 and 2 32 show example Consumable and History Option Table List windows Broadcast Time and Date Set time and date 02 30 p March 1999 Su M Tu W Th F Sa els las apor 11 12 laa llas 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 2a eo 0 31 C Today is a holiday OK Cancel Help 121 122 Table 2 30 CCN Options Dialog Box Figure 2 31 Sample Consumable Option Table List Window Click on To an option in the Select a CCN Option list OK Cancel Help De HE select the CCN Option whose tables you wish to access close the dialog box and display your selection exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information ComfortVIEW Lab Consumable Tables CONSMO2S Data Collect Consumab ICONSMO8S Data Collect Consumab CONSM04S Data Collect Consumab ICONS
379. nce You do this using ComfortVIEW s Setup function Refer to the Setup chapter of this manual for instructions Assigning Custom Messages to Incoming Alarms Rules forC ustom Message Attachment You can add a custom alarm message to the ComfortVIEW custom alarm message list and set the criteria for attaching it to incoming alarms Custom alarm messages can provide additional information geared to a specific alarm that ComfortVIEW displays or prints along with a standard alarm message You can also use the custom alarm message interface such that ComfortVIEW will override a specific alarm s default audible indication and instead play a user specified wav sound file on reception of specific alarms You set criteria Area Zone Element Point and Precedence for attaching custom messages to incoming alarms ComfortVIEW compares incoming alarms to your specified criteria and establishes alarm custom message links using the following rules ComfortVIEW begins by identifying criteria that might qualify the message for attachment One possibility that will qualify a custom message for attachment to an alarm is an exact match between your user defined criteria and the incoming alarm Other possibilities involve any wildcards that you use to specify criteria An incoming alarm must satisfy each of the six user defined criteria before the custom message can qualify for attachment to the incoming alarm If ComfortVIEW does not find any set
380. ncel Help display a list of all areas in your Comfort VIEW database Click to select the area con taining the point to display or trend display a list of all elements in the selected area Click to select the controller system element containing the point to display or trend display a list of all table categories in the selected system element display a list of all tables in the selected category display a list of all points in the selected element and table Click on a point to select it erase any drop down list selections Note You will reset the selections even if you click on Cancel before exiting the dialog box select the specified point and close the dialog box Note If you press the Ctrl key while you click on OK you will select the point and keep the dialog box open so that you can make additional point selections exit the dialog box without selecting the point display help information 267 268 Figure 4 14 Frame Family Selection Dialog Box Frame Family Selection Animated frame family FANS FTLR TEST Selects animated frames Table4 14 Frame Family Selection Dialog Box Figure 4 15 Modify Link Area Dialog Box Click on To the name of an animated frame family select the graphics that will display in the selected point s data box The family s associated graphics display in the lower half of the dialog box Refer to the Anima
381. ncel Help Table 2 34 Table Definition Dialog Box To Delete any Option Table Click on To the Table name description box enter or edit the table description OK close the dialog box and save the new table description Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Follow the instructions below to delete an option table from the Data Collection Option 1 Display the Option Table List using the instructions at the beginning of this section 2 Click on the table to delete 3 Click on the Configure menu item then click on Delete In the dialog box displayed click on Yes to delete the table ComfortVIEW relinquishes that table to the option module for another use 127 128 Configuring UT203 ADs Follow the instructions below to configure a UT203 FID controller If necessary refer to the UT203 FID Overview and Configuration Manual for an explanation of the UT203 FID s algorithms and con figuration decisions Note Comfort VIEW is compatible with UT203 FID Phase IV and subsequent version controllers 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Click on the UT203 FID controller that you wish to configure 3 Activate the FID points a Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Controller Comf
382. nd command resumes the stopped trend stop the trend plotting process The mes sage Paused displays in the trend window s status bar to show that the trend has been stopped initialize the trend and re start the trending process for the active trend The message Plotting displays in the window s status bar to show that the trend has been started The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Run menu in design mode Click on To Enter run mode activate the run mode for the displayed WorkSPACE The WorkSPACE Manager displays a confirmation dialog box asking if you wish to re load the current WorkSPACE in run mode 315 316 Options Menu Run Mode Table 4 35 Options Menu Run Mode The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Options menu in run mode Click on To Toolbar hide or display the WorkSPACE Manager toolbar Status bar hide or display the status bar that appears in the second line of WorkSPACE Manager windows Legend enable disable display of a legend Show link areas Hide window for the active trend This window displays the following infor mation for each trend point area name controller name and descrip tion and point name and description for each trend point display all of a ViewSPACE s link areas including the name of the WorkSPACE to which each area is linked hide rows and columns
383. nd enter the WorkSPACE Manager application Then use the File menu s Open ViewSPACE trend command To associate and save the trend in a WorkSPACE enter design mode open a WorkSPACE open the trend and then save the WorkSPACE 77 78 Alam Wizard Report Wizard ES Viewing Configuration Tables While viewing a status display or maintenance table you can select any point and then click on the Alarm Wizard toolbar icon to quickly and easily configure an alarm for the selected point Note that wizard operation will differ depending on the type of point and CCN system element For Comfort Controllers and UT203 FIDs the wizard first guides you through point alarm creation and configura tion and then ComfortVIEW custom message creation For all other CCN system elements the wizard provides ComfortVIEW custom alarm creation only Follow the steps as presented While viewing a status display or maintenance table you can click on the Report Wizard toolbar icon and quickly and easily add a new consumable runtime or history report definition to the ComfortVIEW system Follow the steps presented 1 Select the report type 2 Specify the report name and description 3 Select the points to be included in the report Initially the list of points presented will include those that were selected from the ViewSPACE or trend 4 Select a specific Data Collection Module in which to allocate the Data Collection Tables By default
384. nd Test edit boxes Note For ComfortWORS for Win dows 9x clients audible indication is determined differently If the 9x computer contains a sound card you must specify a sound Name for the Default Beep in the Control Panel s Sounds Properties dialog box in order to receive any audible alarm indica tion If there is no sound card the alarm tone will default to the standard system beep tone continued 415 Table 6 10 Audio Configuration Dialog Box continued Click on To Start frequency Pulse duration Number of pulses Delta frequency Oscillation Test Defaults Sound card WAV filename OK Cancel Help set the audible alarm beep tone s starting frequency 37 to 32000 Hz set the length of each pulse 0 to 1000 ms set the audible alarm tone s total number of pulses 0 to 10 set the increment to be applied to each pulse 2000 to 2000 enable disable an oscillation effect produce a sample tone based on current parameters select the internal speaker tone default parameters specified below Start frequency 1000 Hz Pulse duration 20 ms Number of pulses 2 Delta frequency 0 Hz Oscillation disabled use the PC s sound card to play the specified wav file as an audible indication of the selected alarm type enter the filename of the wav sound file to be played on the occurrence of the selected alarm type This file must be located in the MEDIA WAVES dir
385. nd any associated over ride time schedules to the specified system elements override the existing controller time schedules and then update the local ComfortVIEW database to match the newly changed controller databases This function would be helpful in those situations for example where there are a large number of CCN controllers in a facility to allow you to quickly change all occupancy schedules at once Follow the steps below to create a global occupancy schedule 1 Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Central Time Schedule The Central Time Schedules dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 5 This directory tree structured dialog box displays the names of all currently existent master occu pancy schedules Double clicking on the name of a master schedule displays the categories Links and Overrides 527 528 Double click on either one of these categories to display the names of the associated link and override schedules In the Central Time Schedules dialog box you can do the following Define a new master time schedule by clicking on the header Central time schedules and then clicking on New The Master Time Schedule dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 8 6 Click to enable disable days of the week and enter the Occupied From and To times in the corresponding edit boxes The bar graph will update to display the occupied times Create a new controller time schedule link or
386. nfiguration from the selected or the currently displayed table to the controller It overwrites the controller s current configuration You use the Upload command to copy configuration table data from a selected controller to the ComfortVIEW database You can upload an entire controller or only a single configuration table Performing a controller upload overwrites the controller s configura tion that is stored in the ComfortVIEW database Performing a table upload displays the table on screen for viewing or editing If desired you can save the displayed table data in the ComfortVIEW database E To Upload an Entire Controller To Upload a Specific Table Perform the steps below to copy a controller s configuration data from a specified controller to the Comfort VIEW database 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Click on the controller whose configuration you wish to upload Note ComfortVIEW allows you to upload multiple controllers Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard tech niques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Controller List window 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Upload Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Upload icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before
387. nformation Report Type Contents r g Consumable Usage information for devices measur ing consumables for example flow sensors and wattmeters from one or all Data Collection Options on one or more networks including remote CCNs You can create daily monthly or yearly consumable reports tion for discrete system element points from one or all Data Collection Op tions on one or more networks You can create daily monthly or yearly runtime reports Es Runtime Equipment runtime on time informa point value information collected periodically over time from one or all Data Collection Options on one or more networks ak History Timed or event triggered history A consumable runtime or history report can contain information on up to 48 points 451 452 Figure 7 2 Report Panel Window Other Required Documentation To launch the Report Panel application Double click on the Report Panel icon ComfortVIEW displays the Report Panel window shown in Figure 7 2 This window contains icons for each report type Clicking on an icon displays the report definition list The top line of the window contains the report panel menu bar Refer to Report Panel Menu Command Summary at the end of this Report Panel chapter for a description of each menu item and command If desired you can add an icon to this window The icon could initiate the execution of a custom report that you have created using
388. ng a selected status display point in their configuration To display a point s associated objects click on the Configure menu item followed by clicking on Reference tables If desired you can then display a selected object s associated configuration or maintenance table These reference jumps are also available from magenta highlighted Comfort Controller maintenance table points Figure 2 16 Sample Controller List Window United Mutual Insurance CCN1 United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant BE Hel eleje Bl Direct connection United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant AHU Air Handler Unit with DX 0 2 Maintenance f ComfortVIEW Lab Quicker list 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 19XL Chiller 2 0 4 AHU Alr Handler Unit with DX 0 2 L Status Display 4 Maintenance Display L ts Configuration L Ls Service Configuration L Ls Setpoint Configuration L by Alarm History Ly Maintenance Display AOSSDEFM Maintenance Display LINKDEFM Linkage Air Source Equipment OCCDEFM Occupancy Supervisory t WSMDEFME Water Linkage Chiller Equipment MAINT Maitenance Display SERVHIST Service History Display Table Sub Categories Table Categories 71 Figure 2 17 Sample Status Display Table United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant AHU BASE UNIT Status Display File Edit Configure Administration Options Window Help S hd aee SE Direct connection
389. ng description 66 modifying name 66 modifying sortkey 66 Copying configuration data by drag and drop 108 110 configuration data with Copy command 109 111 configuration table values 103 configuration tables 63 individualtables 110 Maintenance Table Values 96 report definition 458 Status Display Table Values 96 Copying and Moving Controller Configuration Data 107 Creating accesslevels 395 report definition 457 reporttext files 494 tabular ViewSPACE dis plays 277 318 trends 279 ViewSPACEs 245 255 256 WorkSPACEs 245 Critical Alarm enabling visualindicationof 409 indication 327 CriticalAlarm Threshold 408 Custom Alarm Messages assigning to incoming alarms 353 Custom Engineering Units analog states 425 defining 425 discrete states 425 Customizing point displays 75 CWREPORTprinteroption 485 D Data Box adding 275 animated definition 214 cascading 318 definition 214 deleting 274 modifying 263 modifying location 273 modifying parameters 273 modifying size 273 viewing description 235 viewing point name and descrip tion 235 Data Box Frame guidelinesforcreation 298 Data Point parameters values 235 report definition 466 470 selection 267 submaster 238 Data Range report defini tion 460 467 468 469 541 Data Retention Period 428 Data Retrieval retries 428 specifying time 428 Data Status ReportPanel 484 Date modifying sending 118 Day of Week modifying sending 118 DDE required conditions 77 175 sha
390. ng on None you still must retrieve module data continued 461 462 Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports continued Click on To Enable automatic report generation Save tab separated data file automatically after data retrieval generate the specified report using the data that has been automatically retrieved from the modules and stored in the ComfortVIEW database This option is typically used in conjunction with the Enable automatic data re trieval option save the actual report that is created as part of the report generation process ComfortVIEW will save the report to the CWORKS REPORTS report type directory path where report type is replaced by the type of report being generated CONSUME HISTORY RUNTIME etc ComfortVIEW uses the following report file naming convention Rptname xxx where Rptname is replaced by the eight character name you enter in the Report Name text box and xxx is the report number ranging from 001 to 999 Note that this number is incremented each time you re gener ate this report You would only select this option if at some later time you intend to read the report into a third party spread sheet application continued Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports continued Click on To the Print to drop down list Data Retrieval Period in History Rep
391. nition dialog box Note You must enter a unique CCN name and number If the new CCN name or number is already used in the target ComfortVIEW database a notification mes sage will be displayed and the CCN Definition dialog box will be re displayed 5 Make any other modifications and then click on OK to close the Imported CCN Definition dialog box and start the import A confirmation dialog box will be displayed asking if you wish to import the specified CCN 437 438 Click on Yes to start the import or on No to close the dialog box without importing A function status box will display during the import process ComfortVIEW will copy all previously exported CCN data base files from the specified drive and directory to the new CCN name and number In the new CCN Comfort VIEW will precede the imported area names with the new CCN name Note If during the import Comfort VIEW finds that the name of a database item being imported already exists in the target ComfortVIEW database the New Name dialog box will be displayed You can either enter a new name for the imported item overwrite the original item with the one being imported or skip the importing of this item If necessary refer to Figure 6 23 and Table 6 23 for instructions on using the New Name dialog box The message Function completed successfully displays on completion You should now launch the Carrier Network Manager appli cation and set up the access paramet
392. nnection from the Method list ComfortVIEW displays the Phone Number Configuration dialog box Refer to Figure 2 8 and Table 2 8 for instructions on using the Phone Number Configuration dialog box modify an existing phone number You must select the phone number prior to clicking on Modify ComfortVIEW displays the Phone Number Configuration dialog box Refer to Figure 2 8 and Table 2 8 for instructions on using the Phone Number Configuration dialog box delete an existing phone number You must select the phone number prior to clicking on Delete select a specific Autodial Gateway to use when establishing a connection to the remote CCN ComfortVIEW displays the Select Autodial Gateway dialog box Refer to Figure 2 6a and Table 2 6a for instructions on using the Select Autodial Gateway dialog box close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 47 Table 2 6a Select Autodial Gateway Click on To Dialog Box the Select a CCN drop down list select the CCN containing the Autodial Gateway an Autodial Gateway in the Select a gateway list select the Autodial Gateway to use to connect to the remote CCN lt any gateway gt disable any previous Gateway selection OK close the dialog box and save the changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not
393. not turn on when commanded alljaffe ted airhandler controls are either di Controller Name bled or slowed to minimu conditions msg Alarm situr Alarm Erplanator Tert Tims and Point Cate Name value or Status Eurand Bement Number Pront Alarm Message Click to select deselect 333 334 An alarm message contains the following information e Area name e Controller name CCN Options PICs Comfort Controller e System name UT203 FIDs only e Bus and element number of the system element generating the alarm e Alarm status alarm alert return to normal e Alarm priority 0 to 7 0 the highest 7 the lowest See Table 5 3 e Time and date of alarm e Zone name System Manager type products only Ex TSM e Point name e Value or status of point causing alarm including engineering units FIDs Comfort Controllers PICs CCN Options only e Alarm explanatory text e Custom message if any e Operator note indication if any e Name of acknowledging operator if alarm is acknowledged e Time and date of acknowledgement if alarm is acknowledged e Alarm specific toolbar e Number of Alarms received since invoked suppression For more information see the Suppressing Nuisance Alarms section of this chapter If you have enabled the Alarm Suppression feature the bottom line of each alarm message also displays the number of times that an
394. nt These are the minimum and maximum values that will display on the trend s Y axis The Trend Range dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 19 and Table 4 19 for instructions on using this dialog box specify that this trend should auto matically start whenever it is dis played in run mode when displaying this trend in run mode automatically attempt to estab lish a connection to all remote CCNs containing points from this trend select the rate at which the trend samples data The default is every 15 seconds You can enter a value or click on the up or down arrow to increment or decrement the displayed value specify the name of a file to which data will be written when the trend is active When the trend is activated in run mode the data will be archived to this file as it is plotted The data can then be re displayed in a trend win dow from run mode using the File menu s Open Archived Trend com mand display the Data Point Selection dialog box with the area element category table and point drop down lists in their previously sorted state Enabling this option expedites the point selection process 285 continued Table 4 18 Modify Trend Dialog Box eee i continued Origin display a message dialog box that displays the point s area element address table and point name OK close the dialog box and save the trend point selections Cancel exit the dialog box without saving the trend point
395. nter New Printer Dialog Box Printer Name Port SERVER LPT1 OK J Cancel Help Table 6 15 New Printer Dialog Box Click on To Printer name text box enter the new printer name Port drop down list select the computer and port to which the printer is connected OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information 424 Defining Custom Engineering Units Defining Discrete Sates Defining Analog Units Follow the steps below to define custom analog and discrete engi neering units These units will display along with points in FIDs and Comfort Controllers 1 Display the Setup window If necessary refer to Launching the Setup Application 2 Click on the Setup menu item and then click on Custom units ComfortVIEW displays the Custom Units Discrete States dialog box Refer to Table 6 16 and Figure 6 16 3 Follow the Defining Discrete States and the Defining Analog States instructions below Then click on OK to exit the dialog box and save your changes To assign the custom engineering units to FID points enter the number that corresponds to the desired engineering unit in the Display Units decision that appears in the FID s service configura tion table For an explanation of this decision refer to the UT203 FID Overview and Configuration Manual To assign
396. ntroller s configuration tables 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Double click on a controller to views its table types Double click on the type of table whose name or description you wish to modify Status Display Maintenance Display Configuration Service Configuration Setpoint Configura tion ComfortVIEW displays the table names in the right half of the window 4 Click to select the table whose name or description you wish to modify Certain tables may contain additional tables If you select a table of this type another list of tables will be shown and you should double click on a table from this list 5 Click on Configure and then click on Modify Figure 2 26 Table Definition Dialog Box Table 2 26 Table Definition Dialog Box Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the Table Definition dialog box shown in Figure 2 26 This dialog box gives you the capability to modify the se lected table s name or description Refer to Table 2 26 for instructions on using this dialog box Table Definition Table name Table description Loadshed Equipment 6 After modifying the name and description click on OK to close the dialog box and save your modifications or click on Cancel to exit the box and restor
397. nu and Commands Ala anage wal gt File Edit Configure O Options Help L Refresh Ctrl R Alarms in System 1414 Select all Ctrl L Sorted by Default Attach WorkSPACE United Mutual Insurance View suppressed Ctrl4S 23 Sept 1994 Input Output Channel 54 Alarm United Mutual repairs Pq Note oma United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant AH10 10 Alert 4 at 8 44 23 Sept 1994 Input Output Channel 54 Alarm United Mutual repairs Point 54 change number is 54C v Oj a United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant AH10 10 Alert 4 at 8 44 23 Sept 1994 Input Output Channel 54 Alarm United Mutual repairs Point 54 change number is 54C v sal 4 Acknowledges selected alarms 21 22 Command Menu Conventions Table 1 7 Command Menu Conventions You can choose menu items and commands using your mouse or the keyboard For instructions refer to To Select a Command Using Your Mouse and To Select a Command Using Your Keyboard ComfortVIEW uses the following Windows command menu con ventions lf the Command Meaning is dimmed or not visible is followed by an ellipsis is followed by a check mark v is followed by a key combination is followed by a triangle gt You cannot use this command at the current time You may need to select another item before using this command A dialog box will appear when you choose the command The dialog box contains options you n
398. nu items Network Identification followed by the Net work Identification tab The com puter name must not contain blanks close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 421 Defining ComfortVIEW Alam Printer Names and Port Locations To Add a New Printer 422 Comfort VIEW gives you the capability to define families of alarms that will be routed to specific printers You define the families using the Carrier Network Manager application Follow the steps below to specify ComfortVIEW alarm printers These are the printer names that will appear in the Alarm Printers dialog box that displays when you click on the Carrier Network Manager s Adminis tration menu item and the Alarm Printers command 1 Display the Setup window If necessary refer to Launching the Setup Application 2 Click on the Setup menu item and then click on Alarm Printers ComfortVIEW displays the Setup Alarm Printers dialog box shown in Figure 6 14 This dialog box displays the names of all alarm printers 1 Click on New The New Printer dialog box will be presented Refer to Figure 6 15 2 Enter a name for the alarm printer 3 Click on the Port drop down list and select the computer and port to which the printer is connected If your ComfortVIEW worksta tions are connected via a local area network LAN the Port list will inc
399. number for each system element on the CCN Address consists of the communication bus number followed by the system element number Alarm Filters ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to route alarms to specific ComfortVIEW operators You set up alarm filters that specify families area element and level of alarms to be presented to each ComfortVIEW operator You then assign alarm filters to ComfortVIEW operators You can assign alarm filters to ComfortVIEW operators on an area by area basis You can also use alarm filters to route ComfortVIEW alarms to specific printers Alarm Table Any of the Comfort Controller s standard alarming routines Current Comfort Controller alarm tables include the Limit Setpoint Limit Discrete State First Out Runtime and Number of Starts Algorithm Any of the Comfort Controller s standard HVAC control routines Area A logical grouping of system elements within a CCN For example an area could be a building a floor a wing or a chiller plant Autoing a point To remove a force and return a point to the controller s automatic control CCN Carrier Comfort Network A system of communicating microprocessor based controls for heating ventilating and cooling HVAC equipment 29 30 Client A computer on a local area network running ComfortVIEW communication and user interface software or ComfortVIEW user interface software only Configure To specify to a contro
400. o include Alarm Summary only Alarm Alert Return to normal OK Cancel Help Include the message component of the alarm Include the custom message component if any of the alarm For each alarm in the report include the acknowledgement message For each alarm in the report include the operator note if any Include alarms in the report Include alerts in the report Include return to normal messages in the report close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Note that the Header every page and Page numbers fields are en abled but appear dimmed ComfortVIEW will automatically in clude this information on all pages of the system activity report On the following page is a sample System Activity Report 553 o8eg awl ayeg oyny oy nY anjeA 99104 uoHeinByuod S 4NOO 70 NHY Bulpjing souesnsuy jemny paun 26 0 LOOE Bulpjing souesnsuy jemny paun 26 0 LOOE Bulpjing souesnsuy jemny paun 96 0 LOOE Bulpjing souesnsuy jemny paun Buipjing soueinsuy jemny paun Jenni paun JOWUOW 43149 TXES AOVdS HOM JOWUOW JON YD TXES AOVdS HOM M JA JOWUOW J9 1UD TXEZ IOVdSMAlA SdXWISP ISHIEF49Se 7 L USIID LJUsl D 699 LS9 yobue 9661 81 Jequiajdas 104 Yoday A IAOy Waysks AVAI OW Wa sAg s AepoL 3 0N jqe UOeINBYUOS daub AjIpo
401. o the ComfortVIEW database Note 3 4 Comfort VIEW now includes a dynamic link library DLL which can be used to provide third party access to CCN time schedule and setpoint configuration tables This DLL CWACCESS DLL exposes read and write func tionality which can be utilized to create your own custom software applications For further information and instruc tions on using this DLL refer to Appendix B CWACCESS DLL Display the configuration table If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing Configuration Tables For analog value or text entry cells Click on the cell you wish to change and type the new value Note To modify cells containing point names the Caps Lock key must be enabled For discrete values Click on the value cell you wish to change and press the space bar to toggle the discrete state The value appears in the cell and in the edit bar which is located below the window s status bar Press Enter or click on the edit bar s enter icon to enter the change Click on Configure and then click on Save if you wish to save the new value in the ComfortVIEW database or if you wish to cancel click on Window and then click on Refresh to refresh the window with the most recent data that has been written to the database Note You may also perform these commands by clicking on the Save or the Refresh icon in the toolbar 97 0 5 Click on Configuration and then click on Do
402. occurrence of specific alarms from specific system elements and points For more information on this feature refer to Assigning Custom Messages to Incoming Alarms in the Alarm Manager chapter of this manual To create or modify your own current alarm indication preferences 1 2 Click on the Administration menu item Click on Your profile Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify Your Operator Profile icon in the toolbar You cannot however modify alarm filters when you are modifying from Your Profile Specifying Alarm Indication Preferences for Logged Out ComfortVIEW Workstations Figure 6 7 Alam Indication Preferences Dialog Box If you have system setup privilege you can use the Administration menu s Logout state command to specify alarm indication prefer ences for all logged out ComfortVIEW workstations Whenever any ComfortVIEW operator logs out the logged out ComfortVIEW workstation will indicate annunciate alarms as specified here When an operator logs back in alarm indication will be guided by the operator s personal alarm preferences that are specified using the Administration menu s Operators command 1 Display the Alarm Indication Preferences dialog box by clicking on the Administration menu item followed by click ing on Logout state 2 Refer to Figure 6 7 and Table 6 7 for instructions on using this dialog box Alarm Indication Preferences x Critical alarm th
403. odifying Areas or Adding Modifying Controllers sections of this chapter modify the selected CCN name number or access parameters area name or controller name or sort key The dialog box that displays depends on whether you selected a CCN area or controller For an explanation of each dialog box option refer to the Adding Modifying CCNs Adding Modifying Areas or Adding Modifying Controllers sections of this chapter copy the selected controller s or table s database to one or more similar control lers or tables The Areas dialog box will be displayed Select the target area The CCN Elements dialog box will then be displayed Select one or more system elements as the target to the copy If desired you can also enable this dialog box s download option which will download the source element s configuration to the target system element as part of the configuration copy Note You can also use drag and drop to move or transfer a selected controller from one area to another delete the selected CCN area or control ler from the ComfortVIEW database continued Table 2 52 Use this Command to Configure Menu Command continued Upload Download Verify Table names copy the selected controller s data base from the controller to ComfortVIEW database You can upload an entire controller in which case you get all configuration tables or you can upload only a selected configuration table P
404. of Starts e Functions Analog Trace Point Discrete Trace Point Internal Consumable Adaptive Optimal Start Stop Network Broadcast Linkage AOSS Schedule Night Time Free Cooling Occupancy e Algorithms Note ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to create up to 99 setpoint schedules If you are using Carrier s Network Service Tool or Building Supervisor interface however you will only be able to access the first 16 of these sched ules The same situation holds true for alarms functions and algorithms ComfortVIEW allows you to create an unlimited number of these objects If you are using the Network Service Tool or Building Supervisor however you will only have access to the first 96 objects of these types in the Comfort Controller 6400 and the first 24 in the Comfort Controller 1600 You will still however be governed by the amount of available Comfort Controller memory In the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box click on the tab that corresponds to the type of database object you wish to create or modify Setpoint System Alarms Functions Algorithms A list of existing database objects will be displayed in the format Object Name Description where Object Name consists of the up to eight character user selectable name and Description is the up to 24 character description If you are accessing a Comfort Controller that has been newly added to the ComfortVIEW database this list will be empty Click on New to cr
405. of criteria that qualify for attachment then the alarm will not have a custom message attached For example you may have one generic custom message that is configured for attachment to every air handler alarm and another custom message that is configured for attachment to air handler fan status alarms specifically To ensure that the fan status custom message gets attached to the air handler fan status alarms you should assign a higher precedence to the fan status custom message than to the generic air handler custom message You would assign the fan status custom message a precedence of Very High and the air handler message a precedence of Medium If more than one custom message qualifies for attachment ComfortVIEW uses the one with the highest user specified precedence 353 Adding Modifying or Follow the steps below to add modify or delete a custom message Deleting a Custom Message 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on Configure then click on Custom messages ComfortVIEW displays the Assign Custom Alarm Messages dialog box This dialog box allows you to add modify or delete a custom alarm message It also enables you to identify the criteria for those incoming alarms to which you want the custom alarm message attached The existing messages appear in the box below Select a Custom Alarm Message As you scroll down the list and highlight each messag
406. oll bars Save the ViewSPACE a Click on the File menu item and then click on Save ViewSPACE Trend Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar The Save Current ViewSPACE As dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure and Table 4 16 b Enter a ViewSPACE name c Click on Owned to allow this ViewSPACE to be displayed by any user but only modified or deleted by you the cre ator or click on Global to allow this ViewSPACE to be displayed modified or deleted by any user d Click on OK to close the dialog and save the ViewSPACE The ViewSPACE window re displays Save the WorkSPACE a Click on the File menu item and then click on Save WorkSPACE Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar If the WorkSPACE has not been previously saved the Save WorkSPACE As dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 10 and Table 4 10 If the WorkSPACE has already been saved the WorkSPACE Manager simply saves the WorkSPACE under the current name and ownership 261 262 Figure 4 12 Modify Data Box Dialog Box b Enter a WorkSPACE name c Click on Owned to allow this WorkSPACE to be dis played by any user but only modified or deleted by you the creator or click on Global to allow this WorkSPACE to be dis played modified or deleted by any user d If desired you can also click on Clone to quickly create
407. oller List 3 Double click on a controller to view the table categories Double click on Alarm History ComfortVIEW displays the table name ALRMHIST in the right half of the window 5 Double click on the ALRMHIST Table ComfortVIEW reads the controller s alarm history data and displays the Alarm History dialog box Clicking on the Refresh button retrieves and displays the latest alarm data Clicking on Close closes the dialog box Note Ifthe selected controller does not contain alarm history tables the message This CCN element does not support the Alarm History feature will be dis played 81 82 Polling a CCN Bus ComfortVIEW s Bus Services function examines a CCN Bus and produces a list of the bus s system elements and snapshot of activ ity You can use the Bus Services command to perform an update poll or cold call or to produce a basic or detailed bus scan For CCS thermostats and ComfortID boxes you can also produce a system summary which searches for and produces a system summary of all the controllers that are part of a selected system Follow the instructions below to poll a CCN Bus ie Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs If necessary follow the instructions listed previously in this chapter under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager Click on the CCN or area that you wish to examine Click on the CCN Tools menu item and the
408. omatically on boot up a Click on the Start menu then select Settings and click on Control Panel b In the Control Panel window double click on Adminis trative Tools and then double click on Services In the Services list find and double click on Remote Access Auto Connection Manager oN to a Remote ComfornVIiEW Server c Inthe Remote Access Connection Manager Properties dialog box select the General tab and then under Startup Type select Automatic Then click on Apply and OK to close the dialog boxes The modem must be operational when operating under the Windows XP 2000 operating system You can verify this by attempting to dial out to another Windows XP 2000 computer using the Windows Network and Dial up Connections feature or by dialing out to an active phone number using the HyperTerminal application in Windows Accessories The computer names of any users who will be dialing in from other locations must be entered into the Setup Workstations dialog box which appears in the ComfortVIEW Setup application The Windows login names and passwords of any users who will be logging in from other locations must be entered into the Windows operating system The ComfortVIEW login names and passwords of any users who will be logging in from other locations must be regis tered in this ComfortVIEW Server If necessary refer to the Adding Modifying Deleting Operators section in this manual s Setup chapter
409. omfortVIEW displays the Areas dialog box Refer to Figure 2 13 and Table 2 13 for instructions on using this dialog box Click on the area containing the controller whose configuration you wish to copy and then click on OK ComfortVIEW now displays the CCN Elements dialog box shown in Figure 2 14 and Table 2 14 Click on the controller whose configuration tables you wish to copy and then click on OK ComfortVIEW copies all configuration tables from the selected controller to the controller you are adding copy the configuration tables to the ComfortVIEW database from a CWX file that was created using the Export function This method would typically be used by a Carrier representative during off line prepa ration of a ComfortVIEW database Either enter the file name with extension CWX 63 Figure 2 13 Areas Dialog Box Select an area World Headquarters Backup Configurations United Mutual Farmington Office United Mutual Insurance Annex United Mutual Insurance Engineering Office United Mutual Insurance Executive Offices United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant United Mutual Syracuse Office OK Cancel Help Selects an area Table 2 13 Areas Dialog Box Clic kon To the OK 64 Select an area list with the appropriate path or click on the button to the right of the Import from edit box and select the file from the File Open dialog box selec
410. omfortVIEW does not remove the WorkSPACE until you click on OK enter the up to 48 character name of the area whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified WorkSPACE Note You can specify the Area Zone Element Point or Level criteria using wildcards Refer to Table 5 15 that follows for a list and explanation of allowed wildcards enter the 8 character name of the zone whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified WorkSPACE This criterion is applicable only to CCN system manager type products for example TSM HSM PSM enter the up to 8 character element name of the CCN system element whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified WorkSPACE enter the 8 character name of points whose alarms you wish to attach to the specified WorkSPACE continued Table 5 14 Assign WorkSPAC Es Dialog Box continued Click on To Level the Precedence drop down list Save Cancel OK enter the level of alarms you wish to attach to this WorkSPACE Clicking on the Down arrow gives you these choices Alarm Alert Return to Normal Any Click on the desired level or click on Any to select all levels assign a priority level to this WorkSPACE You could potentially have more than one WorkSPACE that meets the criteria for attachment to an alarm Note ComfortVIEW will look at the precedence level and assign the WorkSPACE with the higher prece dence level to the alarm In general you should give
411. omized displays of data that you care about most and save them as WorkSPACEs Each WorkSPACE can consist of multiple graphic displays of any type of data including trending information Dynamic Trending You can elect to trend any available realtime data point and store report output in a format compat ible with spreadsheet industry standards Simultaneous Dynamic Displays You can simultaneously display data from multiple controllers either controllers located in the same area or using concurrent modem connec tions data from controllers at remote areas Fast Alarm Response You can see and acknowledge incom ing alarms regardless of the application that you have running on your computer With the click of the mouse you can jump to the WorkSPACE that is pertinent to the given alarm condition You can record the action you have taken in response to an alarm by attaching a note to the alarm entry You can suppress the annunciation of specified alarm conditions to avoid interrup tion by known nuisance type alarms Database Depending on how you set up your ComfortVIEW system your database can be shared by other ComfortVIEW operators at other computers Changes made by ComfortVIEW operators are stored in a central area to create a common source of data Logical Controller Groupings You can group controllers into user defined buildings floors areas or regions independent of your Carrier Comfort Network arch
412. ompts you again before deleting the area 5 Click on Yes or No 58 Controllers are CCN system elements with addresses status display and configuration tables Controllers perform the actual HVAC moni toring and control operations The Carrier Comfort Network supports several types of controllers These include PICs FIDs and Comfort Controllers System Managers and CCN Options Follow the steps below to display the list of controllers in a selected Displaying the Controller List area 1 2 Figure 2 11 Controller List Window Display the System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager Double click on an area to view the controllers in the area ComfortVIEW displays a split screen Controller List window similar to the one shown in Figure 2 11 The window has a bar that splits it into two sections that each contain an identical list of the controllers in this area This split window will aid you in getting to the controller information you want by way of a visual stepping stone Included for each controller is its eight character name 24 character description and address United Mutual Insurance CCN1 United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant E Be Direct connection United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant i United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant Gy
413. ontinue to press and hold the Ctrl key while double clicking The Modify Link Areas dialog box is displayed Note You may also display this dialog box by clicking on the data box clicking on the Edit menu item and then clicking on Modify Object However if you have enabled the Options menu s Lock window command you will not have access to the Modify Object com mand Click on the name of the WorkSPACE to which you wish this link to jump Click on Border to enable or disable display of the box border Click on OK to close the dialog box and save modifications or on Cancel to close the dialog box and restore the previous settings Save the modified ViewSPACE as follows Click on the File menu item and then click on one of the follow ing commands depending on whether you wish to save the ViewSPACE under the same or under a new name To save the ViewSPACE and overwrite previous modifica tions Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save ViewSPACE command Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar This command will overwrite your existing WorkSPACE To save the ViewSPACE with a new name Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save ViewSPACE as command This command allows you to save a new version of an existing WorkSPACE The Save Current ViewSPACE As dialog box is dis played Enter the ViewSPACE name and specify its ownership desi
414. ontroller that ap pears dimmed in the Controller List window or to overwrite configuration data in an existing controller Export copy the selected controller s database to the specified drive This drive can be the Comfort VIEW floppy diskette drive another ComfortVIEW hard drive partition or another computer on the local area network continued 179 180 Table 2 49 File Menu continued Command Use this command to Print continued Print setup take a snapshot and print the contents of the currently displayed System Overview or Status Display Mainte nance or Configuration Table win dow You can also use this command to print the following database re ports A controller list report This report lists all controllers in a selected area Included for each controller is its up to 8 character controller name address and a list of all tables in the controller To generate this report you must display the Controller List window and click on the desired area prior to selecting the Print command A controller database report This report lists all configuration tables in a selected or multiple con trollers Included for each configura tion table is its 8 character table name and the description current value high and low allowable entries and name of every configuration decision To generate this report you must display the Controller List window and click on the desired controller s pri
415. or Window 9 Alarm 4 You view new and unacknowledged alarms in one of the following ways By clicking on the flashing alarm icon By viewing a pop up alarm window Follow the steps below to view alarms indicated by the flashing icon 1 Double click on the flashing alarm indication icon ComfortVIEW displays a pop up alarm window similar to the one shown in Figure 5 1 below The window displays on top of the current window and shows the highest priority unacknowledged alarm alert The alarm window displays individual alarm messages in a format nearly identical to that seen when viewing the Alarm List Refer to Figure 5 1 and Table 5 1 for instructions on using the alarm indicator window After completing the desired operation click on the Minimize button in the top right corner of the alarm window It is the left button in the set of three _ O x Unlike other windows you cannot close this alarm window by clicking on its control menu box Note When the pop up alarm window is displayed you will only receive audible indication of the receipt of any new alarms For this reason it is recommended that you close the pop up window after viewing the alarm If you fail to close the window ComfortVIEW automatically closes the alarm window for you 15 minutes after it is opened la Number of unacknowledged alarms in system 1 NETDIAG 0 75 Alarm 4 at 16 42 30 Oct 1997 33CSZC 75 FPM communication alarm buffer full
416. or example an area could be a building a floor a wing or a chiller plant 1 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager 2 Click on the CCN in which the new area will appear 3 Click on Configure and then click on New Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Add New icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the Add New dialog box shown in Figure 2 4 The Area button will be selected 4 Click on OK ComfortVIEW displays the New Area Definition dialog box shown in Figure 2 9 The CCN name will be displayed in the Area name edit box Note Itis recommended that you append the area name to the CCN name ComfortVIEW Alarm Manager and Report Panel applications identify alarms and points using the area name Creating area names that consist of both the CCN and area name will assist you in identifying alarm and report points 5 Click in the dialog box after the CCN name and enter the name of the new area in the Area name edit box Up to 48 characters are allowed 6 Click on OK The new area name displays in alphabetical order in the System Overview window under its associated CCN Figure 2 9 New Area Definition Dialog Box To Modify an Existing Area Name Figure 2 10 Modify Area Definition Dialog Box New Area Definition
417. or Note Dialog Box Related Documentation Power Up Logging In to Windows Click on To the Note text box enter modify or delete operator note text You may enter up to 500 charac ters If you have selected multiple alarms this text appends to existing p to a maximum of 500 Help display help information OK close the dialog box and save the settings Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Other ComfortVIEW documentation includes ComfortVIEW Product Data Sheet 808 237 ComfortVIEW Installation and Start up Manual 808 238 Instructions on operating the ComfortVIEW BEST application can be found in the appendix of the BEST Programmer s Refer ence Manual 808 893 These documents are available from Carrier Literature Distribution To use ComfortVIEW you should be familiar with how to power up and shut down your computer If you need to review this informa tion refer to your computer s user s manual After powering up your computer you must enter your Windows username and password to log in to Windows Note On computers running the Windows 2000 Server operat ing system you must log in using an Administrator level user name and password Logging Out of Windows Windows XP and Fast User Switc hing Next you must log in to ComfortVIEW Follow the ComfortVIEW Logging In instructions that appear on the pages which follow Note
418. or further information on this function refer to DDE Poke in the Sharing ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data With Other Applications DDE section of this chapter To modify a point s value display the maintenance or the status display table If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing Status Display or Maintenance Tables Double click on the cell whose value you wish to override Note You may also click on the cell click on Edit and then click on Force As another alternative you may simply click on the Force icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the Force dialog box shown in Figures 2 23 and Figures 2 24 For analog points Enter the override value in the Force value edit box You may also use the Force up or down arrow and the Increment up or down arrow to increase or decrease the displayed value Refer to Table 2 23 for more information on using the Force dialog box For discrete points Click on the desired override state button for example Clean Dirty On Off 4 Click on OK Figure 2 23 Force Input Output Channel 1 Force Dialog Box Analog Force value Increment 40 0 ia 1 Auto time Note Auto Force Cancel Help Figure 2 24 TE PR Force Dialog Box Disc rete Force value Clean Dirty Auto time Note Auto Force Cancel Help 93 94 The word Supervisor for
419. or to selecting the Print command select a printer and set up your print characteristics Print requests made using the File Menu s Print command will print to this printer continued Table 2 49 File Menu continued File Menu Table 2 49a File Menu Command Use this command to Print setup continued Exit ComfortVIEW will display the Print Setup dialog box where you can select another printer and additional print characteristics such as page size orientation and two sided printing Clicking on the Print Setup dialog box s More button displays the Ad vanced document Properties dialog box where you can specify additional print characteristics Click on the Help button to display Windows help information Clicking on the Print Setup dialog box s Network button displays the Connect to Printer dialog box which gives you the capability to print to another printer on the local area network Click on the Help button to display Windows help information exit the Carrier Network Manager function The following table describes each of the commands for the File menu that displays when you are viewing a Basic Bus Scan De tailed Bus Scan or System Summary window Command Use this command to System summary search the Bus Scan window for the highest addressed CCS or ComfortID monitor or master thermostat If no such stat is located ComfortVIEW will display a message and the system sum
420. ort Definition only select a printer on which to automati cally print the report When several printers exist in your system this option gives you the capability to specify a different printer for each report display the Data Retrieval Period dialog box Here you specify a time interval in hours weeks or months to automatically retrieve history data from the Data Collection Option Module Refer to Figure and Table 7 5a for instructions on using this dialog box Data retrieval will commence at 10 minutes past the hour you specify in the Setup applica tion and will occur at this interval The Data Collection Option Module only stores up to 192 pieces of data for history reports Thus depending on the sampling period that is configured in the module the data could be lost if ComfortVIEW does not retrieve it often enough The following table gives you some guidelines for sampling periods inter vals and the maximum collection period after which data could be lost continued 463 464 Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports continued Click on Data Retention Period continued Manual Generation Options Retrieve yesterday s data Retrieve today s data Retrieve history data in History Report Definition only To Option Module Do not set Sampling Period ComfortVIEW Collection Period to more than 1 minute 3 hours 2 minutes 6
421. ortVIEW Database off line preparation 63 uploading to 63 ComfortVIEW database adding a controller 60 Commands Alarm Menu 374 Camier Network Manager 179 keyboard selection 23 menu convention 22 mouse selection 23 Report Definition List 503 ReportPanel 501 Setup Menu 443 WorkSPACE Manager 301 Configuration Data downloading from ComfortVIEW to controllers 115 exporting 163 uploading from controllers to ComforVIEW 116 verifying 114 Configuration Tables copying 63 displaying 78 81 displaying Setpoint and Occu pancy graphically 80 198 320 displaying UT203 FID 80 example 79 format 80 importing from 63 modifying decision descrip tions 103 106 modifying values 97 multiple instancesofdata 80 types 79 161 use 78 81 viewing 78 81 Configuring CCN Options 120 Comfort Controllers 132 UT203 FIDs 128 132 Connecting remote CCNs 169 290 remote server workstation 205 Consumable Report contents 451 Daily sample 510 defaults 466 explanation 475 Monthly sample 511 required conditionsfor 482 Yearly sample 512 Consumable Tables configuring in CCN Options 120 configuring in Comfort Control lers 146 Controller Configuration Data exporting 163 Controller Database Report 171 printing 172 Controller List displaying 34 modifying table names desc rip tions 104 sorting 59 Controller List Report printing 172 Controller List Window displaying 58 example 58 71 Controllers adding 60 definition 30 58 deleting 69 modifyi
422. ortVIEW displays the FID Point Selection dialog box shown in Figure 2 35 In the Data Points Available list select the points that you wish to activate Note You can select multiple points using the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques Click on Add The points will appear in the Data Points in System list Note Use of the Controller command by you or any other operator while displaying any FID table will result in the display of a Controller in use or Con troller currently locked message 4 Assign the point types a In the Data Points in System list click on the point that you wish to configure and then click on Modify ComfortVIEW displays the FID Point Assignment dialog box shown in Figure 2 36 The current point name and description display in the Name and Description text box If desired click on the point name and description text boxes to modify the point name and description Figure 2 35 FID Point Selection Dialog Box c Click on the point type Discrete Output Analog Output Analog Input Discrete Input The type s associated algorithms will display in the Select an algorithm list d In the Select an algorithm list click to select the point s algorithm control type e Click on OK to close the FID Point Assignment dialog box f Click to enable the Download new point assignments option g Click on OK to close the FID Point Selection dialog box The Controller List window re
423. ortVIEW re displays the Alarm Summary Report Definition list The facing page shows a sample Alarm Summary report 11 05 97 Alarm Sumary Report Paget 08 43 Alarm Summary Report For November 4 1997 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 0 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 8 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 0 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 24 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 8 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 8 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 8 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 24 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 8 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 24 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 8 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 112 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 9 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 24 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 9 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 112 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 10 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 24 ProgCentral area RCSI 0 52 Alarm 6 at 10 00 4 Nov 1997 Comm Failure on Element 112 ProgCentral area AHU 0 90 Alarm 2 at 10 20 4 Nov 1997 Space Temperature 10 0 dF outside limit of 45 0 dF ProgCentral area AHU 0 90 Return to normal at 10 21 4 Nov 1997 Space Temperature 557 Defining a Time Schedule Report Figure A 7 Report Definition Dialog Box for Time Schedule Reports 558 Time Schedule reports let you see occupancy schedules and associ
424. ou can also remove an item by double clicking on it select an event group to add back to the Event groups in report list add a selected event group to the report Note You can also add an item by double clicking on it select the CCN area of the desired element select the CCN of the desired tenants close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 547 548 Table A 4 Event Groupsand Associated Events The table below lists the different event groups and the specific events associated with each group The target column lists the outcome of the event The target information is that which appears in the system activity report For example the target of an access level addition in event group operators would be the new access level name Group Associated Events Target Logins Logins and logouts n a Quiet time logouts Alarms Alarm acknowledgements deletions and suppressions acknowledged deleted or suppressed Setup Modify global setup parameters n a Add and delete workstation workstation name Add and delete alarm printers printer name Modify custom units n a Reports Report definition additions WorkSPACEs WorkSPACE ViewSPACE Trend Remote modifications and deletions Manual and automatic report generations Report data imports additions modifications and deletions Manual
425. ou can save automatically generated reports in your ComfortVIEW database ComfortVIEW will save the report to the CVIEW REPORTS report type directory path where report type is replaced by the type of report being generated CON SUME HISTORY RUNTIME etc You can also save manually generated reports Manually gener ated reports can be saved to a directory of your choice But for your convenience the following reports directory has been set up for you CVIEW REPORTS ComfortVIEW uses the following report file naming convention Rptname xxx where Rptname is replaced by the 8 character name you enter in the Report Name text box and xxx is the report number ranging from 001 to 999 Note that this number is incremented each time you re generate this report 497 498 To Manage These Report Files It is your responsibility to periodically delete or copy report files to a diskette This is particularly important if you have configured your ComfortVIEW system to automatically generate reports and save them in your database This action will lead to a steady decrease in available ComfortVIEW disk space The report data that Comfort VIEW retrieves from the CCN option modules stores in the ComfortVIEW database and uses to formulate reports To Manage This Data It is your responsibility to specify the number of days that ComfortVIEW will retain retrieved report data in its database At the end of this retention period which you s
426. ou wish to display and then click on OK General Operation ViewSPACEs display in run mode Data boxes displaying status display table values dynamically display the controller s latest values and statuses Data boxes displaying configuration table values display configuration data as it is stored in the ComfortVIEW database If desired you can click on the Configure menu item and then click on Upload ViewSPACE data to display configuration values that are stored in the controller The sample ViewSPACE shown in Figure 4 4 displays a 23XL Chiller graphic with five data boxes If any ViewSPACE contains points from a remote CCN and the ViewSPACE has not been configured to automatically establish remote connection on display refer to Figure and Table 4 16 you must connect to the remote CCN in order to view the remote point data To connect to a remote CCN click on the Connect toolbar icon shown at left Figure 4 4 Sample ViewSPACE Window To View a Data Box s Point Name and Description To View or Modify Data Point Parameters and Values ViewSPACE 23XL Mechanical OILT Oil Temperature Motor Starts Today 2 Bearing Temp 140 dF Position the mouse on any data box and click the left mouse button The point name and description display in the ViewSPACE window s status bar which is the second line of the window This feature can be used to view point names of animated data boxes Follow the instructions be
427. owing the instructions listed under Creating and Modify ing Hardware and Software Channels or Creating and Modi fying Other Database Objects Setpoints System Tables Alarms Functions Algorithms display the Object Definition dialog box In the Object Definition dialog box s name and description fields substitute the characters in place of the numerical portion For example for a hardware point enter SPT_ in the Name field and Space Temperature in the Description field 149 150 Note For System objects you are not permitted to modify the name or description You must display the by clicking on the up arrow that is located next to the Name field This enables the Quantity field In the Quantity field enter the number of tables that you wish to create For example 3 After you click on the dialog box s Create button ComfortVIEW will create the specified number of tables and will substitute the portion of the name with an instance number In the above example ComfortVIEW would create the following tables assuming you currently have Channel 01 selected in the Hardware Channels list SPT_01 Space Temperature 01 SPT_02 Space Temperature 02 SPT_03 Space Temperature 03 Note that if you have Channel 02 selected ComfortVIEW would create SPT_02 SPT_03 and SPT_04 ComfortVIEW will then display the Select Comfort Control ler Object dialog box This dialog box lists the newly created table na
428. ows XP Have the other Comfort VIEW user log out of both ComfortVIEW and Windows XP You can now log back in to Windows XP and will now be permitted to log in to ComfortVIEW and run all ComfortVIEW applications ComfortVIEW software is normally left running Each time you begin using ComfortVIEW you must log in using the following procedure This procedure can be ignored however if this worksta tion has been configured for automatic ComfortVIEW login as part of Windows login Follow the steps below to log in to Comfort VIEW 1 Log in to Windows Note On computers running the Windows 2000 Server operating system you must log in using an Admin istrator level user name and password Double click on the ComfortVIEW Login icon which is shown at left ComfortVIEW displays the ComfortVIEW Login dialog box shown and described in Figure 1 2 and Table 1 2 In the Login name text box enter your login name Note Passwords are case sensitive In the Password text box enter your password ComfortVIEW displays your password as asterisks 5 Click on Login Note If you enter an invalid username or password ComfortVIEW displays an access denied message Click on the OK button to close the message then repeat Steps 3 and 4 If you are successful in logging in the message Logging in Retrieving operator profile displays in the dialog box 6 When you have successfully logged in the ComfortVIEW Login dialog box clos
429. ox Clickon To Select an Operator list Profile Access levels New Delete OK Cancel Help select an operator to modify or delete display the Operator Profile dialog box This box gives you the capability to modify the selected operator s login name operator name password start up application or alarm indication preferences display the Operator Access dialog box This box gives you the capability to modify the selected operator s assigned privilege access levels display the Operator Profile dialog box This box gives you the capability to add an operator to the system remove the selected operator from the system Comfort VIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before deleting the selected operator Click on Yes to delete the operator or click on No to prevent the deletion from taking place close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 391 392 Defining System Access Levels ComfortVIEW provides you with the capability to define and create customized access levels You can create an access level and specify the ComfortVIEW operations allowed for that level You then assign access levels to ComfortVIEW operators on an area by area basis For example you can create an access level that has viewing privi leges only An operator that is assigned thi
430. ox The names of all existing ComfortVIEW operators display under Select an Operator Refer to Figure 6 2 and Table 6 2 for further instructions on using the Operator Configuration box 389 1 In the Operator Configuration dialog box use the mouse or the up or down arrow to select the operator to modify in the Select an Operator box 2 Click on Profile to modify the operator s login name operator name password start up application or alarm indication preferences For step by step instructions refer to Setting Up Operator Profiles which appears later in this Setup chapter 3 Click on Access Level to modify the set of operator s privi leges for each of the areas in your CCN For step by step instructions refer to Assigning Access Levels to Operators which appears later in this Setup chapter 4 Click on OK To Delete an Existing 1 Inthe Operator Configuration dialog box use the mouse or Operator the up or down arrow to select the operator to delete 2 Click on the Delete button 3 Follow Steps 1 and 2 for each operator that you wish to delete 4 Click on OK Figure 6 2 Operator Configuration Operator Configuration Dia log Box Select an Operator Arthur Doyle Profile Beth Ames System Administrator Access levels New Delete OK Cancel Help Selects an operator for modification or deletion 390 Table 6 2 Operator Configuration Dialog B
431. pecify using ComfortVIEW Setup application ComfortVIEW automatically deletes the data Only retrieved consumable runtime and history report data is subject to this purging You can generate reports using the retained data until the end of this retention period Retention period valid entries range from 0 to 99 days Entering 0 causes the data to be retained as long as ComfortVIEW has disk space to store it You are cautioned against doing this as it could eventually consume all disk space The Notepad text files that you create and import to the ComfortVIEW database in the event that you have missing or incorrect daily report values These text files modify the report data that ComfortVIEW retrieves from the CCN option modules These data files are described in the bulleted item above You must type data into the Notepad text file using the format shown in the Editing Report Data section of this chapter and save the text file in the directory CVIEW REPORTS using the RPT file extension To Manage These Data Files You can delete these files once the Import is complete Using the Report Panel To Initiate a Third Party Report Application You can include your own custom report in the Report Panel You do this by adding an icon to the Report Panel window The icon could be used for example to launch a third party spreadsheet application that you could use to manipulate your report data Follow the steps below to add a r
432. play a ViewSPACE at any time by e if necessary entering run mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Start run mode e opening the ViewSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open ViewSPACE Trend or by clicking on the Open ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar Launch the WorkSPACE Manager application and in the Open WorkSPACE dialog box select the WorkSPACE containing the ViewSPACE you wish to display If necessary refer to the Accessing the WorkSPACE Manager section of this chapter 233 234 The ViewSPACEs and trends that have been assigned to the WorkSPACE open sequentially inside the WorkSPACE window The messages Loading background screens and Loading data display in the lower left corner of the WorkSPACE window during the load process Note If the ViewSPACE you wish to display is not cur rently displayed on the screen Click on the drop down list to the left of the window s toolbar to display the name of each of the WorkSPACE s associated ViewSPACEs and trends Then click on the ViewSPACE that you wish to display If the ViewSPACE you wish to display is in another WorkSPACE You can display a list of all ViewSPACEs by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open ViewSPACE Trend You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar The Open ViewSPACE Trend dialog box is dis played Select the ViewSPACE that y
433. ple Declaration Public Declare Function CW_ReadSetPoint Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal SetPointTableld As Integer ByVal PointNumber As Integer ByVal Description As String ByVal Name As String Value As Double ByVal Units As String HighLimit As Double LowLimit As Double ByVal Notes As String As Integer Example PointNumber 1 Name String 15 0 Units String 10 0 Value 0 HighLimit 0 LowLimit 0 Description String 255 0 Notes String 255 0 Result CW_ReadSetPoint SetPointTableId PointNumber Description Name Value Units HighLimit LowLimit Notes int CW_WriteSetPoint unsigned short SetPointTableld unsigned short PointNumber char Description double Value This function writes a value to the table and setpoint specified by the function s arguments This information is not saved to the data base until the table is closed by CW_CloseSetPointTable function with a non zero SaveFlag however if you read this table before it is closed you will receive the new data Value is the only field that can be changed in a setpoint table If the value of PointNumber 0 the function will use the string stored in Description to identify the desired point Parameters SetPointTableld This is the SetPointTableld returned by the CW_OpenSetPointTable function PointNumber The number of the point to write to Description The description of the point to write to If PointNumber lt gt 0 this parameter can b
434. point name Acceptable matches for this example TEMP or TEMPS takes the place of one or more characters Example Specifying TEMP for the point name means that any incoming alarm message s point name that has T E MP as its first four letters will be acceptable as a match for the point name Acceptable matches for this example TEMP1 TEMP99 or TEMP534 359 360 Displaying an Existing Alarm s WorkSPACE Whatisa WorkSPAC E Determining ifan Alam Hasan Associated WorkSPACE This section provides information on e the definition of a WorkSPACE e how to determine if an alarm has a WorkSPACE e how to assign a WorkSPACE to an existing alarm A WorkSPACE is a group of windows containing graphics and trend plots of CCN data You use the ComfortVIEW WorkSPACE Man ager application to create and view WorkSPACEs For example you could set up a WorkSPACE to include a temperature trend and a graphic of the associated chilled water system You can then display these windows simultaneously As part of the ComfortVIEW Alarm Manager application you set up links between alarms and WorkSPACEs This gives you the ability to jump from the Alarm List window to the WorkSPACE Manager application and view the graphic or trend plot that pertains to the selected alarm You will know if an alarm has an associated WorkSPACE by look ing at the WorkSPACE icon that appears in the alarm specific toolbar below the alarm messag
435. pply to all tables in all controllers and are hidden for individual ComfortVIEW operators To Show Hidden Columns or Rows 1 Click on the Options menu item and then click on Show Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Show icon in the toolbar 2 Select the rows or columns to add from the Show Rows Columns dialog box and click on OK If desired you can display each point s item reference number along with the point name This number is used when linking status display table data to other PC applications such as commercially available spreadsheet programs Refer to the Sharing ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data Applications DDE section of this chapter for instructions on displaying Point IDs While viewing a status display or maintenance table you can select any point and then click on the trend wizard toolbar icon shown at left to quickly and easily set up a trend of that point 1 Inthe Trend Wizard dialog box enter the new trend name and then either click on Finish if you are satisfied with the trend s default 15 second scan rate or click on Modify to display the Modify Current Trend dialog box and add other points to the same trend or change the default scan rate Refer to Table and Figure 4 18 in this manual s WorkSPACE Manager chapter for instructions on using this dialog box Clicking on Finish saves the trend for later use with the WorkSPACE Manager application Note To view and run the newly created tre
436. protected cells 97 incompatible data 97 individualtables 110 Maintenance Table Values 96 Status Display Table Values 96 Placing bookmark WorkSPACE 224 Point definition 31 Point Data broadcasting onto the CCN Bus 522 linking to otherapplica tions 175 176 transferring from one system element to another 522 Point Descriptions modifying Maintenance Tables 96 modifying Status Display Tables 96 Point Displays customizing 75 Point IDs displaying 77 Point Name viewing 235 Point Range Y axis 229 Poke 92 poke 178 Polling aCCNbus 82 Port Location adding 422 deleting 423 Precedence custom alarm message 358 WorkSPACE 369 Print Preview printing from 487 Print Preview Mode 485 Print Setup CamerNetwork Manager 180 Printer adding alarm 422 alarmsetup 423 defining alarm printer namey port locations 422 deleting 423 specifying alarm 417 Printing Alarm List 350 alarmsautomatically 352 Camier Network Manager Data 171 587 588 Controller Database Report 172 Controller List Report 172 report definition 480 System Overview 171 Table Window Report 171 trend definition report 295 trend window run mode 294 306 ViewSPACE report 295 ViewSPACE run mode 294 306 WorkSPACE Report 295 Privilege Levels assigning 401 defining 392 Profiles specifying operator 398 R Reference J umps from Comfort Controller configura tiontables 80 156 from Comfort Controller status display tables 70 from trends 231 Reference J ump
437. ptions Menu Table 2 56 OptionsMenu Command Use this command to exit the Carrier Network Manager the text appears in the new font the next time you start the Carrier Network Manager This command also saves the size and position of all Carrier Network Manager windows The command does not however save sorts Settings are saved for individual operators The following table describes each command for the Options Menu that displays when you are viewing a configuration maintenance or status display table Command Use this command to Font change the font that ComfortVIEW uses to display Carrier Network Manager text When you change the font all Carrier Network Manager text is affected Dialog Box Options Font Select the font to use Font Style Select any style options for example bold or italic Size Select the point size The larger the point size the larger the characters appear on your screen Sample The text in this box changes to reflect the font font style and size you select OK Closes the dialog box and save changes made Cancel Exits the dialog box and restores the previous settings continued 195 196 Table 2 55 Use thiscommand to Options Menu Command continued Toolbar Status bar Hide hide or display the Carrier Network Manager toolbar hide or display the status bar that appears in the third line of Carrier Network Manager windows In the Syste
438. put CIO Module that contains software to enable it to maintain a directory of system elements on the CCN Commu nication Bus and to perform periodic diagnostic checks on those system elements PIC A PIC Product Integrated Control is an electronic control that is factory installed on specific Carrier HVAC equipment PIC controls provide standalone operation and can also be connected as a system element on the CCN Communication Bus WorkSPACE A group of windows containing graphics known as ViewSPACEs and trend plots of CCN data You use the ComfortVIEW WorkSPACE Manager application to create and view WorkSPACEs For example you could set up a WorkSPACE to include a temperature trend and a graphic of the associated chilled water system You could then display all of these windows simultaneously Intoduction An alarm or alert is the occurrence of an abnormal condition such as a value outside specified limits or a communication failure detected by the Network Directory Service NDS Module An alarm can originate from a CCN system element such as a UT203 FID a Comfort Controller a CCN option a PIC an NDS Module or an Autodial Gateway When a condition arises on the Carrier Comfort Network that causes an alarm or alert the system element that is in alarm sends a notifi cation message along the communication bus to ComfortVIEW ComfortVIEW receives and stores the message in its alarm list and depending on how you set up th
439. r right corner of the window to indicate that you are in design mode Open the WorkSPACE that you wish to modify To do this click on the File menu item and then click on Open WorkSPACE Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar To modify the WorkSPACE name click on the Edit menu item and then click on Modify WorkSPACE The Modify Current WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed Refer to Figure 4 11 and Table 4 11 251 252 Modify the WorkSPACE name as desired and then click on OK The name change will be made permanent when you save the WorkSPACE You can now modify or delete existing ViewSPACEs and trends or add new ViewSPACEs and trends to the WorkSPACE Instructions on performing these operations can be found in the following sections of this chapter e Modifying an Existing ViewSPACE e Displaying and Using Trends e Creating and Modifying Trends e Deleting Removing ViewSPACEs e Deleting Removing Trends Save the modified WorkSPACE as follows e To save the WorkSPACE and overwrite previous modifica tions Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save WorkSPACE command This command will overwrite the existing WorkSPACE Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Save WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar To save the WorkSPACE with a new name Click on the File menu item and then click on the Save WorkSPACE as com mand This com
440. r AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 8 44 23 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status Off commanded state is On Fan does not turn on when commanded all affected airhandler controls are either disabled or slowed to minimum conditions v O o a John Jacobs 10 24 24 Sep 1997 United Mutual Insurnace Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Return to normal at 8 49 12 Sep 1997 Supply Fan Status vO olola John Jacobs 10 25 25 Sep 1997 United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 at 19 49 24 0ct 1997 Supply Air Temperature 10 0 degF outside limit of 35 0 degF volos 4 John Jacobs 21 24 24 Oct 1997 United Mutual Insurance Utility Floor AHU 0 2 Alarm 4 at 19 51 25 Oct 1997 Filter Status Dirty discrete state Follow 39N Air Handler maintenance work order procedure number 214 Filter Replacement 0 E wla John Jacobs 10 24 26 Oct 1997 El Alarm Message Click to select deselect Attaching an Operator s Note to an Alam To View Modify orAtiacha Note to One Alam To Attach the Same Note to Multiple Alarms You have the option to enter an operator s note for each alarm This note can be viewed printed along with the standard alarm message or copied to the Windows clipboard Alarms that currently have an operator s note attached to them appear with a toolbar icon as shown at left Alarms that do not have an operator s note appear with a plain yellow note icon as shown at left 1 Display the alarm lis
441. r along with the point name This number is used when linking table data to other PC applications such as third party spreadsheet pro grams set each column to a width that best fits the data save any changes you make by using commands on the Options menu For example if you hide the hide the status bar it will be hidden the next time you start the WorkSPACE Man ager This command also saves the size and position of all WorkSPACE Manager windows 317 Options Menu The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the Design Mode WorkSPACE Manager s Options menu in design mode Table 4 36 Options Menu Design Clccon w Mode Toolbar hide or display the WorkSPACE Status bar Lock window Size image to window Tabularize data boxes Cascade data boxes 318 Manager toolbar hide or display the status bar that appears in the second line of WorkSPACE Manager windows lock a ViewSPACE s window size and position as well as lock the size and position of all data boxes and link areas You will also not be permitted to add or delete data boxes or link areas or to modify the graphic back ground selection You will not be permitted to make any modifications using the Edit menu s Modify com mand dynamically re size a ViewSPACE s background graphic based on the ViewSPACE window size Note To improve performance if your ViewSPACE background image is larger than your screen dimensions you
442. rces on any available point and return the point to the controller s automatic control Based on area assignments to e modify all setpoints for assigned buildings Based on area assignments to e modify all time schedules for as signed buildings Based on area assignments to e view tabular displays of system element data view a set of predetermined system views create a WorkSPACE of system views add modify delete WorkSPACE s connect and disconnect to permitted remote CCNs The View Data function will automatically be included when you select this function 397 398 Setting Up Operator Profiles Setting Up YourOwn Operator Profile You must specify a login name operator name password start up application access level and alarm indication preferences for every ComfortVIEW operator Follow the steps below to create or modify any operator s profile l Display the Operator Configuration dialog box by clicking on the Administration menu item followed by clicking on Opera tors Click on New to add a new operator to the system or Click on Profile to modify the selected operator s profile information ComfortVIEW displays the Operator Profile dialog box Refer to Figure 6 5 and Table 6 5 for instructions on using the Operator Profile dialog box After entering all information click on OK If you are adding a new operator the Operator Access dialog box now displa
443. re saved if you select the Save tab separated data file option in the Report Definition dialog box Manually generated report files are saved using the Report Viewer window s File Save as command e save the currently displayed report file on disk You would typically save a report file if you intend to view it at a later time or if you wish to read the file into a third party spreadsheet appli cation e re display the Print Preview Window and view the report e print the currently displayed report Figure 7 13 Sample Report Viewer Window File Options Help ComfortVIEW Report Viewer FANS 001 Report File Name Active SWEL X For Help press F1 489 490 Table 7 13 Report Viewer Menu Commands File Menu Commands Use this command to Open display another report file Note This report file must have been previously generated and saved to disk The File Open dialog box displays Select the file you wish to display or type the file name in the File Name box You can also select a different drive by making your selection from the Drives drop down list You can select a report file that is resident on another network computer by clicking on the Network button ComfortVIEW saves automatically generated reports to the REPORTS report type directory path where report type is replaced by the type of report being generated CONSUME HISTORY RUNTIME
444. reshold Visual indication O None Flashing icon Popup window O Enable visual critical alarm indication Audible indication X Enable audible indication Audible return to normal O Enable audible critical alarm indication Audible critical alarm Pd 407 Table 6 7 Alam Indication Click on To Preferences Dialog Box Critical alarm threshold Filters None Flashing icon or Pop up window 408 specify the level of critical alarms Alarm levels range from 0 to 6 with Level 0 alarms being more severe than Level 6 alarms If ComfortVIEW recieves an alarm with a level that is less than or equal to the value entered here ComfortVIEW displays a full screen pop up window on top of any window that you are currently view ing In addition to specifying this alarm level you must also click on Enable visual critical alarm indica tion specify the alarms to be presented to this operator The Alarm Filters dialog box is displayed Use this box to specify the families area element and level of alarms that this operator will receive For more information on this dialog box refer to the Alarm Filters Dialog Box figure and table below indicate your preference for visual alarm indication If you click on e None Comfort VIEW produces no visual indication of the existence of alarms alerts e Flashing icon ComfortVIEW displays a flashing alarm icon on top of any window
445. retrieval Data through Enable automatic report generation 23 59 10 23 96 Save tab separated data file Save dates as relative Print to LaserJet III Defaults Data Tables Manual Generation Options Foma C Retrieve Yesterday s data X Retrieve Today s data X Send report directly to CWREPORT printer Closes this dialog box and saves settings 476 Sample Runtime Report Explanation The report definition shown in Figure 7 10 will generate a runtime report named SUPFANS which is used for accumulat ing the run time of a building s air handler supply fans In this example it is assumed that today is October 25 1996 and ComfortVIEW is configured to automatically retrieve daily data from the network s Data Collection Option Module in anticipa tion of creating a monthly report This report definition will not automatically generate a report every day It will automatically retrieve the data however The report definition permits the manual generation of a monthly report based on the month s accumulated data Automatic Retrieval Options The runtime data will be auto matically retrieved from the Data Collection Option Module The retrieval time of day has been specified using the ComfortVIEW Setup application Manual Generation Options When the report is generated on command by a user the included runtime data will include data
446. rieval continues 1 Click on the Logout button which is displayed in the Win dows taskbar 2 If there are any active remote CCN connections the Active Remote CCN Connections dialog box will be displayed and all remotely connected CCNs will be selected Click on Disconnect to disconnect from the selected CCNs or on Close to close the dialog box without disconnecting Refer to Figure and Table 1 3a for further instructions on using this dialog box 3 If there are any active ComfortVIEW applications Alarm Manager Carrier Network Manager etc you will be prompted to confirm logout with an indication that unsaved data will be lost Clicking on Yes closes all open ComfortVIEW applications proceeds with the logout and replaces the dialog box with the ComfortVIEW Login dialog box Clicking on No cancels the logout If there are no active ComfortVIEW applications or remote CCN connections ComfortVIEW displays the Logout dialog box shown and described in Figure and Table 1 3 Figure 1 3 ComfortVIEW Logout Dialog Box Table 1 3 ComfortVIEW Logout Dialog Box 4 Click on Logout to log out of ComfortVIEW ComfortVIEW displays a confirmation dialog box asking if you really wish to log out 5 Click on Yes to log out or click on No to prevent the log out The message Logging out displays in the confirmation dialog box When log out is complete this dialog box closes and is replaced with the ComfortVIEW Login dialog box If th
447. ring ComfortVIEW data with other applica tions 77 175 241 244 Decision Descriptions greencoloring 98 modifying 103 106 Dedicating AutodialGateways 166 Defaults Consumable Runtime Reports 466 History Report 465 Defining alarm printer namey port loca tions 422 analog states 425 custom engineering units 425 discrete states 425 LAN workstation 419 System AccessLevels 392 Delete a ViewSPACE 278 Deleting accesslevels 395 alarm printers 423 alarms 349 areas 57 CCNs 56 controllers 69 custom alarm messages 354 data box 274 LAN Workstations 420 link area 274 operators 390 option tables 127 portlocations 423 remote sites 212 report definition 479 trend 288 WorkSPACEs 253 Deleting Removing ViewSPACEs 278 Descriptions modifying 104 modifying in option tables 126 Design Mode definition 214 printing trend window 295 printing ViewSPACE 295 Detailed BusScan 82 84 90 Device Config Report 171 Dialog Box explanation 24 sample 6 Disc onnecting remote CCN 170 292 remote server workstation 208 Displaying Configuration Tables 78 81 Controller List Window 58 maintenance tables 70 option configuration tables 125 point IDs 77 point range Y axis 229 report definition lit 454 statusbar 454 gatus display tables 70 trend un mode 226 283 trend value 229 trends 225 UT203 FID configuration tables 80 ViewSPACE 233 WorkSPACEs 361 WorkSPAC Es associated with alarms 360 Downloading configuration data from ComfortVIEW
448. rkSPACE dialog box click on Cancel The dialog box closes and ComfortVIEW displays a new blank WorkSPACE window in run mode 3 Switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode 4 Click on No if asked whether you wish to load the current WorkSPACE for design The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and displays a blank WorkSPACE The message Design displays in the lower right corner of the window to indicate that you are in design mode 5 You can now create new or add existing ViewSPACEs and trends to your new WorkSPACE To do this click on the File menu item and then click on one of the following commands e New ViewSPACE Trend to create anew ViewSPACE or trend For instructions on using this command refer to the Creating a New ViewSPACE or Creating and Modifying Trends section of this chapter e Open ViewSPACE Trend to open an existing ViewSPACE or trend window ComfortVIEW displays 245 246 WorkSPACE Cloning the Open ViewSPACE Trend dialog box Refer to Table 4 9 and Figure 4 9 Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open ViewSPACE Trend icon in the toolbar Select the ViewSPACE or trend that you wish to use and then click on OK The WorkSPACE Manager displays the selected ViewSPACE or trend on your screen 6 After adding and saving all of the ViewSPACEs and trends save the WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and t
449. rm components specified in the Page Setup dialog box when it copies alarms to the Win dows clipboard using the Edit menu item s Cut and Copy commands Page Setup Select items to print x Alarm message K Custom message x Acknowledgement Operator note Printer setup OK Cancel Help Selects printers and additional options Table 5 10 Page Setup Dialog Box Lt To Print Selected Alam Messages Clickon To Alarm message print the standard alarm message Custom message print the custom message along with the standard alarm message and any other selected items Acknowledgement print the acknowledgement message along with the standard alarm message and any other selected items Operator note print the operator note along with the standard alarm message and any other selected items Printer setup display another dialog box where you specify the number of copies and print quality Click on this dialog box s Setup button to specify the printer paper size and page orientation Help display help information OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on the alarm message or messages you wish to print The background of the selected message highlig
450. rmation is needed to complete the command and a dialog box displays You select options in the dialog box to control how ComfortVIEW performs the command A dialog box is a special window containing options that you select to tell ComfortVIEW how to carry out a command The dialog boxes displayed in Figures 1 8 1 9 and 1 10 illustrate some fea tures common to all ComfortVIEW dialog boxes 23 24 Double click on the control menu box to close the dialog box Figure 1 8 Colors Dialog Box Click on a radio button to select a single option Click on a command button with an ellipsis to display another dialog box Click on a command button to carry out an action Figure 1 9 Operator Profile Dialog Box Type information in text boxes Drop down lists work like menus Click on the arrow to see options you can select Figure 1 10 Page Setup Dial Bo Click on a check box lalog X to select an option Click it again to clear the option Press Alt and the underlined letter to move to and select an option Move the dialog box by dragging the title bar Alarm Colors r Select text Alarm messages Alert messages Return to normal messages Custom alarm messages O Acknowledgements Color J Defaults OK Cancel Help Selects color for display of selected text Operator Profile Login name Operator name Name Password S
451. rms functions to identify CCNs You must assign each CCN a unique number Used CCN numbers can be viewed by clicking on the down arrow in the Used CCN numbers drop down list Note If you are adding a remote CCN that will be accessed by Autodial Gate way this number must match the Cus tomer Number configured in the remote Gateway view the highest number already in use Click on the down arrow to view a complete list of all used CCN numbers set the CCN access parameters The CCN Access Definition Dialog Box displays Refer to Figure 2 6 and Table 2 6 for instructions on using this dialog box close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previ ous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 43 Figure 2 6 CCN Access Definition Dialog Box Table 2 6 CCN Access Definition Dialog Box CCN Access Definition sendea Click on To Method specify how this CCN will be ac cessed Clicking on the down arrow gives you these choices None Database Only Select this method if you are adding a CCN to your workstation s database only You cannot communicate with this CCN This method of CCN access would typically be used for off line database configuration to hold your library of controller off line configurations continued Table 2 6 CCN Access Definition Dialog Box continued Clickon To Local Direct
452. rs show hidden rows and columns in status display maintenance or con figuration table worksheets Click on the Options menu item and then click on Show The Show Rows Columns dialog box displays The dialog box continued shows any hidden rows or columns Select the rows or columns to add and click on OK Any hidden columns will be added to the worksheet display each point s item reference number along with the point name This number is used when linking table data to other PC applications such as third party spreadsheet pro grams set each column to a width that best fits the data save any changes you make by using commands on the Options menu For example if you change the font and then exit the Carrier Network Man ager the text appears in the new font the next time you start the Carrier Network Manager This command also saves the size and position of all Carrier Network Manager windows The command does not however save sorts Settings are saved for individual operators 197 Window Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Window menu Note that the Graphical command is only available from the Setpoint and Time Schedule windows Table 2 57 Window Menu Command Use this command to Cascade Tile horizontally Tile vertically Arrange icons Refresh Graphical 198 arrange open Carrier Network Man ager windows to overlap so that each title bar is visible
453. ructions refer to the Changing the Font section of this chapter Figure 7 3 Sample Report Definition List Window Consumable Reports File Edit Options Help Consumable Reports E l Consumable Reports E METERS Miscellaneous Meters E METERSMO Miscellaneous Meters METERSYR Miscellaneous Meters Prints selected report definitions Report Definition List The second line of the Report Definition List window contains the Window Toolbar toolbar If you use a mouse the toolbar gives you instant access to the most frequently used Report Panel commands By simply clicking the mouse button you can perform operations such as generating reports copying and deleting report definitions and printing report definitions Note If desired you can remove the toolbar from the Report Definition List window by clicking on the Options menu item followed by clicking on Toolbar To return the toolbar to the window perform these two commands again 455 456 Table 7 3 Report Definition List Window Toolbar The following table describes the buttons that appear on the Report Definition List window toolbar To gt 0 X e E e ee O import report data generate a report using the selected report definition re generate a report using the selected report definition with a new range of dates print the selected report definition create a new report definition
454. ry Performing an update poll causes NDS to poll the primary CCN Com munication Bus and identify all system elements on it You should perform an Update poll to update the NDS Module or if using the internal NDS function ComfortVIEW before performing a Cold Call After select ing Perform update poll you must then select an NDS method external NDS Module internal NDS function or allow ComfortVIEW to automati cally determine the best method external if available otherwise internal Click on Run to proceed A message will be displayed to indicate successful completion of the update poll obtain a list of all system elements on the selected CCN Performing a cold call causes ComfortVIEW to read the NDS system element directory and to update the Controller List window with a list of all system elements and their addresses You would typically use cold call after ComfortVIEW installation or after connecting to a remote CCN using the Access Menu s Connect command Performing a cold call determines the system elements that are on a remote CCN a CCN for which ComfortVIEW has no data base From the information obtained from a cold call you can upload import or copy controllers to create continued 85 86 Table 2 22a Bus Services Dialog Box continued Clickon To Bus the database for your CCN After selecting Perform cold call you must select the NDS method see update poll above and then click on
455. s You can also perform this command by double clicking on a data box override the selected dynamic point value Forcing overrides a controller s automatic control of a selected point clear a force and return a point to a controller s automatic control continued Table 4 30 Edit Menu Run Mode continued Configure Menu Design Mode Table 4 31 Configure Menu Design Mode Click on To Submaster force transmit a submaster reference force to the selected point in the selected UT203 FID controller When you force the submaster reference ComfortVIEW will disregard the submaster reference value that was calculated in the master control loop For more information on the UT203 FID s submaster reference value refer to the UT203 FID Overview and Configura tion Manual Note You cannot use Submaster Force if the selected point already has a Supervisor force The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Configure Menu in design mode Click on To Background New Data Box select the active ViewSPACE s graphic background The File Open dialog box is displayed Select the graphic background file that you wish to display or type the file name in the File Name box You can select a different drive by making your selection from the Drives drop down list You can also select a file that is resident on another network computer by clicking on the Network button
456. s FIDs FID point additions modifications and deletions area name element name description address point name and description Comfort Controllers Comfort Controller object additions modifications and deletions area name element name description address table name and description Forces Point forces and autos Submaster point forces See FIDs plus value Formatting a Report Figure A 5 Report Format Dialog Box ComfortVIEW gives you several options for customizing the ap pearance of your report You can e sort the report in different ways e include only system events which are coded as successes or failures Use the Report Format dialog box Figure A 5 to set these different options You can reach the Report Format dialog box by clicking on the Format button in the Report Definition dialog box as described in Table A 2 The Report Format dialog box is used by both the System Activity and Alarm Summary reports the only difference is that the Alarm Summary report gives you a different list of options to include Table A 5 describes the options available in the Report Format dialog box Report Format Sort order Date time of event E vent group Target ce Add Remove gt gt m Include Include only successes Include only failures O O Include both Cancel Help Selects sort keys to remove 551 552 Table A 5 Report Format D
457. s button and in the Print Properties dialog box select Portrait By default the report will print on the CWREPORT printer that you have created in the Windows Print Man ager To print on another printer click on the Name drop down list and select the desired printer After printing the report ComfortVIEW displays the Report Viewer window Refer to Report Viewer Window following this table for an explanation of this window if you have a multi page report view the next page if you have a multi page report view the previous page display pages side by side continued 487 488 Table7 12 Print Preview Window Buttons continued Report Viewer Window Clickon To Zoom In magnify and view the report at a closer range Zoom Out return the report to its original size Close exit the report without printing ComfortVIEW now displays the Report Viewer window Note Unlike other windows you cannot close this window by clicking on its control menu box A sample Report Viewer window is displayed in Figure 7 13 The top line of the Report Viewer window displays ComfortVIEW Report Viewer followed by the report file name The second line of the window contains the menu bar Report Viewer menu commands are summarized in Table 7 13 From the Report Viewer window you can e display another report file that had been previously generated and saved on disk Note Automatically generated report files a
458. s for the proper executable file OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information This section describes each of the commands that appear in the Report Panel window menus Refer to Figure 7 2 in the Accessing the Report Panel section of this chapter to view a copy of the Report Panel Window The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the Report Panel s Reports menu Consumable history and runtime commands will always display in this Report menu Additional report names will appear in the menu as you install other optional Comfort VIEW report types 501 Table 7 16 Reports Menu Options Menu Table 7 17 Options Menu 502 Clickon To Consumable display the consumable report defini tion list History display the history report definition list Runtime display the runtime report definition list Exit exit the report panel application The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the Report Panel s Options menu Click on To New Modify add a custom report to the report panel If desired you can create your own custom report and icon and add it to the report panel This icon could be used for example to launch a third party spreadsheet application that you could use to manipulate your report data The New Report Profile dialog box d
459. s 332 icons pop up window 329 indication 325 indication preferences 327 levels 335 linking mesagesto otherapplica tions 178 menu commands 374 message contents 334 message example 333 message format 333 modifying alarm WorkSPACE 363 pop up window 326 328 329 pop up window example 328 printing automatically 352 purging 432 selecting 340 specifying indication prefer ences 405 specifying printers 417 specifying yourown indication preference 406 407 suppressing 346 toolbar explanation 331 viewing new and unacknowl edged 328 viewing suppressed 347 wildcards 370 Alarm Acknowledger 51 Alarm History Tables displaying 81 Alarm List color 371 example 330 font 336 printing 350 sorting 338 statusbar 335 updating 337 viewing 330 Alert definition 324 Analog States defining 425 Animated Data Box definition 214 Animated Graphic specifications 299 Archiving trend data to file 232 Area s adding 54 definition 54 deleting 57 displaying a list 33 displaying a list short cut 34 modifying name 55 Assig ning WorkSPACEsto alarms 361 Attaching alarm operatornote 343 583 584 custom alarm messages 353 operatornote 343 WorkSPAC Es to incoming alarms 364 Audio Configuration alarms 353 415 Autodial Gateways assigning operations 47 166 connecting to remote CCNs 169 Autoing Maintenance Tables 94 517 points 94 517 status display or maintenance table values 517 Status Display Tables 94 517 Automatic Retrieva
460. s Configuring Comfort Control lers section of the manual create or modify this object in the Comfort Controller as well as save it in the ComfortVIEW database The download however does not actually occur until you click on Create create the new Comfort Controller object ComfortVIEW displays a message dialog box during the object creation exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information 4 Inthe Object Definition dialog box select the point type by clicking in the Hardware or Software Points drop down list Note For the Comfort Controller 1600 the displayed channel types are limited to correspond to the 7600 s available channel type selection If you are modifying an existing point ComfortVIEW will not permit you to modify the displayed point type To do so you must delete the point by clicking on the Configure Comfort Control ler dialog box s Delete button and then create a new point of the desired type The Name field will update to reflect the selected point type For example if you are creating a point on Channel 8 and select the point type Milliamp Output the point name MAOUTO8 will automatically display in the Name field The selected point type will also automatically display in the Description field If desired you can modify the point name and description by clicking in the appropriate fields The point name and description will display in the Points list in statu
461. s Selected list to the Data Tables Available list close the dialog box and save the settings close the dialog box and restore the previous settings display help information Figure 7 7 Report Fommat Dialog Box Table 7 7 Report Format Dialog Box Report Format Include X Area in page header Point description Show units Header every page Footer every page Legend Page Numbers Points per Legend OK Cancel Help Includes the area in the page header Click on To Area in Page Header Point description Show units include the area name in the report header You would typically only elect to do this if all report points are in the same area If points are from different areas click on Legend to include each point s area name at the bottom of all pages include each point s 24 character point description in the column headers The description will appear below the point name include each point s units in the column headers continued 471 472 Table 7 7 Report Format Dialog Box continued Click on To Legend Points per legend OK Cancel Help include each point s area name in legend format at the bottom of all pages for future use close the dialog box and save changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information Note th
462. s access level will be able to view controller data but not change controller configuration in the specified areas For information on assigning levels to operators refer to Assigning Access Levels to Operators Perform the following to create modify or delete an existing access level Click on the Administration menu item and then click on Access Levels ComfortVIEW displays the Customized Access Control dialog box The names of all currently configured access levels display under Select an Access Level As you select an access level the names of the operations that this access level allows display in the lower left box The lower right box displays the operations that this access level does not allow You move functions between the left and right boxes to define or modify an access level Figure 6 3 Customized Access Control Dialog Box Customized Access Control Select an Access Level Setpoint Changes Control Override Ability Viewing Only All Operations Help Access Level name Alarm Viewing Allowed functions Alarm Indication Alarm Viewing lt lt Add Remove gt gt Available functions Alarm Acknowledgement Alarm Management Control Element Administration Control Element Configuration Custom Programming Force Auto Points Setpoint Configuration Time Schedule Configuration View Data Displays Save Cancel View Print Reports
463. s display tables and in the expanded controller list Note If you will be creating multiple similarly named channels for example SPT_01 SPT_02 SPT_03 etc you can enter the characters in the numeric fields of these names to expedite the channel cre ation process For instructions on using this time saving feature refer to Creating Multiple Similarly Named Database Objects which appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section of the manual Select the sensor type or output units by clicking in the Sensor Type Units drop down list Note The sensor type list will display only those sensor types that correspond to the selected point type To select custom engineering units pull down to the bottom of the list Custom units are defined using ComfortVIEW Setup application If you wish to create or modify this channel in the Comfort Controller as well as in the ComfortVIEW database click on Download to Comfort Controller Note If you do not select this option ComfortVIEW will create the channel only in its database The channel will not be created in the Comfort Controller If desired you can work off line and create the con figuration in the ComfortVIEW database only Then when you are ready to send the information to the Comfort Controller you can simply perform a controller download of the entire configuration using the Configure menu s Download command To Download an entire Comfort Controller instruc
464. s from Comfort Controller Status Dis 70 Remote Access modem verification 205 required conditions forsource workstation 202 Remote CCNs connecting disc onnect ing 169 170 290 Remote Server Workstation accessdenied message 206 adding sites 209 connecting 205 deleting sites 212 disconnecting 208 modifying sites 209 phone number pause 209 Remote Site Manager 201 Removing bookmark WorkSPACE 224 statusbar 454 trend 288 306 ViewSPACE 279 306 Report printing trend definition 295 printing ViewSPACE 295 printing WorkSPACE 295 Report Data creating text files 494 editing 494 importing to Consumable or Runtime data files 495 numberof daysretained 429 ReportDates 460 541 Report Definition adding 457 copying 458 creating 457 modifying 458 Report Definition List automatic retrieval op tions 461 542 commands 503 Consumable Report defaults 466 data points 466 470 data range 467 468 469 deleting 479 displaying 454 font changing 480 Font Command 507 history defaults 465 icons 456 manual generation options 464 printing 480 range of data 460 541 report dates 460 541 report format 471 Runtime Report defaults 466 toolbar 455 Report Files managing 497 Report Format report definition 471 Report Panel accessing 451 commands 501 Consumable Daily sample 510 Consumable Monthly sample 511 Consumable Report 451 Consumable Yearly sample 512 data status 484 generating reports 481 generating reports automati cally 48
465. s in conjunc tion with Tab key to move to the previous text box button or option When a command list is displayed use Shift in conjunction with an under lined command letter to select a command Use Esc to close a command list menu or dialog box without making a selection or saving changes Use up and down arrows to move up and down in lists Use left and right arrows to move through menu items and lists Use F3 in the Carrier Network Man ager application to display help infor mation on a selected configuration decision ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box that describes the decision along with allowable entries Press any key to close the dialog box Table 1 5 ComfortVIEW Keys continued Key Function Fl Use F1 to display help information about Comfort VIEW operation 17 18 Interpreting ComfortVIEW Windows Figure 1 6 ComforVIEW Window Control Menu Box ComfortVIEW windows use a standard Windows format Figure 1 6 shows an example of a typical window Table 1 6 describes the labelled parts Title Bar Minimize the Button Maximize Button Close Button File Edit Configure Administration Options Window Help Menu Bar 70 0 a Toolbar Description Units Status Name Notes Space Temperature 74 0 degF SPT Located in Room A1
466. s operating system you can begin your ComfortVIEW session Successful connection is indicated by the presence of the word Connected in the Remote Site Manager dialog box s status bar Note If you receive an Access Denied message at any time during the connection process one of the following conditions exists e Your computer name does not exist in the remote Server s database See Condition 8 under Required Conditions for a Successful Connect e There are too many logged in users at the remote site e The remote site does not have an access key attached to the Server workstation s parallel port 5 Begin your session by logging in to ComfortVIEW If the message RPC Server Unavailable is displayed during ComfortVIEW operation the remote connection has been lost If this situation occurs disconnect from the remote Server and then re connect Figure 3 1 ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager Dialog Box lt Remote Site Manager proacentral Remote Site Hame proacentral Help Goce Hot Connected 207 208 Disc onnecting from a Remote ComfortVIEW Server Workstation End your current remote ComfortVIEW session by closing all current ComfortVIEW applications except the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager application then log out of Comfort VIEW Switch to the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager applica tion In the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager dialog box click on Di
467. saved Help display help information Figure 2 6a 7 Select Autodial Gateway Select Autodial Gateway Dialog Box Select a CCN TE Select a gateway AUTODIAL Autodial Gateway 0 51 lt any gateway gt 48 Follow the steps below to modify an existing CCN s name number or access parameters 1 Display the Carrier Network Manager s System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Ac cessing the Carrier Network Manager Click on the CCN you wish to change Click on Configure and then click on Modify Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the Modify CCN Definition dialog box Modify the CCN name as desired To modify the CCN s associated access parameters click on Access Comfort VIEW displays the CCN Access Definition dialog box Refer to Figure 2 6 and Table 2 6 for further instructions on using this dialog box To modify additional CCN parameters such as address and baud rate click on the Extended button Comfort VIEW displays the Standard CCN Settings dialog box Refer to Figure 2 7 and Table 2 7 for further instructions on using this dialog box Once you have modified the CCN name or access parameters click on OK This permanently saves the changes and closes the CCN Access Definition dialog box Click on OK to close
468. sconnect A confirmation dialog box will be displayed Click on Yes At the second confirmation dialog box click on OK to proceed with the disconnect ComfortVIEW begins the disconnect process A status message box shows the status of the disconnect process The connection has been successfully terminated when the Remote Site Manager dialog box s status bar displays Not Connected fa Adding a Site gt to the ComfortVIEW Remote Site List Follow the instructions below to add a new or modify an existing Comfort VIEW site Note Modifying an existing remote site name maintains the existing site name and adds a new site with the modified site name If desired you can delete the existing site by following the Deleting a Site from the ComfortVIEW Remote Site List instructions below Double click on the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager icon to launch the application Note Itis not necessary to log in to Comfort VIEW before running this application ComfortVIEW launches the Remote Site Manager application and displays the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager dialog box Refer to Figure 3 1 Do one of the following depending on whether you wish to add a new or modify an existing site e Click on New ComfortVIEW displays the Add Remote Site dialog box See Figure 3 2 e Click on an existing remote site name and then click on Modify ComfortVIEW displays the Modify Remote Site dialog box See Figure 3 3 Enter the
469. sign mode Selecting the print com mand from run mode prints a screen captured image of the active ViewSPACE or trend window Selecting the print command from design mode either prints a screen captured image of the active ViewSPACE or trend window or prints a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or trend definition report Follow the instructions below to print a screen captured image of a selected ViewSPACE or trend 1 If necessary enter run mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Start run mode 2 Display the ViewSPACE or trend that you wish to print If necessary refer to the Displaying and Using a ViewSPACE or Displaying and Using Trends section of this chapter Note If you have several ViewSPACEs or trends opened click on the title bar of the window that you wish to print 3 Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Print icon in the toolbar A confirmation dialog box is displayed asking if you wish to print the active ViewSPACE or trend 4 Click on Yes The ViewSPACE or trend will print on the printer that you have designated using the File menu s Print setup command Design Mode Printing a ViewSPACE or Trend Window or Printing a WorkSPACE ViewSPACE or Trend Definition Report Follow the instructions below to print a screen captured image of a selected ViewSPACE or trend window or to print a definition report You can also pr
470. sing the Delete or Backspace key Export to clipboard copy selected alarms to the Windows clipboard Alarms copied using this command will differ from alarms continued 376 Table 5 19 Edit Menu continued Configure Menu Table 5 20 Configure Menu Functions Menu Table 5 21 Functions Menu Command Use this command to copied using the Copy command in that these alarms when pasted into another application will be preceded by the CCN number and will display in a tab separated internal alarm record format The following table describes each of the commands in the Alarm Manager s Configure menu Command Use this command to Custom Messages WorkSPACEs add or modify a custom alarm mes sage and identify the criteria for attachment to alarms attach a WorkSPACE to an incoming alarm or modify an existing WorkSPACE incoming alarm assign ment The following table describes each of the commands in the Alarm Manager s Functions menu Command Use this command to Acknowledge Refresh acknowledge receipt of selected alarms Once you ve acknowledged an alarm message ComfortVIEW adds your user name and a time and date stamp to the selected alarm message include new alarms that may have occurred while you were viewing the alarm list continued 377 378 Table 5 21 Functions Menu continued Command Use this command to Select All Attach WorkSPACE
471. software must have been installed along with the appropriate modem device driver Refer to your Windows Remote Access Connection Manager installation instructions Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Dial up Networking must be configured to dial out calls as a mini mum See your Windows Remote Access Connection Man ager Dial up Networking setup instructions The ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager application must have been installed This application is automatically installed when you install your ComfortVIEW software on a computer that has the Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Dial up Networking installed You can perform the ComfortVIEW installation procedure at any time if you need to load the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager application The modem must be operational You can verify this by attempting to dial the remote Server using the Windows Remote Access Connection Manager feature Verify that you are using compatible source and remote modems It is recommended that you use the same make and model modem for both source and remote workstations The remote ComfortVIEW Server computer name and the remote Server modem phone number must be added to the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager dialog box s ComfortVIEW Remote Site list For instructions refer to the Adding a Site to the ComfortVIEW Remote Site List section of this chapter You must have a valid login name and password to log on to the remote Server s Win
472. specifying operator alarm indication preferences 405 e setting up your own alarm indication preferences 406 specifying alarm indication preferences for logged out computers 407 specifying alarm printers 417 defining Comfort VIEW local area network workstations 419 defining ComfortVIEW alarm printers 422 defining FID and Comfort Controller custom engineering units 425 specifying the following global system parameters e metric or customary US units fixed setting specified during ComfortVIEW software installation 428 e time of day at which to retrieve accumulated report data from your CCN options 428 e period of time to retain accumulated report data in your ComfortVIEW database 428 e number of times to re try report data retrieval should a failure occur 428 e system event activity tracking 429 e alarm purge filename and threshold 429 exporting an entire CCN s database 433 importing an entire CCN s database 437 setup menu command summary 443 383 The following terms are used throughout this chapter Client A computer on a local area network running ComfortVIEW communication and user interface software or ComfortVIEW user interface software only Server A computer on a local area network running ComfortVIEW communication user interface service and database software You use ComfortVIEW Setup application to add or define the following e ComfortVIEW operators e ComfortVIEW local area network workstation names
473. splay a point s associated configuration maintenance time schedule or setpoint table click on Configuration table Maintenance table Time schedule or Setpoint table Clicking on Reference table s with a Comfort Controller point selected will display a list of all Comfort Controller objects that are using a point in their configuration Clicking on Table of Origin with a point from any CCN system element selected will display the point s table of origin status display maintenance or configuration table Click on Close to exit the dialog box If desired you can save and download all configuration data changes simultaneously using the Configure menu s Save ViewSPACE data and Download ViewSPACE data commands Note You may also perform these commands by clicking on the Save and Download icons in the toolbar While viewing a ViewSPACE in run mode you can use the new data box wizard to quickly and easily create a new data box 1 While viewing a ViewSPACE in run mode click on the toolbar s New Data wizard icon shown at left The WorkSPACE Manager switches you to design mode and displays the Modify Data Box dialog box refer to Table and Figure 4 12 Note If you select an existing data box prior to invoking the wizard the Modify Data Box dialog box settings will default to those for the selected data box Select the new data point style colors etc and when fin ished click on OK to close the Modify Data Box
474. stem elements beginning with this element number up to and ending with the element number specified in the Last element enter the highest system element address on the specified bus scan only CCS and ComfortID system elements versus all CCN system elements on the specified bus perform the update poll or cold call using an NDS Module that is physi cally connected to the CCN Bus perform the update poll or cold callus ing Comfort VIEW s internal NDS function use an external NDS Module if found to perform the update poll If an external NDS Module is not found ComfortVIEW will use its internal NDS function if desired assign a high priority NDS diagnostic routine scan rate to CCN system elements that are displayed in the recently performed cold call s Controller List This will cause ComfortVIEW internal diagnostic polling to take place every 60 minutes continued 87 Table 2 22a To Bus Services Dialog Box Click on continued Run Close Help 88 and whenever ComfortVIEW is started i e during PC boot versus every 6 hours ComfortVIEW will display the Diagnostic Priorities dialog box Those elements that are currently selected for high priority scanning will be highlighted Select any other elements and click on OK The Diagnostic routine scans all CCN Buses and checks for communication and clock errors The routine gener ates alarms and alerts that you can view using the Alarm Manager appl
475. t Note This command is not available on stand alone ComfortV IEW systems specify the name and port assignment of all Comfort VIEW alarm printers The Setup Printers dialog box dis plays Clicking on New displays the New Printers dialog box and allows you to add a new printer to the Print ers list Clicking on an existing printer and then clicking on Delete deletes a printer from the Printers list You now must use the Alarm Printers command in the Carrier Network Manager Administration menu to assign alarms to specific ComfortVIEW printers add a new or modify or delete an existing internal Gateway The Gate way Ports dialog box displays The names of any communication ports that have been previously designated for use by an internal Gateway are displayed In the Gateway Ports dialog box you can click on New to config ure a new port for use with a modem Modify to change the selected cur rently configured port s telephone number or on Delete to delete the selected port s modem designation set up custom analog and discrete units that will be displayed with points in FIDs and Comfort Controllers 445 Table 6 25 Setup Menu continued Administation Menu Table 6 26 Administration Menu 446 Command Use this command to Add equipment help upgrade your Carrier equipment help files to the latest versions Remote status display or hide the remote connection status window This window displays the names o
476. t If necessary follow the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on the Note icon that appears in the alarm specific toolbar below the alarm message ComfortVIEW displays the Operator Note dialog box which allows you to view modify delete or add a note Note You may also display the Operator Note dialog box by clicking on Functions and then clicking on Note 3 Click in the Note text box and make any desired additions or changes You can enter up to 500 alphanumeric characters Refer to Figure 5 8 and Table 5 8 for instructions on using this box 4 After you have completed any changes click on OK This closes the Operator Note dialog box and saves the new note text 1 Select the alarms to which to attach a note If necessary follow the instructions found under Selecting Alarms 2 Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Note ComfortVIEW displays the Operator Note dialog box 343 344 Figure 5 8 Operator Note Dialog Box Click in the Note text box and enter your text You can enter up to 500 characters Note If any of the selected alarms currently has a note attached to it ComfortVIEW appends this new note to the existing note text You can enter up to 500 characters per note Refer to Figure 5 8 and Table 5 8 for instructions on using this box After you have entered the note text click on OK This closes the Operator Note dialog box and saves the new note text Oper
477. t Comfort VIEW Workstations sevrer ee euen Eeee 407 Specifying Alarm Printers 00 00 00 cesseeeeeeneeeees 417 Defining ComfortVIEW Local Area Network Workstations ccccccsccccesessseseeeseses 419 To Add a New Workstation c ceeee 419 To Delete an Existing Workstation 420 Defining ComfortVIEW Alarm Printer Names and Port Locations 0 0 eeees 422 To Add a New Printer eeeeeeeeeeee 422 To Delete an Existing Printer 423 Defining Custom Engineering Units 425 Defining Discrete States 0 0 eee 425 Defining Analog Units 0 eee 425 Specifying Global System Parameters 428 Exporting CCN Ssnin 433 Importinig CONS sc scssccssnscescepuscveessspaseapesesoasennes 437 Setup Menu Command Summary ee 443 File Ment ssrin imece enoni 443 Setup Meit os sestestesvivisscnidt cas hebeccebeuslenteoney 444 Administration Menu eects 446 Help Men er deicteeuseecdesseitiveecieavn lt s 447 Report Panel occ scsvesiscscsdessseesevtistisangecs sens siostes 449 Terminology ss csses isscesadissaessasesousessatssoasenpesbesasedons 450 Accessing the Report Panel eee eee 451 Other Required DOCUMENTALION sipered 452 Producing a Report An Overview 453 Displaying the Report Definition List 0 0 454 Report Definition List Window Toolbar 0 ce eeeeceeeeeeeeereeees 455 Creating Copying or Modifying a Report Deft Onl
478. t frequently used Carrier Network Manager commands By simply clicking the mouse button you can perform operations such as adding modifying or deleting controllers connecting and dis connecting from remote CCNs and uploading and downloading controller configuration data Note If desired you can remove the toolbar from the System Overview window by clicking on the Options menu item and then by clicking on Toolbar To return the toolbar the window perform these two commands again Table 2 2 describes the buttons that appear on the Carrier Network Manager toolbars Note that the toolbar changes depending on the Carrier Network Manager window that is currently displayed The System Overview and Controller List window toolbars contains all of the buttons in the table The Configuration Table window toolbar contains a subset of these buttons O A lt e To JE Nee Ee a e export the selected controller to a file print the active window or a database report of the selected controller or area copy the selected cell s data to the Windows clipboard paste data from the Windows clip board to the selected cell open a window displaying the names of all areas in the database connect to a remote CCN add a new CCN area or controller force the selected point continued Table 2 2 Camier Network Manager Toolbar Icons continued To Oe la Ep J e x G e auto the
479. t the area containing the controller whose tables you wish to copy close the dialog box and save the changes made ComfortVIEW displays the CCN Elements Dialog Box Refer to Figure 2 14 and Table 2 14 for instructions on using this dialog box continued Table 2 13 Areas Dialog Box Click on To continued Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information Figure 2 14 CCN Elements CCN Elements Dialog Box Select a CCN Element 19XL Chiller 2 0 4 19XL Chiller 1 0 128 AHU Air Handler Unit with DX 0 2 OK Cancel Help Selects a CCN element Table 2 14 CCN Elements Dialog Box Click on To the Select a CCN Element list OK Cancel Help select the element whose tables you wish to copy close the dialog box and save the changes made exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved display help information 65 To Modify an Follow the steps below to modify an existing controller name Existing description or sort key ntroller i iam si i 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the Sort Key instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List 2 Click on the controller whose name you wish to change 3 Click on Configure and then click on Modify Note You may also perform this command by
480. tVIEW Server workstation 205 disconnecting from a remote ComfortVIEW Server workstation 208 adding a site to the ComfortVIEW Remote Site list 209 removing a site from the ComfortVIEW Remote Site list 212 The following terms are used throughout this chapter Server A computer running ComfortVIEW communication user interface service and database software Client A computer on a local area network running ComfortVIEW communication and user interface software or Comfort VIEW user interface software only 201 202 Introduction Required Conditions fora Successful Connection You can use the ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager application to dial in to a remote ComfortVIEW Server You can dial in from a computer that is running either ComfortVIEW Server or ComfortVIEW Client software When you dial in to a ComfortVIEW Server your computer and the Server to which you are connected operate as if they were connected on a local area network All of the capabilities that you would have as a local Client computer are yours when you dial in as a remote Client computer Note The Remote Site Manager application is not available for the ComfortVIEW Stand alone installation option When you connect to a remote ComfortVIEW Server from a local ComfortVIEW Server the operation of your local Server is unaf fected However any alarms received from the local CCN will not be visually or audibly indicated They will still howe
481. tVIEW from using the Gateway for other operations It only allows ComfortVIEW to make the best possible selection under the given conditions Table 2 54 CCN Tools Menu continued Options Menu Table 2 55 Options Menu Command Use this command to CCN Options Note Reserving a Gateway fora particular operation is entirely op tional If you do not make specific operational assignments ComfortVIEW automatically selects an idle Gateway for use display modify add and delete CCN Option tables on a selected CCN This command is an alternate to accessing CCN Option tables by accessing each option module individually as de scribed in the Viewing Configuration Tables and Modifying Configuration Table Values sections of this chapter The following table describes each of the commands for the Options Menu that displays when you are displaying the System Overview window Command Use this command to Font change the font that ComfortVIEW uses to display Carrier Network Manager text When you change the font all Carrier Network Manager text is affected Dialog Box Options Font Select the font to use Font Style Select any style options for example bold or italic Size Select the point size The larger the point size the larger the characters appear on your screen Sample The text in this box changes to reflect the font font style and size you select continued 193 Table 2 55 Use t
482. tart up application lt none gt Alarm indication OK Cancel Help Page Setup ect items to print Alarm message Custom message Acknowledgement Operator note Printer setup OK Cancel Help Selects printers and additional options Using ComfortVIEW Help Help Wizards Figure 1 11 Context Sensitive 1 line Help Help information is available throughout ComfortVIEW Here are the ways you can access help e Context sensitive one line help information based on your current window position automatically displays along the bot tom of most ComfortVIEW windows See Figure 1 11 e Pressing the F1 key displays help information about ComfortVIEW operation e Pressing the F3 key while the cursor is positioned on a Carrier Network Manager configuration decision displays a dialog box that describes the decision and displays allowable entries Pressing any key closes the dialog box e Operational help is also available on all ComfortVIEW func tions by pointing to the Help menu item and clicking the left mouse button e Help can also be accessed while displaying a dialog box by clicking on the Help button Comfort VIEW includes help wizards that assist you in performing the following functions Creating consumable runtime and history report definitions Configuring alarms including custom messages
483. te drop down list the Name text box select the object s type The Name field will update to reflect the selected type The selected type will also automatically display in the Descrip tion field select the object s sensor type output units or state Note The name of this list will vary depending on the type of database object This list will display only those sensor types units and states that correspond to the selected object type Custom engineering units will appear at the bottom of the drop down list You define custom units using the Setup application modify the displayed object name You can enter an up to eight character name This name will display in the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box s Points list in status display tables and will also display in the expanded controller list Note If you will be creating multiple similarly named objects for example hardware points SPT_01 SPT_02 SPT_03 etc adding the characters to the point name in place of the existing numbers expedites the cre ation process For instructions on using this feature refer to Creating continued 141 142 Table 2 37 Object Definition Click on To Dialog Box continued the up or down arrow beside the Name text box Quantity Multiple Similarly Named Database Objects which appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section increment or decrement the numerical portion of th
484. ted Data Box Frame Creation Guidelines section of this chapter for frame creation guidelines OK select the graphic and close the dialog box Cancel exit the dialog box without saving selections Help display help information Modify Link Area Select WorkSPACE Unity Mutual Insurance Campus Unity Mutual Remote Office WorkSPACE PID Loop Trends Border OK Cance Help Selects linked WorkSPACE 269 270 Table 4 15 Modify Link Area Dialog Box Figure 4 16 Save Current ViewSPACE Trend As Dialog Box Click on To the name of a WorkSPACE select the target WorkSPACE to which this link will jump Border enable or disable display of the link area border OK select the WorkSPACE and close the dialog box Cancel exit the dialog box without saving selections Help display help information Save Current ViewSPACE As Name Annex Space Temps and Setpoints Owned C Time display Global CL Aute eannest Pd Table 4 16 Save Current ViewSPACE Trend As Dialog Box Click on To the Name edit box Owned Global Auto connect Auto start Time Display OK Cancel Help enter the new ViewSPACE or trend name Up to 48 characters are al lowed allow this ViewSPACE or trend to be displayed by any user but only modi fied or deleted by you the creator allow this ViewSPACE or trend to be displayed modified or deleted
485. tep by step Instructions Recommended graphic dimensions for use with a 1024 x 768 super VGA display are as follows Full Screen ViewSPACE Window Size 1022 x 648 pixels Multiple full screen ViewSPACEs can be in one WorkSPACE However only one ViewSPACE will be seen in its entirety at a time Cascaded ViewSPACE Window Size 791 x 421 pixels A cascaded ViewSPACE window size permits a ViewSPACE to be seen in its entirety when ViewSPACE windows are displayed using the cascaded window option Tiled ViewSPACE Window Size Dimensions dependent on number of ViewSPACEs A tiled ViewSPACE window size permits all ViewSPACEs to be seen in their entirety when ViewSPACE windows are dis played using the tiled window option The size of tiled windows will vary dependent on the number of open ViewSPACE win dows Follow the steps below to launch the WorkSPACE Manager appli cation and create anew ViewSPACE graphic Note If the WorkSPACE Manager application is already run ning you can create anew ViewSPACE at any time by e if necessary entering design mode by clicking on the Run menu item and then clicking on Enter design mode e opening an existing WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open WorkSPACE or opening a new WorkSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on New WorkSPACE e proceeding to Step 6 in the following list Double click on the WorkSPACE Manager icon to la
486. teps below 1 In the configuration table worksheet position the cursor on the magenta shaded Name or Description cell 153 154 Figure 2 40 Current Object Set Dialog Box Press the F7 key ComfortVIEW will display the Current Object Set dialog box which will display a list of previously created Comfort Controller objects that are eligible entries for the decision For example if a magenta shaded configuration decision is asking for a time schedule name you can press the F7 key and display a list of the time schedules that are available in the controller Note that you must have previously created the time schedules in the Comfort Controller In the Current Object Set dialog box select the name of the object that you would like to enter into this configuration decision and click on OK ComfortVIEW will place your selected object name in the selected Name cell Be sure to Save each table modification If you are operating on line with a Comfort Controller download your table modifications to the Comfort Controller Current Object Set Select object OOO SEER ox V_03 z g CCCV_04 Cooling CV CCCV_05 Cooling CV Cancel Help Table 2 40 Current Object Set Dialog Box Table J umps from Configuration Tables Click on To an object name select the desired Comfort Controller object OK place the selected object name into the selected cell Cancel
487. that you wish to copy from Note ComfortVIEW allows you to copy multiple control lers between areas Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple controllers You can however only select multiple controllers from the right side of the Controller List window Press and hold down the Ctrl key 4 Press and hold down the mouse button and drag the mouse to re position it on the controller that you wish to copy to If there is no specific controller that you wish to copy to re 108 position the mouse on the area icon This will create a new controller in the area A small square icon appears next to the mouse pointer A plus sign appears inside the icon to indicate that you are copying not moving the controller to another area 5 Release the mouse button and then release the Ctrl key when the square is positioned on the controller or area you are copying to ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before copying the controller 6 Click on Yes to complete the copy or click on No to prevent the copy from taking place If you have selected multiple control lers and wish to copy all click on Yes to All Clicking on Cancel aborts the copy If you have selected multiple control lers and wish to step through the copies one by one click on Yes A Copy Status Box is displayed during the copy This box displays each table and block number as it is being copied Clicking on Abort will
488. the Description field If desired you can modify the object name and description by clicking in the appropriate fields Note You cannot modify the full name of system objects You can only modify the numerical portion of the name To do this click on the up or down arrow that is located beside the Name text box The name and description will display in the expanded con troller list Note If you will be creating multiple similarly named objects for example multiple Limit Alarm objects LMALM_01 LMALM_02 LMALM_03 etc you can enter the characters in the numeric fields of these names to expedite the object creation process For instructions on using this time saving feature refer to Creating Multiple Similarly Named Data base Objects which appears later in this Configur ing Comfort Controllers section of the manual Select the sensor type output units or state by clicking in the Sensor Type Units State drop down list If you wish to create or modify this object in the Comfort Controller as well as in the ComfortVIEW database click on Download to Comfort Controller Note If you do not select this option ComfortVIEW will create the object only in its database The object will not be created in the Comfort Controller If desired you can work off line in this way and create the configuration in the ComfortVIEW database only Then when you are ready to send the informa Creating Multiple Similarly Named Databas
489. the Comfort Controller s supporting control routines for points and algorithms Current Comfort Controller function tables include Analog Trace Point Discrete Trace Point Internal Consumable Adaptive Optimal Start Stop Network Broad cast Linkage AOSS Schedule Night Time Free Cooling and Occupancy Gateway Refers to either a CCN Autodial Gateway or TeLINK module Both these modules enable the CCN to communicate over telephone lines with other similarly equipped CCNs enabling system elements in two networks to communicate as though they were connected directly Import To copy configuration tables to a controller in the ComfortVIEW database from a CWX file that was created using ComfortVIEW Export function Operators ComfortVIEW users Object A Comfort Controller hardware or software point system table algorithm setpoint alarm or function Point An input or output hardware channel on the controller or an internal software channel Server A computer running ComfortVIEW communication user interface service and database software Sort key Numbers assigned when adding controllers to the database that give you the capability to customize the presentation of your controller list In a controller list that is sorted by sort key a controller assigned a sort key of 1 appears before a controller as signed a sort key of 2 and so on Assigning a controller a sort key of 255 causes it to appear at t
490. the mouse pointer A plus sign appears inside the icon to indicate you are copying 5 Release the Ctrl key and then release the mouse button when the square is positioned on the Value cell you are copying to The configuration table window updates with configuration data automati cally completed for you 98 A Drag and Drop Example You wish to configure the Data Collection Option to collect runtime data from the Supply Fan Status point in the 39N Air Handler To collect runtime data you must configure the following tables e The Runtime Configuration Table in the 39N Air Handler e The Runtime RUNTMOI1S Configuration Table in the Data Collection Option Drag and drop saves you a significant amount of configuration time by automatically completing a large portion of the configuration table data entry for you Follow the steps below to use drag and drop to automatically com plete the configuration required in this example 1 Simultaneously display the 39N Baseunit Status Display Table the 39N Runtime Configuration Table and the Data Collection Option Runtime Configuration Table 2 Use the drag and drop technique described in Steps 2 to 4 under Drag and Drop to automatically complete 39N Runtime Configuration Table data entry To do this copy the 39N Baseunit Status Display Table s Supply Fan Status point to the Runtime 1 Point Name decision in the 39N Runtime Configuration Table ComfortVIEW automatically fills in
491. the point name and point type configuration for you 3 Now you can use drag and drop to automatically complete the Data Collection Option Runtime Con figuration Table data entry To do this copy the 39N Runtime Configuration Table s Runtime 1 Point Name decision to the Runtime 1 Contlr Name decision in the Data Collection Option s Runtime Configuration Table RUNTMOIS ComfortVIEW automatically fills in all required configuration decisions for you Refer to Figure 2 25 99 100 Figure 2 25 Dragging and Dropping Runtime Configuration Data File Edit System Overview vin ab ad e System Overview H United Mutual Insurance HER United Mutual Insurance Annex HIN United Mutual Farmington Office Lg United Mutual Syracuse Office Configure Administration Options Window Help United Mutual Insurance Annex DATCOLDT RUNTMO01S Data C 4 ee eE Ski Allowable Entries Up to 8 characters Speedy Data Entry F7 gt lt AHU p Description Unj Name Notes Runtime 1 contlr name A UN1 CNT point name S lt NAM bus 0 N RU s element 2 RUN1 United Mutual Insurance Annex AHU RUNTIME Data eci Ru v a le es
492. the specifications for your report This is the first step in the continued 503 Table7 19 File Menu Click on To continued Import data Generate Regenerate 504 report creation process Report specifications include information such as the report name and description report type daily monthly yearly automatic data retrieval and report generation preferences and the points on which to report The Report Definition dialog box displays Refer to Report Defini tion Dialog Box in the Creating Copying or Modifying a Report Definition section of this chapter for instructions on using this dialog box Click on OK to close the dialog box and save information entered or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving modify retrieved consumable or runtime monthly data by importing a Notepad text file containing the new data produce generate the selected report A confirmation dialog box displays Click on Yes to generate the report or on No to pre vent report generation A function status box displays during the report generation If you enabled the Report Definition dialog box s Send report directly to CWREPORT printer option the report will print If you did not enable this option Comfort VIEW initiates the report viewer and allows you to view the report before printing Refer to the Generat ing a Report and Using the Report Viewer sections of this chapter for additional report viewer
493. the wizard locates an available module on the current CCN but you also have the ability to identify a specific module if desired 5 From the next dialog box click on Report Options to view or modify the default settings if desired Configuration tables are used to specify operating parameters for control applications Follow the steps below to display a controller s configuration table For instructions on modifying configuration table values refer to the Modifying Configuration Table Values section of this chapter 1 Display the System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager 2 Display the controller list If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Displaying the Controller List 3 Double click on a controller to view its table categories Double click on one of the following table types e Configuration to display a configuration table e Service Configuration to display a service configuration table e Setpoint Configuration to display a setpoint configuration table ComfortVIEW displays the table names or sub categories in the right half of the window 5 Double click on the table or category you wish to view Certain table categories may contain additional sub catego ries If you select a table category of this type another list of sub categories will be shown and you should click on
494. those point transfers that are currently configured A New button will be displayed next to the unconfigured transfer instances As you scroll through the list each transfer s associated point transfer information including error reporting for unprocessed transfers broadcasts will be displayed in the lower section of the dialog box 2 In the Point Transfer dialog box you can do the following e Click on New to define a new or on Modify to modify an existing point transfer broadcast The Modify Point Transfer dialog box will be displayed Use this dialog box to specify or modify your point transfer broadcast information Refer to Figure and Table 8 4 e Click on Delete to delete an existing point transfer broadcast 3 Click on OK to close the Point Transfer dialog box and save your settings or on Cancel to close the dialog box without savings settings At start up ComfortVIEW will issue all enabled transfers broad casts then schedule subsequent transfers broadcasts based on the configured frequency Any new or modified point transfers broad casts will execute immediately then scheduled according to the indicated frequency Errors will be reported in the Point Transfer dialog box 523 Figure 8 3 Point Transfer Point Transfer Dia log Box Point transfer 01 Modify Delete Point transfer 02 New Delete Point transfer 03 New Delete Point transfer 04 New Delete Point transfer 05
495. ting EEPROM Error do NOT upload the Comfort Controller to ComfortVIEW You risk losing your last known good configuration Follow instructions for Database error If condition persists reset the Comfort Controller using the RJ 14 reset jumper If the Comfort Con troller has an existing RAM Error do NOT upload thea Comfort Controller to ComfortVIEW You risk losing your last known good configuration Viewing or Modifying BEST Tables Follow the instructions below to directly access and view BEST maintenance and configuration table program variables You must be communicating operating on line with the Comfort Controller in order to access these BEST tables Display the System Overview window and expand it to display the database s CCNs and areas If necessary follow the instructions listed under Accessing the Carrier Network Manager Display the controller list If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Displaying the Controller List Double click on a controller to view its table categories Double click on BEST Tables In the right half of the window double click on BEST Program List ComfortVIEW displays the BEST Programs dialog box Refer to Figure and Table 2 42A for instructions on using this dialog box Note You must be communicating with the Comfort Controller to access these tables In the BEST Programs dialog box select the BEST program and then click on Configuration table or
496. tion the report prints on the CWREPORT printer created in the Windows NT Print Manager and the report definition list re displays on completion Refer to the end of this chapter for sample Comfort VIEW re ports If you did not enable the Send report directly to CWREPORT printer option Comfort VIEW initiates the report viewer and displays the report on screen For instructions on the Report Panel s report viewer function refer to the Using the Report Viewer section of this chapter 483 484 Manual Report Regeneration To Automatically Generate a Report Report Data Status You can also use the File menu s Regenerate command or click on the Regenerate icon in the toolbar to manually reproduce a selected report based on a range of dates that is different than those specified in the report definition Follow the steps below to automatically produce a report at a user specified time 1 Verify that the Required Conditions for Manual and Auto matic Report Generation exist 2 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Dis playing the Report Definition List 3 Configure your report definition to automatically retrieve data and automatically generate a report For instructions refer to Modifying an Existing Report Definition in the Creating Copying or Modifying a Report Definition section of this chapter 4 The report will automatically generate and print at the time specified in the ComfortVIE
497. tion Module This report definition will automatically generate the METERIA consumable report once a day This definition will also create a report on manual com mand using the most up to date consumable data that it can retrieve from the network Automatic Retrieval Options The consumable data will be automatically retrieved from the Data Collection Option Module An actual report based on the retrieved data will be automati cally generated once a day and will be printed to a printer named HP LaserJet III The time of day that the report will generate is 2 00 am This information has been specified using the ComfortVIEW Setup application Manual Generation Options When the report is generated on command by a user the most up to date consumable data will be retrieved from the Data Collection Option Module This manu ally generated report will be sent directly to the CWREPORT printer Since the Range of Data has been configured to include all of yesterday s as well as today s data the report will include data from yesterday s automatic retrieval activity 475 Figure 7 9 Report Definiton Sample Consumable Report Definition Dialog Box Report Name METERIA Report Description Building Meter Summary Report m Report Dates None O Yesterday Daily Today Monthly Range of data O Yearly Data from Automatic Retrieval Options _ 00 00 10 22 96 L Enable automatic data
498. tion for a System Activity report 1 Launch the Report Panel application by double clicking on the Report Panel icon shown at left Double click on the System Activity icon shown at left You will see a list of the existing System Activity report definitions Click on the File menu item then click on New You can also click on the Add New Report tool bar icon shown at left ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition dialog box shown in Figure A 2 3 Use the Report Definition dialog box to enter the following e Report Name and Description e Manual Generation or Automatic Retrieval Options e Report Dates Refer to Figure A 2 and Table A 2 for instructions on using the Report Definition dialog box 4 Click on the Events button to choose which types of system events to include in the report Refer to Selecting Events for the Report which appears later in this chapter for informa tion on how to do this 5 Click on the Format button to see a dialog box with various report formatting options These are described under Format ting a Report which appears later in this chapter 6 Click on OK to exit the Report Definition dialog box and save changes or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without saving changes ComfortVIEW re displays the System Activity Report Defini tion list Report Definition The Report Definition dialog box works much the same way for Dialog Box System Activity Alarm Summary Time Schedule
499. tions you must add the Comfort Controller to your ComfortVIEW database For instructions on adding control lers follow the instructions in the Adding Modify Controllers section of this Carrier Network Manager chapter If desired you can perform this procedure without being physically connected to an actual Comfort Controller Use the Comfort Controller Version 1 3 templates that are provided with your ComfortVIEW software for importing These templates are named CC640013 CWX and CC160013 CWX and are located in the directory path CCNPATH TEMPLATE This directory path will be located in the CVIEW CWORKS or other directory in which you installed ComfortVIEW Once your configuration is complete you can export the file to disk in order to import it at another ComfortVIEW site or you may connect a Comfort Controller to your ComfortVIEW PC and download the configuration to the Comfort Controller For Comfort Controller downloading instructions refer to Downloading ComfortVIEW data to a Comfort Controller which appears later in this Configuring Comfort Controllers section 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed in the Displaying the Controller List sec tion of this chapter 2 Click on the Comfort Controller that you wish to create 3 Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Controller ComfortVIEW displays the Configure Comfort Controller tabbed dialog box shown and described in F
500. tly viewing ComfortVIEW also gives you the capability to e set up alarm filters that specify families of alarms to be pre sented to each ComfortVIEW operator e specify which alarms are to be treated as critical alarms e enable or disable full screen critical alarm indication e customize your audible alarm indication beep tones e specify a sound file wav format to play on receipt of an alarm alert return to normal or critical alarm Note The sound file must not have a file name in excess of 8 characters 405 406 Specifying YourOwn Alam Indication Preferences Follow the steps below to set up or modify operator alarm indication preferences l Note Display the Operator Configuration dialog box by clicking on the Administration menu item followed by clicking on Opera tors Select the operator whose preferences you wish to access Click on Profile Click on Alarm indication ComfortVIEW displays the Alarm Indication Preferences dialog box Specify visual and audible alarm indication preferences or click on Defaults to select the pre programmed default op tions Refer to Figure 6 7 and Table 6 7 for instructions on using this dialog box Once you have specified alarm indication preferences click on OK This closes the dialog box and saves the settings Comfort VIEW includes a new feature that gives you the ability to override this audible indication and play a specified wav file on the
501. to controller 115 to the Comfort Controller 158 Drag and Drop 98 copying configuration data 108 110 example 99 Drop Down List WorkSPACE Manager 221 Dynamic Data Exchange ComfortVIEW data 77 175 required conditions 77 175 Editing reportdata 494 Exit the Tabular Display and Re Size Databoxes 278 Exporting a CCN sdatabase 433 command Alarm Manager 374 Controller Configuration Data 163 Exporting to Clipboard command Alarm Manager 376 F Fast User Switching 7 FIDs configuring 128 132 uploading 117 Filters alarm 408 411 413 Font 585 586 alarms changing 336 Camier Network Manager 193 changing in the Camier Network Manager 38 report definition changing 480 Report Definition List 507 Force clearing autoing definition 30 Maintenance Tables 92 517 messages 75 notes 95 Status Display Tables 92 517 Forcing automatically 517 status display or maintenance table values 92 517 WorkSPACE values 241 243 Frame Family 269 Function definition 30 G Gateways assigning operations 166 Camier NetworkManager 192 connecting to remote CCNs 169 Generating reports 481 reports automatically 484 reports manually 483 484 Generation Options report definition 464 Global Function Manager accessing 517 commands 534 launching 517 Global Parameters setup 430 specifying 428 Graphic Background creating 256 specifications 255 Green Shading onconfiguration decisions 98 H Help usage 25 Hiding columns 7
502. to zero any changes will not be saved Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_CloseOccupancyTable Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal Tableld As Integer ByVal Saveflag As Integer As Integer Eaxmple Saveflag 1 Result CW_CloseOccupancyTable Tableld Saveflag int CW_ReadPeriod unsigned short Tableld unsigned short PeriodNumber unsigned short DOWFlags unsigned short OccupiedStartHour unsigned short OccupiedStartMinute un signed short OccupiedEndHour unsigned short OccupiedEndMinute This function reads an Occupancy Period based upon the TablelId and the PeriodNumber The period is specified as the days of the week and a start and end time The table to be read must have been opened with the CW_OpenOccupancyTable function prior to calling this function When the table is opened the CW_OpenOccupancy Table function returns the Tableld value which is used by the CW_ReadPeriod function to identify the proper table Parameters Tableld This value is supplied by the CW_OpenOccupancyTable function PeriodNumber The period number to read DOWFlags Returns a packed byte representing the days of the week and holidays in the following manner MTWTFSSH OccupiedStartHour Returns the start hour of period 0 24 OccupiedStartMinute Returns
503. toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a message dialog box with the ques tion Should the Comfort Controller be initialized 3 Clicking on Yes will cause the entire Comfort Controller database to be re programmed with the configuration con tained in the ComfortVIEW database Clicking on No will cause the existing Comfort Controller database to be preserved and will add only new or revised objects that do not yet exist in the Comfort Controller data base Caution If you answer Yes all controller outputs will be come unconfigured disabled for the period of time that it takes to complete the download and re programming If you answer No all controller outputs will be held at their last commanded state as your new objects are added and as any object modi fication are made A function status box displays during the download process The controller list re displays on successful completion If there are errors encountered during the download a dialog box displays indicating that errors were encountered If you wish to view an error report click on Yes This opens the Windows Notepad application and displays the error report Recovering from Download Errors A typical Comfort Controller download failure indicates that one or more Comfort Controller objects could not be created Typically these errors mean that you have run out of available memory space in the Comfort Controller Follow the steps below to examine the database status of
504. try dialog box will be displayed 2 Inthe Speedy Data Entry dialog box select the Area system element table category table and point whose data you wish to copy and then click on OK Refer to Figure and Table 2 25a for instructions on using this dialog box The configuration table window updates with the configuration data automatically completed for you Figure 2 25a Speedy Data Entry Dialog Box Speedy Data Entry Select Area United Mutual Insurance Physical Plant 4 Select Element 23XL Chiller 0 128 4 Select Category Status Display 4 Select Table STATUS 01 Status Display Select Point ECW Entering Chilled Water Reset OK Cancel Help 101 102 Table 2 25a Speedy Data Entry Dialog Box Click on To the Select Area drop down list the Select Element drop down list the Select Category drop down list the Select Table drop down list the Select Point drop down list OK Cancel Reset Help display a list of all areas in the currently selected CCN Click to select the area containing the point whose data you wish to copy display a list of all elements in the selected area Click to select the controller system element containing the point whose data you wish to copy display a list of all table categories in the selected system element display a list of all tables in the selected category disp
505. try of configuration data In addition to copying an entire controller s worth of configuration data you can also copy individual configuration tables For instruc tions refer to Copying Individual Tables later in this manual section To Copy All Tables There are two ways to copy all controller configuration tables e Choosing the Configure and Copy commands from the menu e Dragging and dropping the controller icon on top of another controller icon using the mouse Table 2 28 summarizes the ComfortVIEW drag and drop copy process 107 Table 2 28 Drag and Drop Drag From Drag To Single Controller Area Icon Icon Single Controller Copies configuration Copies configura Icon data from source to tion data to create destination new controller with same ad dress Multiple Controller Copies first controller s Copies all Icons configuration list to controller s con destination controller figurations to The data in the other create new controllers is not applied controllers with same addresses To Copy All Tables by Dragging 1 Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List Note If you are copying controllers between areas display both the source and destination controller lists You can use the Cascade or Tile command in the Win dow menu to re arrange controller list windows 2 Position the mouse pointer on the controller
506. ts Report None Summary Activity deactivate the report definition create a summary report which shows for each tenant the total override time and total charges for each day include for each tenant the summary described above plus an activity log which shows each override instance with zone name override start time and requested time Automatic Generation Options Enable automatic data retrieval Manual Generation Options Retrieve last month s data Retrieve this month s data Sample Reports automatically retrieves the tenant billing data that is stored in the Tenant Billing CIO Module Otherwise the report will use the data that is stored in the ComfortVIEW database include the previous month s billing data in the report include the current month s billing data in the report On the following pages are sample Tenant Billing Reports a Summary report and an Activity report 563 01 29 99 11 58 Tenant Billing Report for January 1 1999 to January 31 1999 Page 1 General Insurance Incorporated New York New York Summary Report Timed Override Duration Rate Cost Day hh mm hour 0 00 January 1999 1 2 40 1 00 2 67 2 1 49 1 00 1 82 7 0 35 1 00 0 58 8 1 05 1 00 1 08 10 0 55 1 00 0 92 11 2 00 1 00 2 00 14 1 05 1 00 1 08 15 1 00 1 00 1 00 19 0 30 1 00 0 50 21 0 40 1 00 0 67 12 19 12 32 N No data Oncomplete data M Database mismatch C Communication failure 5
507. u continued Command Use this command to Central Time Schedule Point Transfer Holiday Tables create global occupancy schedules The Central Time Schedules dialog box displays From this dialog box you can display modify or delete existing or create new master linked and override occupancy schedules transmit point data from one CCN system element to another or to broadcast data from system element onto the CCN Bus The Point Transfer dialog box dis plays This dialog box displays a list of up to 99 point transfer broadcast instances From this dialog box you can modify or delete an existing or create a new point transfer broadcast specify the global holidays If your ComfortVIEW server is configured to be a time broadcaster it determines the holiday status that will be broad cast to all locally connected CCNs along with time date and day of week according to the holidays that are specified here The Holidays dialog box is displayed 535 536 Help Menu Table 8 10 Help Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Help menu Command Use this command to Contents display the help table of contents Search search for a help topic by typing a keyword About display program information version information on all ComfortVIEW components and copyright BEST ComfortVIEW BESH The Comfort VIEW BEST application gives you access to Carrier s Building
508. u Command Summary 501 Reports Men siscessocres svessveesconses tescebenceptenns 501 Options Ment isicssciiecniinaced andes 502 Help MEDU sineera AE ences 503 Report Definition List Menu Command SUMMAN setara ENE ae EEEE RE 503 File Meni sneon E 503 Edit Meni reinir nn E E 506 Options Ment s cnesisssnesen nsien ikii 507 Help MENU vaos ereen itna 508 Sample REPOMs asics ial nenene 509 Global Function Manager 0 0 0 0 cee eeeeeereeeee 517 Launching the Global Function Manager AppliCation cinien ane e ieee te Miah 517 Timed FOTCE rro Goseceuhh Hosa E EER 517 Point Transfer Broadcast i sssssciinsicssesssss 522 Holiday Bfo dc st issicescsssciiiesceveeisssesecseesedri 527 Central Time Schedules 00 0 eects 527 Global Function Manager Menu Command Summary eee eee 534 Pile Meti emirii areon 534 Functions Men ci 0422 ses disgees sii dcsdectens needa 534 Help Mei soc roren eenei 536 Comfort VIEW BEST eener 537 Appendix A Additional Comfort VIEW Report oeer a aE AEE E ETRA 539 Defining a System Activity Report 539 Report Definition Dialog Box ee 540 Selecting Events for the Report 0 546 Formatting a Report 0 eee eeeeee eens 551 Sample Report si aivecces skews caesar lenses 553 Defining an Alarm Summary Report 555 Sample REPOT oisein eoin ities 556 Defining a Time Schedule Report 558 Sample Report eninin an 559 Defining a Tenant Billing Report
509. u accessed in run mode after you logged in to ComfortVIEW jump back to the WorkSPACE whose link caused the display of the current WorkSPACE continued 319 320 Table 4 37 Window Menu Run Mode continued Click on To Graphical when viewing an occupancy or set point configuration table display data in either a tabular worksheet or graphic format To use the Setpoint Table graphical format Enter the desired setpoint in the edit box below the slidebar or simply drag the slidebar to display the desired setpoint You can click on the slidebar s lt or gt buttons to increment or decrement the display setpoint in increments of 1 or 1 0 Each screen displays up to 9 decisions worth of table data Use the lt lt or gt gt I buttons that are located at the bottom of the screen to display the first or last 9 decisions Use lt lt or gt gt to move through the up to 9 decision display decision by decision To use the Occupancy Table graphical format Click to enable disable days of the week and enter the Occupied From and To times in the corresponding edit boxes The bar graphic will update to display the occupied times Window Menu Design Mode Table 4 38 Window Menu Design Mode Help Menu Run and Design Mode Table 4 39 Help Menu Run and Design Mode The table below describes each of the commands that appear in the WorkSPACE Manager s Window menu in design mode
510. u item and then click on Copy ComfortVIEW displays the Areas dialog box In the Select target area list click on the area containing the controller whose tables you wish to copy to and then click on OK ComfortVIEW displays the CCN Elements dialog box Click on the CCN element whose tables you wish to copy to and then click on OK ComfortVIEW display the Tables Names dialog box Click on the table that you wish to copy to and then click on OK A confirmation dialog box displays re confirming the source and destination controllers Click on Yes to complete the copy or on No to prevent the copy To Copy Individual Cells with Cut and Paste ComfortVIEW gives you the capability to copy data from one configuration table and paste into another configuration table You can copy selected or multiple cells 1 To copy the configuration table data click on the cell or cells you wish to copy Only the Description Value and Notes cells are suitable for copying Note To select an entire column of data click on the column header Description Value or Notes To select an entire row click on the box to the left of TAL 112 Moving Controllers the point description To select multiple adjacent cells drag the mouse 2 Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Copy icon in the toolbar The selected cell s data will be copied to the Windows
511. u item and then click on Open bookmark Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open Bookmark icon in the toolbar If there is only one bookmarked WorkSPACE in your ComfortVIEW database the WorkSPACE Manager displays the bookmarked WorkSPACE in run mode If there is currently more than one bookmarked WorkSPACE in your database the WorkSPACE Manager displays the Open WorkSPACE dialog box This dialog box lists the names of all WorkSPACEs that have been bookmarked by you and other ComfortVIEW operators 2 Inthe Select WorkSPACE list click on the WorkSPACE that you wish to open and then click on OK The WorkSPACE Manager closes the currently displayed WorkSPACE and opens the selected WorkSPACE 224 Displaying and Using Trends While displaying a trend in run mode you can perform the follow ing functions View the trend dynamically plotting data View modify upload download or save the following trend point parameters e Value e Description e Operator note Stop pause and start the trend Re start the trend re initialize values Jump to and display a point s associated configuration mainte nance time schedule or setpoint table Display the names of all Comfort Controller objects hardware and software points algorithms setpoints alarms functions and system tables that are using the selected trend point in their configuration Jump to and display a trend point s table of origi
512. ubmaster force the new value or text The value appears in the cell and in the edit bar which is located below the window s status bar Click on the edit bar s checkmark or press Enter to complete the entry Click on the X to cancel the entry override status display table point values Forcing overrides a controller s automatic control of a selected point clear a force and return a point to a controller s automatic control transmit a submaster reference force to the selected point in the selected UT203 FID controller When you force the submaster reference ComfortVIEW will disregard the submaster reference value that was calculated in the master control loop Note You cannot use Submaster force if the selected point already has a Supervisor force Access Menu The following table describes each of the commands in the Access menu Table 2 51 Access Menu Command Use this command to Open 184 display a list of all areas in your database You can then double click on an area and display the list of controllers This is an alternative to displaying the list of areas and control lers by double clicking on a CCN in the System Overview window Table 2 51 Access Menu continued Configure Menu Table 2 52 Configure Menu Command Use this command to Connect establish a remote telephone connec tion to the selected CCN When the connection is established the message Remote Connecte
513. uctions listed under Viewing the Alarm List Select the alarm message or messages you wish to delete by clicking on them The background of a selected message is highlighted This indicates that a message is selected For additional information refer to the Selecting Alarms section of this chapter Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Delete Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Delete icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before actually deleting any messages Click on Yes to cause the removal to take place or click on No to prevent the removal from taking place 349 350 Printing the Alam List To Select Which Alarm Message Components to Print Figure 5 10 Page Setup Dialog Box You can print selected or all alarm messages ComfortVIEW can automatically print alarms on occurrence or on operator request You can also specify which alarm message components ComfortVIEW prints standard alarm message custom message acknowledgement operator note 1 Click on the File menu item and then click on Page Setup ComfortVIEW displays the Page Setup dialog box 2 Click on the items you wish to include with printed alarm messages and then click on OK Refer to Figure 5 10 and Table 5 10 for instructions on using this box The specified alarm components print when you print se lected or all alarm messages Note ComfortVIEW uses the ala
514. uded for each configuration table is its 8 character table name the description current value high and low allowable entries and name of every configuration decision Table Window A snapshot of the currently displayed Points Status Maintenance or Configura tion Table window The report will print on the printer that you have specified using the File Menu s Print setup command 1 Display the window you wish to print System Overview Point Status Maintenance or Configuration Table 2 Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Print icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays a confirmation box asking if you wish to print the system overview 3 Click on Yes to print the currently displayed window or click on No to prevent the print 171 172 To Printa Controller List Report To Printa Controller Database Report Display the Controller List window If necessary follow the instruc tions listed under Displaying the Controller List Click on the area name in the window Click on the File menu item and then click on Print Comfort VIEW displays a confirmation box asking if you wish to print the area element list Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Print icon in the toolbar Click on Yes to print the list of all controllers in the selected area or click on No to prevent the print The controller list report prints o
515. ughout this Manual displays of any type of data including trending information The Alarm Manager chapter provides instructions on using ComfortVIEW alarm indication and alarm handling capabilities The Setup chapter provides information on defining local area network workstations and alarm printers It also includes instructions on specifying global system parameters such as time of day for automatic report data retrieval and the time period for retaining report data in your ComfortVIEW database The Report Panel chapter provides instructions on generating con sumable runtime and history reports to view print export or save on Comfort VIEW hard disk Refer to the end of the Report Panel chapter for samples of Comfort VIEW reports The Global Function Manager chapter provides instructions on configuring ComfortVIEW to automatically force and auto groups of points perform point data transfers onto the CCN Bus create central occupancy schedules and configure global holidays Appendix A provides instructions on generating additional ComfortVIEW reports Current additional reports include the Sys tem Activity Alarm Summary Time Schedule Tenant Billing Summary and Tenant Billing Activity report Appendix B describes the CCN time and setpoint schedule global occupancy schedule and remote site connection DLL that is in cluded with the standard Comfort VIEW installation Instructions Assume All step by step instructions ass
516. ulting time in this case 02 59 This also occurs in con sumable report definitions except that it will occur for both whole hour and 15 minute Data through times for example 02 15 continued Table 7 4 Report Definition Dialog Box Consumable Runtime and History Reports continued Click on To Save dates as relative Automatic Retrieval Options Enable automatic data retrieval automatically adjust the Data from and Data through dates relative to the current date For example you create a report definition on 8 10 94 You specify the Data from and Data through dates to be 8 3 94 and 8 10 94 On 8 18 94 you generate another report from this existing definition ComfortVIEW will automatically adjust these dates relative to 8 18 94 date Data from will automatically update to 8 11 94 and Data through will update to 8 18 94 automatically at ten minutes past the hour you specify using the ComfortVIEW Setup application retrieve the specified report data from the Data Collection Option module and store it in the Comfort VIEW database The data will be retained in the database for the period you specify using the Setup application Note The Data Collection Option Module only stores up to two days worth of runtime and consumable data Failure to retrieve module data will cause the data to be lost Thus even if you do not wish to generate a report at this time and have specified this by clicki
517. ume that each ComfortVIEW application is either inactive or minimized The instructions begin by instructing you to double click on an icon to launch the application For example in Viewing the Alarm List which appears in the Alarms chapter the first step tells you to double click on the Alarm Manager icon If however the Alarm Manager application is active but hidden by another window press Alt and with this key held down repeatedly press the Tab key to switch through all active applications until the Alarm Manager displays on your window Using the Mouse The instructions in this manual assume you are using a mouse to operate your ComfortVIEW For keyboard instruc tions refer to Using the Keyboard which appears under Using ComfortVIEW An Overview and To Select a Command Using Your Keyboard which appears under ComfortVIEW Menus and Commands Lists Icon Illustrations To help you locate and identify the various Comfort VIEW icons the manual includes an illustration of each icon in the left margin next to the instructions describing the icon s use Each chapter also includes a table displaying and describing each of the icons in the toolbar Menu Commands To help you locate a description of each menu bar command the last section of each chapter contains a command summary Dialog Boxes All ComfortVIEW applications use dialog boxes which are special windows containing options that you select to specify how ComfortVIEW shoul
518. unch the WorkSPACE Manager application The Open WorkSPACE dialog box is displayed In the Open WorkSPACE dialog box click on the Cancel button The dialog box closes and ComfortVIEW displays a blank WorkSPACE window in run mode Switch to design mode To do this click on the Run menu item and then click on Enter design mode The WorkSPACE Manager displays a dialog box asking if you wish to reload the current WorkSPACE for design Click on Yes The WorkSPACE Manager enters design mode and the message Design displays in the lower right corner of the window Open the WorkSPACE into which you wish to add this new ViewSPACE by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on Open WorkSPACE You may also perform this command by clicking on the Open WorkSPACE icon in the toolbar Note If you wish to open a new WorkSPACE for the ViewSPACE click on the File menu item and then click on New WorkSPACE Open the new ViewSPACE window by clicking on the File menu item and then clicking on New ViewSPACE A blank ViewSPACE window is displayed Select the Graphic Background a Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Back ground The File Open dialog box is displayed b Select the graphic background file you wish to display or type the file name in the File Name box You can select a different drive by making your selection from the Drives drop down list You can also select a file that is resident on another n
519. upancy Tables 104 106 Maintenance Table values 92 operators 389 option configuration tables 125 option table descriptions 126 optionstables 120 point descriptions Maintenance Tables 96 point descriptions Status Display Tables 96 remote sites 209 report definition 458 Status Display Tables 92 table names descriptions 104 time 118 trends 279 ViewSPACEname 272 ViewSPACEs 272 WorkSPACEs 251 Mouse selecting commands 23 terminology 13 usage 13 Moving controllersbetweenareas 112 splitbar 59 N Name modifying controller descrip tion 66 NDS Poll Command Camier NetworkManager 191 NDS Diagnostics enabling 51 specifying high priority system elements 62 68 O Objects definition 31 215 Occupancy Tables creating masterand ovenide 527 displaying in a graphical for mat 80 199 320 Opening existing WorkSPACE 217 Operator Note attaching 343 viewing 343 Operator Profiles setting up 398 Operators adding 386 389 assigning accesslevels 401 deleting 386 389 modifying 386 389 specifying alarm indication preferences 405 Options altemate method foradding and modifying tables 120 deleting tables 127 displaying 125 displaying and configuring 120 modifying 125 modifying table descriptions 126 Ovenide and Master Time Schedules creating 527 Overview creating a new ViewSPACE 255 ReportPanel 453 Report Viewer 488 WorkSPACE Manager 219 P Pasting celldata 96 configuration values 103 data into
520. upied Heating Disable Disable Enable Night Time Free Cool Disable Disable Enable NTFC Lockout Temperature 55 40 70 Space Temperature Reset Enable Disable Enable Reset Ratio 3 7 10 Reset Limit 10 7 20 Demand Limiting Enable Disable Enable Loadshed Group Number 2 16 Demand Limit Setpoint 1 23 100 3 4 Enable Timed Override Schedules 2 Timed Override Value 1 Fan Tracking Enable Night Purge Enable Night Purge Duration 15 240 Night Purge Damper Lo 12 100 Night Purge Damper Hi 35 100 Constant Outside Air CFM Enable Indoor Air Quality Enable IAQ Type 2 1 Diff gas 2 2 gases IAQ Priority level 1 Hi 2 Lo 3 None 1 Q Demand Limit Setpoint 2 55 Q 100 1 D AHU 2 CtLrID Device Configuration AHU Device Configuration Description Value Units Description AIR HANDLER UNIT DevDesc Location United Mutual Insurance Location Software Part Number CESR 121498 5 PartNum 174 Sharing ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data with Other Applications DDE What Data can be Sent Required Conditions for Successful Data Sharing Linking Controller Point Data to Applications that Support Paste Link You can send real time CCN system element data from ComfortVIEW to other PC software applications that are running on your ComfortVIEW workstation This is accomplished using ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data Exchange DDE feature The PC software application to which you intend to send data must support DDE You set up D
521. upiedEndHour Returns the end hour of period 0 24 OccupiedEndMinute Returns the end Minute of period 0 59 Return Value The function returns 0 if there is no error any other value indicates an error See the description of CW_GetError Buffer for more information on CWACCESS errors Sample Declaration Public Declare Function CW_WritePeriod Lib CWACCESS DLL ByVal Tableld As Integer ByVal PeriodNumber As Integer ByVal DOWFlags As Integer ByVal OccupiedStartHour As Integer ByVal OccupiedStartMinute As Integer ByVal OccupiedEndHour As Integer ByVal OccupiedEndMinute As Integer As Integer 575 Example Tableld Tableld PeriodNumber 1 OccupiedStartHour 5 OccupiedStartMinute 30 OccupiedEndHour 18 OccupiedEndMinute 15 Result CW_WritePeriod Tableld PeriodNumber DOWFlags OccupiedStartHour OccupiedStartMinute OccupiedEndHour OccupiedEndMinute The DOWFlags are stored as a packed byte The sample code below shows a way to translate the data to a more usable form CheckDay0 CheckDay8 are eight variables which correspond to the MTWTEFESSH of the DOWFlags 1 indicates that the day is in the period O indicates that it is not DOWMask 8 As Integer DOWMask 0 128 DOWMask 1 64 DOWMask 2 32 DOWMask 3 16 DOWMask 4 8 DOWMask 5 4 DOWMask 6 2 DOWMask 7 1 DOWFlags 0 For key 0 To 7 DayLoop CheckDay amp key If Me DayLoop lt gt 0 Then DOWFlags DOWFlags Or DOW
522. using the mouse Choosing the Configure and Copy commands from the menu Cutting and pasting selected configuration table cells To Copy Individual Tables by Dragging L Display the Controller List window and expand it to display the configuration table names If necessary follow the instructions listed under Displaying the Controller List and Viewing Con figuration Tables Note If you are copying tables between areas display both the source and destination controller lists You can use the Cascade or Tile command in the Window menu to re arrange controller list windows Position the mouse pointer on the table that you wish to copy from Press and hold down the mouse button and drag the mouse to re position it on the table that you wish to copy to Release the mouse button when the square is positioned on the table you are copying to Comfort VIEW displays a dialog box asking for confirmation before copying the table 5 Click on Yes to complete the copy or click on No to prevent the copy from taking place Clicking on Cancel aborts the copy To Copy Individual Tables with the Configure Menu s Copy Com mand 1 Display the Controller List window and expand it to display the configuration table names If necessary follow the in structions listed under Displaying the Controller List and Viewing Configuration Tables Click on the table that you wish to configure copy from Click on the Configure men
523. vailable for discrete data points only select the graphics for the animated data box The Frame Family Selection dialog box displays Refer to Figures 4 14 and Table 4 14 for instructions on using this dialog box The selected graphics display in the dialog box s State 0 and State 1 boxes continued Table4 12 Modify Data Box ekkon To Dialog Box F continued ont and colors tab Border Point name Description Value Units Comm alarm status Force status Color Font enable or disable display of the data box border include or remove the point name in the data box Click on the corresponding Color button to select the point name text color include or remove the 24 character point description in the data box Click on the corresponding Color button to select the description text color include or remove the value in the data box Click on the corresponding Color button to select the value text color Clicking on Alarm color selects the value text color that will display when the value is in alarm Clicking on Force color selects the value text color that will display when the value is Forced the controller s automatic control is being overridden include or remove the units in the data box Click on the corresponding Color button to select the units text color include or remove the communication alarm status in the data box Click on the corresponding Color button to select th
524. ve the displayed WorkSPACE save the displayed WorkSPACE under a new name The Save Current WorkSPACE As dialog box is dis played Enter a WorkSPACE name specify the WorkSPACE s ownership designation owned or global and click on OK If desired you can use this dialog box s Clone button to quickly create another WorkSPACE containing identical points from this one continued 301 302 Table 4 27 To File Menu Design Mode Click on continued New ViewSPACE New Trend Open ViewSPACE Trend create a new ViewSPACE The WorkSPACE Manager displays a blank ViewSPACE window You can now select the graphic background create your data boxes and link areas and save the new ViewSPACE For step by step instructions on creating new ViewSPACEs refer to the Creat ing a New ViewSPACE section of this chapter create a new trend The WorkSPACE Manager displays a blank trend window You can now select the trend points configure the trend operating characteristics and save the new trend For step by step instructions on creating new trends refer to the Creating and Modifying Trends section of this chapter open and display an existing ViewSPACE or trend The Open ViewSPACE Trend dialog box is displayed Select the ViewSPACE or trend that you wish to display and then click on OK The selected ViewSPACE or trend displays in design mode You can now modify the displayed window as desired continued Table 4 27
525. ver be printed and logged to the database Your local Server will remain active and will continue to operate as a Server for the other ComfortVIEW Clients on your system Note ComfortVIEW Remote Site Manager application gives you access to the ComfortVIEW applications of the remote Server If you want to directly access the Server s disk registry event log or any other Windows networking features you should use the more powerful Windows Network and Dial up Connections application The following conditions must exist for you to successfully dial in and log on to a remote ComfortVIEW Server Note You cannot dial to a remote Server that is running a ComfortVIEW version that is greater than the source workstation version Source ComfortVIEW Workstation the Workstation Placing the Call Verify that the conditions listed below exist at the workstation that is placing the call If they do not perform the listed instructions at this workstation 1 If you wish to dial into a remote Server that is running an earlier version of Comfort WORKS software you must create a separate bootable partition on your workstation onto which you will install the earlier version of ComfortWORKS Client For example to dial into ComfortWORKS Version 4 1 from a ComfortWORKS Version 5 0 workstation you must create a separate partition and install ComfortWORKS Version 5 0 Client Windows Remote Access Connection Manager Service Dial up Networking
526. viations will appear in the force column Abbreviation Meaning BEST forced by BEST or BEST program Control forced by a CCN Option PICs Fire forced by fire override PICs Interlock forced by Permissive Interlock Loadshed forced by the Loadshed Option Minimum Off Remote Monitor NTFC Owners Safety Service Submaster Supervisor Temp forced by Loadshed minimum offtime PICs forced by a remote ComfortVIEW PICs forced by Night Time Free Cooling forced by the UT203 Owner s Module forced by internal safety override PICs forced by the Network Service Tool PICs forced by a submaster reference force forced by ComfortVIEW forced by temperature override If desired you can create customized displays of point data You can customize the look of your status display tables by doing such things as grouping similar points from different controllers together changing the order in which points are displayed etc You do this by creating a ViewSPACE in ComfortVIEW WorkSPACE Manager application Refer to the WorkSPACE Manager chapter of this manual for instruc tions 75 76 Moving Around a Worksheet Table 2 21 ComfortVIEW Worksheet Keys Adjusting and Hiding Worksheet C olumns and Rows The table below lists the keys that you can use to move around in a worksheet Keys that must be pressed at the same time are separated with a plus sign You can also use most keyboard shortcuts that are used in
527. w the alarm message 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Acknowledge the alarm that you wish to suppress if not already acknowledged 3 Click on the Suppression icon in the alarm specific toolbar below the alarm whose re occurrences you wish to suppress ComfortVIEW displays the Alarm Suppression dialog box Note Ifthe icon appears dimmed the alarm has not been acknowledged You must first acknowledge the alarm before you can suppress it Refer to Acknowl edging Alarms 4 Click on Allow to disable alarm suppression or click on Suppress to enable alarm suppression 5 Indicate the suppression duration in hours and click on OK Refer to Figure 5 9 and Table 5 9 that follow for further instructions on using this dialog box To View Suppressed Alams Figure 5 9 Alam Suppression Dialog Box Follow the steps below to update the alarm list and include sup pressed alarms 1 Display the alarm list If necessary refer to the instructions listed under Viewing the Alarm List 2 Click on the Functions menu item and then click on View Suppressed The alarm list updates to include all suppressed alarms and any new alarms that may have been received while you were viewing the list The suppressed alarms do not contain a Suppression icon in their alarm specific toolbar Alarm Suppression Allow Suppress 1 hour OK Cancel Help
528. will leave the current WorkSPACE open and open the linked WorkSPACE in a new instance of the WorkSPACE Manager application Note Home or Previous WorkSPACE You can click on the Home or Previ ous toolbar icon shown at left to quickly return to the first WorkSPACE that you displayed when the WorkSPACE Manager was launched or to the WorkSPACE that you jumped from To View ViewSPACE Data in a DDE supported Application You can link ViewSPACE data to a Dynamic Data Exchange DDE supported third party spreadsheet application If the application to which you wish 241 242 Figure 4 8 DDE Source Interface Dialog Box to link supports the Paste Link command click on the ViewSPACE data box containing the value you wish to link click on the Edit menu item and then click on Copy ComfortVIEW automatically copies the data and its DDE link information to the Windows Clipboard You can then open the DDE supported application and use the application s Paste Link command to insert and link the selected ComfortVIEW data When the ViewSPACE is active and point data changes the data will automatically update in the other application For further information on sharing ComfortVIEW dynamic data and a list of the data elements that can be sent refer to Sharing ComfortVIEW Dynamic Data with Other Applications which ap pears in the Carrier Network Manager chapter of this manual To View or Modify DDE supported Application Data in a ViewSPACE
529. window If necessary refer to Launching the Setup Application 2 Click on the Setup menu item and then click on Workstations ComfortVIEW displays the Setup Workstations dialog box shown in Figure 6 12 This dialog box displays the names of all Comfort VIEW workstations 1 Click on New The New Workstation dialog box will be presented Refer to Figure 6 13 2 Enter the computer name of the Comfort VIEW workstation and then click on OK Note This is the computer name that was specified during Windows installation This name is displayed in the title of the Program Manager window between the text Program Manager and the The computer name must not contain blanks The Setup Workstations dialog box re displays The new computer name appears in the Workstations list in alphabetical order 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 until you have entered the names of all ComfortVIEW LAN workstations in the Setup Workstations dialog box Note If you change any computer name using Windows you must add the new name in this dialog box before you delete the old name in Windows 419 420 To Delete an Existing Workstation Figure 6 12 Setup Workstations Dialog Box Table 6 12 Setup Workstations Dialog Box 1 In the Workstations list click on a computer name 2 Click on Delete ComfortVIEW deletes the selected workstation and re displays the Setup Workstations dialog box O atio Workstations C t New Client
530. wned during the save process Run Mode The WorkSPACE Manager mode that you enter to display ViewSPACEs and trends While in this mode ViewSPACE and trend plot values dynamically update You perform operations such as forcing and autoing point values and statuses modifying configuration table values and displaying linked WorkSPACEs You enter run mode by clicking on the design mode s Run menu item and then clicking on Start run mode or by pressing the F5 key System Element A CCN controller with an address and configu ration tables A controller performs the actual HVAC monitoring and control operations The Carrier Comfort Network supports several types of system elements These include PICs FIDs Com fort Controllers System Managers examples TSM FSM CSM and CCN options Trend A window consisting of a dynamic plot of up to six points worth of data Upload To copy configuration table data from a controller to the ComfortVIEW database 215 216 Accessing the WorkSPACE Manager Design Mode Versus Run Mode ViewSPACE A window consisting of a graphic background for example a chiller or an air handler graphic with up to 60 dynamic or animated data boxes which display point value or status informa tion and up to 15 link areas which provide a quick jump to another WorkSPACE ViewSPACEs may also contain data boxes only without a graphic background WorkSPACE A collection of up to ten
531. wnload if you wish to MN send the new value to the controller Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Download icon in the toolbar If Comfort VIEW displays the message CCN Currently Locked or CCN Is In Use you have attempted to download a controller table that is currently being accessed by you or another Comfort VIEW operator Attempt the download again when the controller is available Drag and Drop For certain types of controllers the drag and drop feature is available to expedite the entry of configuration data This feature allows you to use the Windows drag and drop technique to copy data from a points status maintenance or time schedule table to the configuration table you are modifying The availability of drag and drop is indicated by the presence of green coloring on a configuration decision s description text This technique can be a tremendous time saver in configuring controllers such as the Data Collection Option Follow the steps below to use drag and drop 1 Display the source and destination tables You can use the Cascade or Tile command in the Window menu to re arrange windows 2 Position the mouse pointer on the Value cell for the point that you wish to copy 3 Press and hold down the Ctrl key 4 Press and hold down the mouse button and drag the mouse to re position it on the Value cell for the configuration table point that you wish to copy to A small square icon appears next to
532. ws NT Print Manager Manually generated reports will print to this printer Automatically generated reports will print to the printer you select in the Report Definition dialog box To Manually Generate Follow the steps below to produce a report on request a Report 1 Verify that the Required Conditions for Manual and Automatic Report Generation exist 2 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Display ing the Report Definition List 3 Click on the report definition from which you wish to create a report Note If desired you can review the report specifications by double clicking on the report definition The Report Definition dialog box will display Modify specifica tions as desired Click on OK to save the modifications or click on Cancel to exit without saving changes Be aware that changes made to the Report Dates options will affect any automatic generation Remember to return the Report Dates to their original settings 4 Click on the File menu item and then click on Generate ComfortVIEW displays a confirmation dialog box asking if you wish to generate the report 5 Click on Yes to generate the report or click on No to prevent report generation If you have selected multiple reports and wish to generate all click on Yes to All A function status box is displayed during the report generation If in the Report Definition dialog box you enabled the Send report directly to CWREPORT printer op
533. xetue cheysevaieloebos 364 What is a WorkSPACE ssec 364 Rules for WorkSPACE ASSIOMMEM us socsstescssentssensssaissaessosastssoseabesteny 364 Selecting Alarm List Display Colors 0 371 Alarm Menu Commands ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 374 File Men siccsscesissstnincivitsvsaticasiosdcecteseienevens 374 Edit MMU sicssscssetsesestspecseoks janasesnessaseseaadesene 374 Configure Menu scss cisiescecntienscstesseescsteestins 376 Functions Menu eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 377 Options M nta 379 Window Menu i ssscssanesssssesoseseoseasescese 381 CEU ss icsst EEEE AT 383 Launching the Setup Application 385 Adding Modifying Deleting Internal Gateways 386 Adding Modifying Deleting Operators 389 To Add a New Operator eee eee 389 To Modify an Existing OPER ALOR E E 389 To Delete an Existing Operator 0 390 Defining System Access Levels 0 0 0 0 eeeeeee 392 To Create a New Access Level 0 395 To Modify or Delete an Existing ACCESS Level icici sugecesiesvecsccct dni ests elbeestes 395 Setting Up Operator Profiles 00 eee 398 Setting Up Your Own Operator Profile socccc 3 cecdedes teas dozestssncntsus sant 398 Assigning Access Levels to Operators 401 Specifying Operator Alarm Indication PHELELEN CES eurena E E 405 Specifying Your Own Alarm indication Preferentes iecoris ides 406 Specifying Alarm Indication Preferences for Logged Ou
534. y Joyesiulupy weyshs JU9WE 9 NOD Bunsixe peojdn Joyessiulupy weyshs JUSWS 9 NOD PPV Joensuu py weyshs JUSWS 9 NOD PPY Joyessiulwupy Wwa shs eole ppy Joyessiulupy weyshs NOD PPV Joyesiulpy Wwe shs JOYA SHOM IPON J0 ea siuIu py Wwea shs FOVdSOM PPY Joyesiulupy We shs FOVdSMal PPY Joyessiulupy we shs spun Woysno AjIpoy Joyesiulwupy we shs J yuud wieje ppy Joyessiulwupy we shs UoNe syJOM 3 919q Joyessiulupy wea shs UONE S OM Ppy Joyesiulupy Wwe shs siajowesed dn s jeqoj6 Aypoyy Jo eu SIUIUpY W S S wee 3 9 2q Jo esjsiulupy W S S wJeje p jmouyoy Jo eujsiulupYy W S S ul6o7 Jo eu SIUILUpY W S S JUSAQ LE OL 62 01 82 01 92 01 vc 0L LZ OL 90 01 SO 01 v0 01 Sv 60 vv 60 62 60 62 60 82 60 c7 60 c7 60 69 80 oui ajeq el vl 96 81 60 554 To create a report definition for an Alarm Summary report follow these steps Launch the Report Panel application by double clicking on the Report Panel icon shown at left Double click on the Alarm Summary icon shown at left You will see a list of all the existing Alarm Summary report definitions Click on the File menu item then click on New You can also click on the Add New Report icon on the tool bar shown at left ComfortVIEW displays a Report Definition dialog box similar to the one shown in Figure A 6 4 Use the Report Definition dialog box to enter the following e Report Name and Description e M
535. y IP address Extended Phone Number for and use one that is available select the workstation and serial communication port to which the CCN Bus will be wired The only time you are required to make this selection is if you selected Local Direct Connection either RS 232 or 485 from the Method list enter the IP address of this CCN s CCN to Ethernet converter The value that you enter into this field must match the value that is in the converter s Host IP Address decision set additional CCN parameters such as address and baud rate The Standard CCN Settings dialog box displays Refer to Figure 2 7 and Table 2 7 for instructions on completing this dialog box display the list of remote CCN phone numbers Click on the down arrow Any existing phone numbers will be displayed You would typically only enter more than one phone number in this list if you have more than one Autodial Gateway at the remote CCN To modify or delete an existing phone number select a phone number and click on Modify or Delete Note If the phone number exceeds 15 characters a TeLINK rather than Autodial Gateway must be used to make the connection Table 2 6 CCN Access Definition Clickon To Dialog Box continued Add Modify Delete Gateway OK Cancel Help add a new phone number to the phone number list The only time you are required to specify a phone number is continued if you selected Remote Gateway Co
536. y Ports Dialog Box In the New Gateway Port dialog box click on the Gate way port drop down list to select the port to configure and under Phone Number enter the internal modem s telephone number Note The internal modem telephone number is used in alarm processing If you wish to receive alarms from a remote CCN when you are connected to it you must enter this number 3 Click on OK to exit the Gateway Ports dialog box and save the settings or on Cancel to exit the dialog box and restore previous settings Gateway Ports Select Gateway port Delete Modify ay oO x Selects a Gateway port Click on To New configure a new port for use with a modem The New Gateway Port dialog box will be displayed Refer to Figure and Table 6 3 A port in the Select Gateway port list select an existing communication port for modification or deletion Delete delete the selected port s modem designation continued 387 388 Table 6 la Gateway Ports Dialog Box continued Figure 6 1b New Gateway Port Dialog Box Table 6 1b New Gateway Port Dialog Box Click on To Modify modify the telephone number of the selected port OK close the dialog box and save changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information New Gateway Port Selects a Gateway port Click on To the Gateway port drop
537. yed Select the point from the area element category table and point drop down lists If necessary continued 521 522 Table 8 2 Timed Force Points Dialog Box continued Point Tansfe Broadcast Click on To Refer to Table and Figure 4 13 in this manual s WorkSPACE Manager chapter for instructions on using the Point Selection dialog box Delete delete the selected point from this timed force group the Value cell double click to specify the force value for the selected point The Force dialog box will be displayed Enter the desired override value If necessary refer to Table and Figure 2 23 in this manual s Carrier Network Manager chapter for instructions on using the Force dialog box OK close the dialog box and save the changes made Cancel exit the dialog box and restore the previous settings Any changes made are not saved Help display help information You can configure Comfort VIEW to transmit point data from one CCN system element to another or to broadcast data from one CCN system element onto the CCN Bus You can create up to 99 different point transfer instances Follow the steps below to set up modify or delete a point transfer or broadcast 1 Click on the Functions menu item and then click on Point Transfer The Point Transfer dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays a list of up to 99 point transfer broadcast instances A Modify button will be displayed next to
538. you wish to delete Note ComfortVIEW allows you to delete multiple report definitions Use the Windows standard mouse or keyboard techniques to select multiple definitions Click on the Edit menu item and then click on Delete Note You may also perform this command by clicking on Delete icon in the toolbar ComfortVIEW displays the following prompt Reconfigure the data collection tables Click on Yes to free up any data collection tables that have been assigned to this report or on No to prevent table deallocation from taking place You would typically select No if you wish to keep the tables in a Data Collection Option for later use or if the tables are in a GPM or HPM and cannot be deallocated Note ComfortVIEW will not deallocate any data collec tion tables that are being used by other report definitions You will then be presented with a deletion confirmation dialog box Click on Yes to complete the deletion or click on No to prevent the deletion from taking place If you have selected multiple definitions and wish to delete all click on Yes to All ComfortVIEW displays a function status box during the deletion and the report definition list re displays when the deletion is complete 479 480 Ex Printing a Report Definition Changing the Font Follow the steps below to print a selected report definition 1 Display the report definition list If necessary refer to Dis playing the Report
539. your Comfort Controller Display the Controller List window and click on the control ler that you have just attempted to download Click on the Configure menu item and then click on Controller ComfortVIEW displays the Configure Comfort Controller dialog box Click on the dialog box s Database status button ComfortVIEW displays the Database Status dialog box Refer to Table 2 42 for an explanation of the fields in this dialog box and recommended actions 159 160 Table 2 42 Database Status Dialog Boxand Recommended Actions Field Value Recommended Action Database error EEPROM error RAM error Yes Yes Yes Examine available bytes of memory If the Comfort Controller is near 100 utilization for either category it is likely that the objects that you have tried to create would not fit into available Comfort Controller memory space ComfortVIEW discontinues the object creation process if you run out of controller memory To clear this error delete one of the existing objects Free memory space for the creation of additional objects by deleting less important objects If the Comfort Controller has an existing Database Error do NOT upload the Comfort Controller to ComfortVIEW You risk losing your last known good configuration Follow instructions for Database error If condition persists reset the Comfort Controller using the RJ 14 reset jumper If the Comfort Con troller has an exis
540. ys Refer to Assigning Access Levels to Operators for instructions on using this box If you are modifying an existing operator s profile the Opera tor Configuration dialog box re displays To create or modify your own operator profile 1 2 Click on the Administration menu item Click on Your profile Note You may also perform this command by clicking on the Modify Your Operator Profile icon in the toolbar Figure 6 5 Operator Profile Dialog Box Table 6 5 Operator Profile Dialog Box Login name Operator name Password Start up application Operator Profile xi John brams Quiet time logout desired Quiet time E minutes Edits operator s login name Carrier Network Manager z Click on To the Login name text box the Operator name text box the Password text box Start up application type your operator login name up to eight characters type your full operator name up to 48 characters type your login password up to 16 characters Note that this text is case sensitive For example if you type the characters here in all upper case letters you must always login with all upper case letters select the ComfortVIEW application that automatically launches on login continued 399 Enen Clickon To Operator Profile Dialog Box continued Alarm indication Quiet time logout desired Quiet time OK Cancel Help 400 s

ComfortVIEW Operation Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents